CCJM delivers practical clinical articles relevant to internists, cardiologists, endocrinologists, and other specialists, all written by known experts.

Theme
medstat_ccjm
Top Sections
CME
Reviews
1-Minute Consult
The Clinical Picture
Smart Testing
Symptoms to Diagnosis
ccjm
Main menu
CCJM Main Menu
Explore menu
CCJM Explore Menu
Proclivity ID
18804001
Unpublish
Negative Keywords
gaming
gambling
compulsive behaviors
ammunition
assault rifle
black jack
Boko Haram
bondage
child abuse
cocaine
Daech
drug paraphernalia
explosion
gun
human trafficking
ISIL
ISIS
Islamic caliphate
Islamic state
mixed martial arts
MMA
molestation
national rifle association
NRA
nsfw
pedophile
pedophilia
poker
porn
pornography
psychedelic drug
recreational drug
sex slave rings
slot machine
terrorism
terrorist
Texas hold 'em
UFC
substance abuse
abuseed
abuseer
abusees
abuseing
abusely
abuses
aeolus
aeolused
aeoluser
aeoluses
aeolusing
aeolusly
aeoluss
ahole
aholeed
aholeer
aholees
aholeing
aholely
aholes
alcohol
alcoholed
alcoholer
alcoholes
alcoholing
alcoholly
alcohols
allman
allmaned
allmaner
allmanes
allmaning
allmanly
allmans
alted
altes
alting
altly
alts
analed
analer
anales
analing
anally
analprobe
analprobeed
analprobeer
analprobees
analprobeing
analprobely
analprobes
anals
anilingus
anilingused
anilinguser
anilinguses
anilingusing
anilingusly
anilinguss
anus
anused
anuser
anuses
anusing
anusly
anuss
areola
areolaed
areolaer
areolaes
areolaing
areolaly
areolas
areole
areoleed
areoleer
areolees
areoleing
areolely
areoles
arian
arianed
arianer
arianes
arianing
arianly
arians
aryan
aryaned
aryaner
aryanes
aryaning
aryanly
aryans
asiaed
asiaer
asiaes
asiaing
asialy
asias
ass
ass hole
ass lick
ass licked
ass licker
ass lickes
ass licking
ass lickly
ass licks
assbang
assbanged
assbangeded
assbangeder
assbangedes
assbangeding
assbangedly
assbangeds
assbanger
assbanges
assbanging
assbangly
assbangs
assbangsed
assbangser
assbangses
assbangsing
assbangsly
assbangss
assed
asser
asses
assesed
asseser
asseses
assesing
assesly
assess
assfuck
assfucked
assfucker
assfuckered
assfuckerer
assfuckeres
assfuckering
assfuckerly
assfuckers
assfuckes
assfucking
assfuckly
assfucks
asshat
asshated
asshater
asshates
asshating
asshatly
asshats
assholeed
assholeer
assholees
assholeing
assholely
assholes
assholesed
assholeser
assholeses
assholesing
assholesly
assholess
assing
assly
assmaster
assmastered
assmasterer
assmasteres
assmastering
assmasterly
assmasters
assmunch
assmunched
assmuncher
assmunches
assmunching
assmunchly
assmunchs
asss
asswipe
asswipeed
asswipeer
asswipees
asswipeing
asswipely
asswipes
asswipesed
asswipeser
asswipeses
asswipesing
asswipesly
asswipess
azz
azzed
azzer
azzes
azzing
azzly
azzs
babeed
babeer
babees
babeing
babely
babes
babesed
babeser
babeses
babesing
babesly
babess
ballsac
ballsaced
ballsacer
ballsaces
ballsacing
ballsack
ballsacked
ballsacker
ballsackes
ballsacking
ballsackly
ballsacks
ballsacly
ballsacs
ballsed
ballser
ballses
ballsing
ballsly
ballss
barf
barfed
barfer
barfes
barfing
barfly
barfs
bastard
bastarded
bastarder
bastardes
bastarding
bastardly
bastards
bastardsed
bastardser
bastardses
bastardsing
bastardsly
bastardss
bawdy
bawdyed
bawdyer
bawdyes
bawdying
bawdyly
bawdys
beaner
beanered
beanerer
beaneres
beanering
beanerly
beaners
beardedclam
beardedclamed
beardedclamer
beardedclames
beardedclaming
beardedclamly
beardedclams
beastiality
beastialityed
beastialityer
beastialityes
beastialitying
beastialityly
beastialitys
beatch
beatched
beatcher
beatches
beatching
beatchly
beatchs
beater
beatered
beaterer
beateres
beatering
beaterly
beaters
beered
beerer
beeres
beering
beerly
beeyotch
beeyotched
beeyotcher
beeyotches
beeyotching
beeyotchly
beeyotchs
beotch
beotched
beotcher
beotches
beotching
beotchly
beotchs
biatch
biatched
biatcher
biatches
biatching
biatchly
biatchs
big tits
big titsed
big titser
big titses
big titsing
big titsly
big titss
bigtits
bigtitsed
bigtitser
bigtitses
bigtitsing
bigtitsly
bigtitss
bimbo
bimboed
bimboer
bimboes
bimboing
bimboly
bimbos
bisexualed
bisexualer
bisexuales
bisexualing
bisexually
bisexuals
bitch
bitched
bitcheded
bitcheder
bitchedes
bitcheding
bitchedly
bitcheds
bitcher
bitches
bitchesed
bitcheser
bitcheses
bitchesing
bitchesly
bitchess
bitching
bitchly
bitchs
bitchy
bitchyed
bitchyer
bitchyes
bitchying
bitchyly
bitchys
bleached
bleacher
bleaches
bleaching
bleachly
bleachs
blow job
blow jobed
blow jober
blow jobes
blow jobing
blow jobly
blow jobs
blowed
blower
blowes
blowing
blowjob
blowjobed
blowjober
blowjobes
blowjobing
blowjobly
blowjobs
blowjobsed
blowjobser
blowjobses
blowjobsing
blowjobsly
blowjobss
blowly
blows
boink
boinked
boinker
boinkes
boinking
boinkly
boinks
bollock
bollocked
bollocker
bollockes
bollocking
bollockly
bollocks
bollocksed
bollockser
bollockses
bollocksing
bollocksly
bollockss
bollok
bolloked
bolloker
bollokes
bolloking
bollokly
bolloks
boner
bonered
bonerer
boneres
bonering
bonerly
boners
bonersed
bonerser
bonerses
bonersing
bonersly
bonerss
bong
bonged
bonger
bonges
bonging
bongly
bongs
boob
boobed
boober
boobes
boobies
boobiesed
boobieser
boobieses
boobiesing
boobiesly
boobiess
boobing
boobly
boobs
boobsed
boobser
boobses
boobsing
boobsly
boobss
booby
boobyed
boobyer
boobyes
boobying
boobyly
boobys
booger
boogered
boogerer
boogeres
boogering
boogerly
boogers
bookie
bookieed
bookieer
bookiees
bookieing
bookiely
bookies
bootee
booteeed
booteeer
booteees
booteeing
booteely
bootees
bootie
bootieed
bootieer
bootiees
bootieing
bootiely
booties
booty
bootyed
bootyer
bootyes
bootying
bootyly
bootys
boozeed
boozeer
boozees
boozeing
boozely
boozer
boozered
boozerer
boozeres
boozering
boozerly
boozers
boozes
boozy
boozyed
boozyer
boozyes
boozying
boozyly
boozys
bosomed
bosomer
bosomes
bosoming
bosomly
bosoms
bosomy
bosomyed
bosomyer
bosomyes
bosomying
bosomyly
bosomys
bugger
buggered
buggerer
buggeres
buggering
buggerly
buggers
bukkake
bukkakeed
bukkakeer
bukkakees
bukkakeing
bukkakely
bukkakes
bull shit
bull shited
bull shiter
bull shites
bull shiting
bull shitly
bull shits
bullshit
bullshited
bullshiter
bullshites
bullshiting
bullshitly
bullshits
bullshitsed
bullshitser
bullshitses
bullshitsing
bullshitsly
bullshitss
bullshitted
bullshitteded
bullshitteder
bullshittedes
bullshitteding
bullshittedly
bullshitteds
bullturds
bullturdsed
bullturdser
bullturdses
bullturdsing
bullturdsly
bullturdss
bung
bunged
bunger
bunges
bunging
bungly
bungs
busty
bustyed
bustyer
bustyes
bustying
bustyly
bustys
butt
butt fuck
butt fucked
butt fucker
butt fuckes
butt fucking
butt fuckly
butt fucks
butted
buttes
buttfuck
buttfucked
buttfucker
buttfuckered
buttfuckerer
buttfuckeres
buttfuckering
buttfuckerly
buttfuckers
buttfuckes
buttfucking
buttfuckly
buttfucks
butting
buttly
buttplug
buttpluged
buttpluger
buttpluges
buttpluging
buttplugly
buttplugs
butts
caca
cacaed
cacaer
cacaes
cacaing
cacaly
cacas
cahone
cahoneed
cahoneer
cahonees
cahoneing
cahonely
cahones
cameltoe
cameltoeed
cameltoeer
cameltoees
cameltoeing
cameltoely
cameltoes
carpetmuncher
carpetmunchered
carpetmuncherer
carpetmuncheres
carpetmunchering
carpetmuncherly
carpetmunchers
cawk
cawked
cawker
cawkes
cawking
cawkly
cawks
chinc
chinced
chincer
chinces
chincing
chincly
chincs
chincsed
chincser
chincses
chincsing
chincsly
chincss
chink
chinked
chinker
chinkes
chinking
chinkly
chinks
chode
chodeed
chodeer
chodees
chodeing
chodely
chodes
chodesed
chodeser
chodeses
chodesing
chodesly
chodess
clit
clited
cliter
clites
cliting
clitly
clitoris
clitorised
clitoriser
clitorises
clitorising
clitorisly
clitoriss
clitorus
clitorused
clitoruser
clitoruses
clitorusing
clitorusly
clitoruss
clits
clitsed
clitser
clitses
clitsing
clitsly
clitss
clitty
clittyed
clittyer
clittyes
clittying
clittyly
clittys
cocain
cocaine
cocained
cocaineed
cocaineer
cocainees
cocaineing
cocainely
cocainer
cocaines
cocaining
cocainly
cocains
cock
cock sucker
cock suckered
cock suckerer
cock suckeres
cock suckering
cock suckerly
cock suckers
cockblock
cockblocked
cockblocker
cockblockes
cockblocking
cockblockly
cockblocks
cocked
cocker
cockes
cockholster
cockholstered
cockholsterer
cockholsteres
cockholstering
cockholsterly
cockholsters
cocking
cockknocker
cockknockered
cockknockerer
cockknockeres
cockknockering
cockknockerly
cockknockers
cockly
cocks
cocksed
cockser
cockses
cocksing
cocksly
cocksmoker
cocksmokered
cocksmokerer
cocksmokeres
cocksmokering
cocksmokerly
cocksmokers
cockss
cocksucker
cocksuckered
cocksuckerer
cocksuckeres
cocksuckering
cocksuckerly
cocksuckers
coital
coitaled
coitaler
coitales
coitaling
coitally
coitals
commie
commieed
commieer
commiees
commieing
commiely
commies
condomed
condomer
condomes
condoming
condomly
condoms
coon
cooned
cooner
coones
cooning
coonly
coons
coonsed
coonser
coonses
coonsing
coonsly
coonss
corksucker
corksuckered
corksuckerer
corksuckeres
corksuckering
corksuckerly
corksuckers
cracked
crackwhore
crackwhoreed
crackwhoreer
crackwhorees
crackwhoreing
crackwhorely
crackwhores
crap
craped
craper
crapes
craping
craply
crappy
crappyed
crappyer
crappyes
crappying
crappyly
crappys
cum
cumed
cumer
cumes
cuming
cumly
cummin
cummined
cumminer
cummines
cumming
cumminged
cumminger
cumminges
cumminging
cummingly
cummings
cummining
cumminly
cummins
cums
cumshot
cumshoted
cumshoter
cumshotes
cumshoting
cumshotly
cumshots
cumshotsed
cumshotser
cumshotses
cumshotsing
cumshotsly
cumshotss
cumslut
cumsluted
cumsluter
cumslutes
cumsluting
cumslutly
cumsluts
cumstain
cumstained
cumstainer
cumstaines
cumstaining
cumstainly
cumstains
cunilingus
cunilingused
cunilinguser
cunilinguses
cunilingusing
cunilingusly
cunilinguss
cunnilingus
cunnilingused
cunnilinguser
cunnilinguses
cunnilingusing
cunnilingusly
cunnilinguss
cunny
cunnyed
cunnyer
cunnyes
cunnying
cunnyly
cunnys
cunt
cunted
cunter
cuntes
cuntface
cuntfaceed
cuntfaceer
cuntfacees
cuntfaceing
cuntfacely
cuntfaces
cunthunter
cunthuntered
cunthunterer
cunthunteres
cunthuntering
cunthunterly
cunthunters
cunting
cuntlick
cuntlicked
cuntlicker
cuntlickered
cuntlickerer
cuntlickeres
cuntlickering
cuntlickerly
cuntlickers
cuntlickes
cuntlicking
cuntlickly
cuntlicks
cuntly
cunts
cuntsed
cuntser
cuntses
cuntsing
cuntsly
cuntss
dago
dagoed
dagoer
dagoes
dagoing
dagoly
dagos
dagosed
dagoser
dagoses
dagosing
dagosly
dagoss
dammit
dammited
dammiter
dammites
dammiting
dammitly
dammits
damn
damned
damneded
damneder
damnedes
damneding
damnedly
damneds
damner
damnes
damning
damnit
damnited
damniter
damnites
damniting
damnitly
damnits
damnly
damns
dick
dickbag
dickbaged
dickbager
dickbages
dickbaging
dickbagly
dickbags
dickdipper
dickdippered
dickdipperer
dickdipperes
dickdippering
dickdipperly
dickdippers
dicked
dicker
dickes
dickface
dickfaceed
dickfaceer
dickfacees
dickfaceing
dickfacely
dickfaces
dickflipper
dickflippered
dickflipperer
dickflipperes
dickflippering
dickflipperly
dickflippers
dickhead
dickheaded
dickheader
dickheades
dickheading
dickheadly
dickheads
dickheadsed
dickheadser
dickheadses
dickheadsing
dickheadsly
dickheadss
dicking
dickish
dickished
dickisher
dickishes
dickishing
dickishly
dickishs
dickly
dickripper
dickrippered
dickripperer
dickripperes
dickrippering
dickripperly
dickrippers
dicks
dicksipper
dicksippered
dicksipperer
dicksipperes
dicksippering
dicksipperly
dicksippers
dickweed
dickweeded
dickweeder
dickweedes
dickweeding
dickweedly
dickweeds
dickwhipper
dickwhippered
dickwhipperer
dickwhipperes
dickwhippering
dickwhipperly
dickwhippers
dickzipper
dickzippered
dickzipperer
dickzipperes
dickzippering
dickzipperly
dickzippers
diddle
diddleed
diddleer
diddlees
diddleing
diddlely
diddles
dike
dikeed
dikeer
dikees
dikeing
dikely
dikes
dildo
dildoed
dildoer
dildoes
dildoing
dildoly
dildos
dildosed
dildoser
dildoses
dildosing
dildosly
dildoss
diligaf
diligafed
diligafer
diligafes
diligafing
diligafly
diligafs
dillweed
dillweeded
dillweeder
dillweedes
dillweeding
dillweedly
dillweeds
dimwit
dimwited
dimwiter
dimwites
dimwiting
dimwitly
dimwits
dingle
dingleed
dingleer
dinglees
dingleing
dinglely
dingles
dipship
dipshiped
dipshiper
dipshipes
dipshiping
dipshiply
dipships
dizzyed
dizzyer
dizzyes
dizzying
dizzyly
dizzys
doggiestyleed
doggiestyleer
doggiestylees
doggiestyleing
doggiestylely
doggiestyles
doggystyleed
doggystyleer
doggystylees
doggystyleing
doggystylely
doggystyles
dong
donged
donger
donges
donging
dongly
dongs
doofus
doofused
doofuser
doofuses
doofusing
doofusly
doofuss
doosh
dooshed
doosher
dooshes
dooshing
dooshly
dooshs
dopeyed
dopeyer
dopeyes
dopeying
dopeyly
dopeys
douchebag
douchebaged
douchebager
douchebages
douchebaging
douchebagly
douchebags
douchebagsed
douchebagser
douchebagses
douchebagsing
douchebagsly
douchebagss
doucheed
doucheer
douchees
doucheing
douchely
douches
douchey
doucheyed
doucheyer
doucheyes
doucheying
doucheyly
doucheys
drunk
drunked
drunker
drunkes
drunking
drunkly
drunks
dumass
dumassed
dumasser
dumasses
dumassing
dumassly
dumasss
dumbass
dumbassed
dumbasser
dumbasses
dumbassesed
dumbasseser
dumbasseses
dumbassesing
dumbassesly
dumbassess
dumbassing
dumbassly
dumbasss
dummy
dummyed
dummyer
dummyes
dummying
dummyly
dummys
dyke
dykeed
dykeer
dykees
dykeing
dykely
dykes
dykesed
dykeser
dykeses
dykesing
dykesly
dykess
erotic
eroticed
eroticer
erotices
eroticing
eroticly
erotics
extacy
extacyed
extacyer
extacyes
extacying
extacyly
extacys
extasy
extasyed
extasyer
extasyes
extasying
extasyly
extasys
fack
facked
facker
fackes
facking
fackly
facks
fag
faged
fager
fages
fagg
fagged
faggeded
faggeder
faggedes
faggeding
faggedly
faggeds
fagger
fagges
fagging
faggit
faggited
faggiter
faggites
faggiting
faggitly
faggits
faggly
faggot
faggoted
faggoter
faggotes
faggoting
faggotly
faggots
faggs
faging
fagly
fagot
fagoted
fagoter
fagotes
fagoting
fagotly
fagots
fags
fagsed
fagser
fagses
fagsing
fagsly
fagss
faig
faiged
faiger
faiges
faiging
faigly
faigs
faigt
faigted
faigter
faigtes
faigting
faigtly
faigts
fannybandit
fannybandited
fannybanditer
fannybandites
fannybanditing
fannybanditly
fannybandits
farted
farter
fartes
farting
fartknocker
fartknockered
fartknockerer
fartknockeres
fartknockering
fartknockerly
fartknockers
fartly
farts
felch
felched
felcher
felchered
felcherer
felcheres
felchering
felcherly
felchers
felches
felching
felchinged
felchinger
felchinges
felchinging
felchingly
felchings
felchly
felchs
fellate
fellateed
fellateer
fellatees
fellateing
fellately
fellates
fellatio
fellatioed
fellatioer
fellatioes
fellatioing
fellatioly
fellatios
feltch
feltched
feltcher
feltchered
feltcherer
feltcheres
feltchering
feltcherly
feltchers
feltches
feltching
feltchly
feltchs
feom
feomed
feomer
feomes
feoming
feomly
feoms
fisted
fisteded
fisteder
fistedes
fisteding
fistedly
fisteds
fisting
fistinged
fistinger
fistinges
fistinging
fistingly
fistings
fisty
fistyed
fistyer
fistyes
fistying
fistyly
fistys
floozy
floozyed
floozyer
floozyes
floozying
floozyly
floozys
foad
foaded
foader
foades
foading
foadly
foads
fondleed
fondleer
fondlees
fondleing
fondlely
fondles
foobar
foobared
foobarer
foobares
foobaring
foobarly
foobars
freex
freexed
freexer
freexes
freexing
freexly
freexs
frigg
frigga
friggaed
friggaer
friggaes
friggaing
friggaly
friggas
frigged
frigger
frigges
frigging
friggly
friggs
fubar
fubared
fubarer
fubares
fubaring
fubarly
fubars
fuck
fuckass
fuckassed
fuckasser
fuckasses
fuckassing
fuckassly
fuckasss
fucked
fuckeded
fuckeder
fuckedes
fuckeding
fuckedly
fuckeds
fucker
fuckered
fuckerer
fuckeres
fuckering
fuckerly
fuckers
fuckes
fuckface
fuckfaceed
fuckfaceer
fuckfacees
fuckfaceing
fuckfacely
fuckfaces
fuckin
fuckined
fuckiner
fuckines
fucking
fuckinged
fuckinger
fuckinges
fuckinging
fuckingly
fuckings
fuckining
fuckinly
fuckins
fuckly
fucknugget
fucknuggeted
fucknuggeter
fucknuggetes
fucknuggeting
fucknuggetly
fucknuggets
fucknut
fucknuted
fucknuter
fucknutes
fucknuting
fucknutly
fucknuts
fuckoff
fuckoffed
fuckoffer
fuckoffes
fuckoffing
fuckoffly
fuckoffs
fucks
fucksed
fuckser
fuckses
fucksing
fucksly
fuckss
fucktard
fucktarded
fucktarder
fucktardes
fucktarding
fucktardly
fucktards
fuckup
fuckuped
fuckuper
fuckupes
fuckuping
fuckuply
fuckups
fuckwad
fuckwaded
fuckwader
fuckwades
fuckwading
fuckwadly
fuckwads
fuckwit
fuckwited
fuckwiter
fuckwites
fuckwiting
fuckwitly
fuckwits
fudgepacker
fudgepackered
fudgepackerer
fudgepackeres
fudgepackering
fudgepackerly
fudgepackers
fuk
fuked
fuker
fukes
fuking
fukly
fuks
fvck
fvcked
fvcker
fvckes
fvcking
fvckly
fvcks
fxck
fxcked
fxcker
fxckes
fxcking
fxckly
fxcks
gae
gaeed
gaeer
gaees
gaeing
gaely
gaes
gai
gaied
gaier
gaies
gaiing
gaily
gais
ganja
ganjaed
ganjaer
ganjaes
ganjaing
ganjaly
ganjas
gayed
gayer
gayes
gaying
gayly
gays
gaysed
gayser
gayses
gaysing
gaysly
gayss
gey
geyed
geyer
geyes
geying
geyly
geys
gfc
gfced
gfcer
gfces
gfcing
gfcly
gfcs
gfy
gfyed
gfyer
gfyes
gfying
gfyly
gfys
ghay
ghayed
ghayer
ghayes
ghaying
ghayly
ghays
ghey
gheyed
gheyer
gheyes
gheying
gheyly
gheys
gigolo
gigoloed
gigoloer
gigoloes
gigoloing
gigololy
gigolos
goatse
goatseed
goatseer
goatsees
goatseing
goatsely
goatses
godamn
godamned
godamner
godamnes
godamning
godamnit
godamnited
godamniter
godamnites
godamniting
godamnitly
godamnits
godamnly
godamns
goddam
goddamed
goddamer
goddames
goddaming
goddamly
goddammit
goddammited
goddammiter
goddammites
goddammiting
goddammitly
goddammits
goddamn
goddamned
goddamner
goddamnes
goddamning
goddamnly
goddamns
goddams
goldenshower
goldenshowered
goldenshowerer
goldenshoweres
goldenshowering
goldenshowerly
goldenshowers
gonad
gonaded
gonader
gonades
gonading
gonadly
gonads
gonadsed
gonadser
gonadses
gonadsing
gonadsly
gonadss
gook
gooked
gooker
gookes
gooking
gookly
gooks
gooksed
gookser
gookses
gooksing
gooksly
gookss
gringo
gringoed
gringoer
gringoes
gringoing
gringoly
gringos
gspot
gspoted
gspoter
gspotes
gspoting
gspotly
gspots
gtfo
gtfoed
gtfoer
gtfoes
gtfoing
gtfoly
gtfos
guido
guidoed
guidoer
guidoes
guidoing
guidoly
guidos
handjob
handjobed
handjober
handjobes
handjobing
handjobly
handjobs
hard on
hard oned
hard oner
hard ones
hard oning
hard only
hard ons
hardknight
hardknighted
hardknighter
hardknightes
hardknighting
hardknightly
hardknights
hebe
hebeed
hebeer
hebees
hebeing
hebely
hebes
heeb
heebed
heeber
heebes
heebing
heebly
heebs
hell
helled
heller
helles
helling
hellly
hells
hemp
hemped
hemper
hempes
hemping
hemply
hemps
heroined
heroiner
heroines
heroining
heroinly
heroins
herp
herped
herper
herpes
herpesed
herpeser
herpeses
herpesing
herpesly
herpess
herping
herply
herps
herpy
herpyed
herpyer
herpyes
herpying
herpyly
herpys
hitler
hitlered
hitlerer
hitleres
hitlering
hitlerly
hitlers
hived
hiver
hives
hiving
hivly
hivs
hobag
hobaged
hobager
hobages
hobaging
hobagly
hobags
homey
homeyed
homeyer
homeyes
homeying
homeyly
homeys
homo
homoed
homoer
homoes
homoey
homoeyed
homoeyer
homoeyes
homoeying
homoeyly
homoeys
homoing
homoly
homos
honky
honkyed
honkyer
honkyes
honkying
honkyly
honkys
hooch
hooched
hoocher
hooches
hooching
hoochly
hoochs
hookah
hookahed
hookaher
hookahes
hookahing
hookahly
hookahs
hooker
hookered
hookerer
hookeres
hookering
hookerly
hookers
hoor
hoored
hoorer
hoores
hooring
hoorly
hoors
hootch
hootched
hootcher
hootches
hootching
hootchly
hootchs
hooter
hootered
hooterer
hooteres
hootering
hooterly
hooters
hootersed
hooterser
hooterses
hootersing
hootersly
hooterss
horny
hornyed
hornyer
hornyes
hornying
hornyly
hornys
houstoned
houstoner
houstones
houstoning
houstonly
houstons
hump
humped
humpeded
humpeder
humpedes
humpeding
humpedly
humpeds
humper
humpes
humping
humpinged
humpinger
humpinges
humpinging
humpingly
humpings
humply
humps
husbanded
husbander
husbandes
husbanding
husbandly
husbands
hussy
hussyed
hussyer
hussyes
hussying
hussyly
hussys
hymened
hymener
hymenes
hymening
hymenly
hymens
inbred
inbreded
inbreder
inbredes
inbreding
inbredly
inbreds
incest
incested
incester
incestes
incesting
incestly
incests
injun
injuned
injuner
injunes
injuning
injunly
injuns
jackass
jackassed
jackasser
jackasses
jackassing
jackassly
jackasss
jackhole
jackholeed
jackholeer
jackholees
jackholeing
jackholely
jackholes
jackoff
jackoffed
jackoffer
jackoffes
jackoffing
jackoffly
jackoffs
jap
japed
japer
japes
japing
japly
japs
japsed
japser
japses
japsing
japsly
japss
jerkoff
jerkoffed
jerkoffer
jerkoffes
jerkoffing
jerkoffly
jerkoffs
jerks
jism
jismed
jismer
jismes
jisming
jismly
jisms
jiz
jized
jizer
jizes
jizing
jizly
jizm
jizmed
jizmer
jizmes
jizming
jizmly
jizms
jizs
jizz
jizzed
jizzeded
jizzeder
jizzedes
jizzeding
jizzedly
jizzeds
jizzer
jizzes
jizzing
jizzly
jizzs
junkie
junkieed
junkieer
junkiees
junkieing
junkiely
junkies
junky
junkyed
junkyer
junkyes
junkying
junkyly
junkys
kike
kikeed
kikeer
kikees
kikeing
kikely
kikes
kikesed
kikeser
kikeses
kikesing
kikesly
kikess
killed
killer
killes
killing
killly
kills
kinky
kinkyed
kinkyer
kinkyes
kinkying
kinkyly
kinkys
kkk
kkked
kkker
kkkes
kkking
kkkly
kkks
klan
klaned
klaner
klanes
klaning
klanly
klans
knobend
knobended
knobender
knobendes
knobending
knobendly
knobends
kooch
kooched
koocher
kooches
koochesed
koocheser
koocheses
koochesing
koochesly
koochess
kooching
koochly
koochs
kootch
kootched
kootcher
kootches
kootching
kootchly
kootchs
kraut
krauted
krauter
krautes
krauting
krautly
krauts
kyke
kykeed
kykeer
kykees
kykeing
kykely
kykes
lech
leched
lecher
leches
leching
lechly
lechs
leper
lepered
leperer
leperes
lepering
leperly
lepers
lesbiansed
lesbianser
lesbianses
lesbiansing
lesbiansly
lesbianss
lesbo
lesboed
lesboer
lesboes
lesboing
lesboly
lesbos
lesbosed
lesboser
lesboses
lesbosing
lesbosly
lesboss
lez
lezbianed
lezbianer
lezbianes
lezbianing
lezbianly
lezbians
lezbiansed
lezbianser
lezbianses
lezbiansing
lezbiansly
lezbianss
lezbo
lezboed
lezboer
lezboes
lezboing
lezboly
lezbos
lezbosed
lezboser
lezboses
lezbosing
lezbosly
lezboss
lezed
lezer
lezes
lezing
lezly
lezs
lezzie
lezzieed
lezzieer
lezziees
lezzieing
lezziely
lezzies
lezziesed
lezzieser
lezzieses
lezziesing
lezziesly
lezziess
lezzy
lezzyed
lezzyer
lezzyes
lezzying
lezzyly
lezzys
lmaoed
lmaoer
lmaoes
lmaoing
lmaoly
lmaos
lmfao
lmfaoed
lmfaoer
lmfaoes
lmfaoing
lmfaoly
lmfaos
loined
loiner
loines
loining
loinly
loins
loinsed
loinser
loinses
loinsing
loinsly
loinss
lubeed
lubeer
lubees
lubeing
lubely
lubes
lusty
lustyed
lustyer
lustyes
lustying
lustyly
lustys
massa
massaed
massaer
massaes
massaing
massaly
massas
masterbate
masterbateed
masterbateer
masterbatees
masterbateing
masterbately
masterbates
masterbating
masterbatinged
masterbatinger
masterbatinges
masterbatinging
masterbatingly
masterbatings
masterbation
masterbationed
masterbationer
masterbationes
masterbationing
masterbationly
masterbations
masturbate
masturbateed
masturbateer
masturbatees
masturbateing
masturbately
masturbates
masturbating
masturbatinged
masturbatinger
masturbatinges
masturbatinging
masturbatingly
masturbatings
masturbation
masturbationed
masturbationer
masturbationes
masturbationing
masturbationly
masturbations
methed
mether
methes
mething
methly
meths
militaryed
militaryer
militaryes
militarying
militaryly
militarys
mofo
mofoed
mofoer
mofoes
mofoing
mofoly
mofos
molest
molested
molester
molestes
molesting
molestly
molests
moolie
moolieed
moolieer
mooliees
moolieing
mooliely
moolies
moron
moroned
moroner
morones
moroning
moronly
morons
motherfucka
motherfuckaed
motherfuckaer
motherfuckaes
motherfuckaing
motherfuckaly
motherfuckas
motherfucker
motherfuckered
motherfuckerer
motherfuckeres
motherfuckering
motherfuckerly
motherfuckers
motherfucking
motherfuckinged
motherfuckinger
motherfuckinges
motherfuckinging
motherfuckingly
motherfuckings
mtherfucker
mtherfuckered
mtherfuckerer
mtherfuckeres
mtherfuckering
mtherfuckerly
mtherfuckers
mthrfucker
mthrfuckered
mthrfuckerer
mthrfuckeres
mthrfuckering
mthrfuckerly
mthrfuckers
mthrfucking
mthrfuckinged
mthrfuckinger
mthrfuckinges
mthrfuckinging
mthrfuckingly
mthrfuckings
muff
muffdiver
muffdivered
muffdiverer
muffdiveres
muffdivering
muffdiverly
muffdivers
muffed
muffer
muffes
muffing
muffly
muffs
murdered
murderer
murderes
murdering
murderly
murders
muthafuckaz
muthafuckazed
muthafuckazer
muthafuckazes
muthafuckazing
muthafuckazly
muthafuckazs
muthafucker
muthafuckered
muthafuckerer
muthafuckeres
muthafuckering
muthafuckerly
muthafuckers
mutherfucker
mutherfuckered
mutherfuckerer
mutherfuckeres
mutherfuckering
mutherfuckerly
mutherfuckers
mutherfucking
mutherfuckinged
mutherfuckinger
mutherfuckinges
mutherfuckinging
mutherfuckingly
mutherfuckings
muthrfucking
muthrfuckinged
muthrfuckinger
muthrfuckinges
muthrfuckinging
muthrfuckingly
muthrfuckings
nad
naded
nader
nades
nading
nadly
nads
nadsed
nadser
nadses
nadsing
nadsly
nadss
nakeded
nakeder
nakedes
nakeding
nakedly
nakeds
napalm
napalmed
napalmer
napalmes
napalming
napalmly
napalms
nappy
nappyed
nappyer
nappyes
nappying
nappyly
nappys
nazi
nazied
nazier
nazies
naziing
nazily
nazis
nazism
nazismed
nazismer
nazismes
nazisming
nazismly
nazisms
negro
negroed
negroer
negroes
negroing
negroly
negros
nigga
niggaed
niggaer
niggaes
niggah
niggahed
niggaher
niggahes
niggahing
niggahly
niggahs
niggaing
niggaly
niggas
niggased
niggaser
niggases
niggasing
niggasly
niggass
niggaz
niggazed
niggazer
niggazes
niggazing
niggazly
niggazs
nigger
niggered
niggerer
niggeres
niggering
niggerly
niggers
niggersed
niggerser
niggerses
niggersing
niggersly
niggerss
niggle
niggleed
niggleer
nigglees
niggleing
nigglely
niggles
niglet
nigleted
nigleter
nigletes
nigleting
nigletly
niglets
nimrod
nimroded
nimroder
nimrodes
nimroding
nimrodly
nimrods
ninny
ninnyed
ninnyer
ninnyes
ninnying
ninnyly
ninnys
nooky
nookyed
nookyer
nookyes
nookying
nookyly
nookys
nuccitelli
nuccitellied
nuccitellier
nuccitellies
nuccitelliing
nuccitellily
nuccitellis
nympho
nymphoed
nymphoer
nymphoes
nymphoing
nympholy
nymphos
opium
opiumed
opiumer
opiumes
opiuming
opiumly
opiums
orgies
orgiesed
orgieser
orgieses
orgiesing
orgiesly
orgiess
orgy
orgyed
orgyer
orgyes
orgying
orgyly
orgys
paddy
paddyed
paddyer
paddyes
paddying
paddyly
paddys
paki
pakied
pakier
pakies
pakiing
pakily
pakis
pantie
pantieed
pantieer
pantiees
pantieing
pantiely
panties
pantiesed
pantieser
pantieses
pantiesing
pantiesly
pantiess
panty
pantyed
pantyer
pantyes
pantying
pantyly
pantys
pastie
pastieed
pastieer
pastiees
pastieing
pastiely
pasties
pasty
pastyed
pastyer
pastyes
pastying
pastyly
pastys
pecker
peckered
peckerer
peckeres
peckering
peckerly
peckers
pedo
pedoed
pedoer
pedoes
pedoing
pedoly
pedophile
pedophileed
pedophileer
pedophilees
pedophileing
pedophilely
pedophiles
pedophilia
pedophiliac
pedophiliaced
pedophiliacer
pedophiliaces
pedophiliacing
pedophiliacly
pedophiliacs
pedophiliaed
pedophiliaer
pedophiliaes
pedophiliaing
pedophilialy
pedophilias
pedos
penial
penialed
penialer
peniales
penialing
penially
penials
penile
penileed
penileer
penilees
penileing
penilely
peniles
penis
penised
peniser
penises
penising
penisly
peniss
perversion
perversioned
perversioner
perversiones
perversioning
perversionly
perversions
peyote
peyoteed
peyoteer
peyotees
peyoteing
peyotely
peyotes
phuck
phucked
phucker
phuckes
phucking
phuckly
phucks
pillowbiter
pillowbitered
pillowbiterer
pillowbiteres
pillowbitering
pillowbiterly
pillowbiters
pimp
pimped
pimper
pimpes
pimping
pimply
pimps
pinko
pinkoed
pinkoer
pinkoes
pinkoing
pinkoly
pinkos
pissed
pisseded
pisseder
pissedes
pisseding
pissedly
pisseds
pisser
pisses
pissing
pissly
pissoff
pissoffed
pissoffer
pissoffes
pissoffing
pissoffly
pissoffs
pisss
polack
polacked
polacker
polackes
polacking
polackly
polacks
pollock
pollocked
pollocker
pollockes
pollocking
pollockly
pollocks
poon
pooned
pooner
poones
pooning
poonly
poons
poontang
poontanged
poontanger
poontanges
poontanging
poontangly
poontangs
porn
porned
porner
pornes
porning
pornly
porno
pornoed
pornoer
pornoes
pornography
pornographyed
pornographyer
pornographyes
pornographying
pornographyly
pornographys
pornoing
pornoly
pornos
porns
prick
pricked
pricker
prickes
pricking
prickly
pricks
prig
priged
priger
priges
priging
prigly
prigs
prostitute
prostituteed
prostituteer
prostitutees
prostituteing
prostitutely
prostitutes
prude
prudeed
prudeer
prudees
prudeing
prudely
prudes
punkass
punkassed
punkasser
punkasses
punkassing
punkassly
punkasss
punky
punkyed
punkyer
punkyes
punkying
punkyly
punkys
puss
pussed
pusser
pusses
pussies
pussiesed
pussieser
pussieses
pussiesing
pussiesly
pussiess
pussing
pussly
pusss
pussy
pussyed
pussyer
pussyes
pussying
pussyly
pussypounder
pussypoundered
pussypounderer
pussypounderes
pussypoundering
pussypounderly
pussypounders
pussys
puto
putoed
putoer
putoes
putoing
putoly
putos
queaf
queafed
queafer
queafes
queafing
queafly
queafs
queef
queefed
queefer
queefes
queefing
queefly
queefs
queer
queered
queerer
queeres
queering
queerly
queero
queeroed
queeroer
queeroes
queeroing
queeroly
queeros
queers
queersed
queerser
queerses
queersing
queersly
queerss
quicky
quickyed
quickyer
quickyes
quickying
quickyly
quickys
quim
quimed
quimer
quimes
quiming
quimly
quims
racy
racyed
racyer
racyes
racying
racyly
racys
rape
raped
rapeded
rapeder
rapedes
rapeding
rapedly
rapeds
rapeed
rapeer
rapees
rapeing
rapely
raper
rapered
raperer
raperes
rapering
raperly
rapers
rapes
rapist
rapisted
rapister
rapistes
rapisting
rapistly
rapists
raunch
raunched
rauncher
raunches
raunching
raunchly
raunchs
rectus
rectused
rectuser
rectuses
rectusing
rectusly
rectuss
reefer
reefered
reeferer
reeferes
reefering
reeferly
reefers
reetard
reetarded
reetarder
reetardes
reetarding
reetardly
reetards
reich
reiched
reicher
reiches
reiching
reichly
reichs
retard
retarded
retardeded
retardeder
retardedes
retardeding
retardedly
retardeds
retarder
retardes
retarding
retardly
retards
rimjob
rimjobed
rimjober
rimjobes
rimjobing
rimjobly
rimjobs
ritard
ritarded
ritarder
ritardes
ritarding
ritardly
ritards
rtard
rtarded
rtarder
rtardes
rtarding
rtardly
rtards
rum
rumed
rumer
rumes
ruming
rumly
rump
rumped
rumper
rumpes
rumping
rumply
rumprammer
rumprammered
rumprammerer
rumprammeres
rumprammering
rumprammerly
rumprammers
rumps
rums
ruski
ruskied
ruskier
ruskies
ruskiing
ruskily
ruskis
sadism
sadismed
sadismer
sadismes
sadisming
sadismly
sadisms
sadist
sadisted
sadister
sadistes
sadisting
sadistly
sadists
scag
scaged
scager
scages
scaging
scagly
scags
scantily
scantilyed
scantilyer
scantilyes
scantilying
scantilyly
scantilys
schlong
schlonged
schlonger
schlonges
schlonging
schlongly
schlongs
scrog
scroged
scroger
scroges
scroging
scrogly
scrogs
scrot
scrote
scroted
scroteed
scroteer
scrotees
scroteing
scrotely
scroter
scrotes
scroting
scrotly
scrots
scrotum
scrotumed
scrotumer
scrotumes
scrotuming
scrotumly
scrotums
scrud
scruded
scruder
scrudes
scruding
scrudly
scruds
scum
scumed
scumer
scumes
scuming
scumly
scums
seaman
seamaned
seamaner
seamanes
seamaning
seamanly
seamans
seamen
seamened
seamener
seamenes
seamening
seamenly
seamens
seduceed
seduceer
seducees
seduceing
seducely
seduces
semen
semened
semener
semenes
semening
semenly
semens
shamedame
shamedameed
shamedameer
shamedamees
shamedameing
shamedamely
shamedames
shit
shite
shiteater
shiteatered
shiteaterer
shiteateres
shiteatering
shiteaterly
shiteaters
shited
shiteed
shiteer
shitees
shiteing
shitely
shiter
shites
shitface
shitfaceed
shitfaceer
shitfacees
shitfaceing
shitfacely
shitfaces
shithead
shitheaded
shitheader
shitheades
shitheading
shitheadly
shitheads
shithole
shitholeed
shitholeer
shitholees
shitholeing
shitholely
shitholes
shithouse
shithouseed
shithouseer
shithousees
shithouseing
shithousely
shithouses
shiting
shitly
shits
shitsed
shitser
shitses
shitsing
shitsly
shitss
shitt
shitted
shitteded
shitteder
shittedes
shitteding
shittedly
shitteds
shitter
shittered
shitterer
shitteres
shittering
shitterly
shitters
shittes
shitting
shittly
shitts
shitty
shittyed
shittyer
shittyes
shittying
shittyly
shittys
shiz
shized
shizer
shizes
shizing
shizly
shizs
shooted
shooter
shootes
shooting
shootly
shoots
sissy
sissyed
sissyer
sissyes
sissying
sissyly
sissys
skag
skaged
skager
skages
skaging
skagly
skags
skank
skanked
skanker
skankes
skanking
skankly
skanks
slave
slaveed
slaveer
slavees
slaveing
slavely
slaves
sleaze
sleazeed
sleazeer
sleazees
sleazeing
sleazely
sleazes
sleazy
sleazyed
sleazyer
sleazyes
sleazying
sleazyly
sleazys
slut
slutdumper
slutdumpered
slutdumperer
slutdumperes
slutdumpering
slutdumperly
slutdumpers
sluted
sluter
slutes
sluting
slutkiss
slutkissed
slutkisser
slutkisses
slutkissing
slutkissly
slutkisss
slutly
sluts
slutsed
slutser
slutses
slutsing
slutsly
slutss
smegma
smegmaed
smegmaer
smegmaes
smegmaing
smegmaly
smegmas
smut
smuted
smuter
smutes
smuting
smutly
smuts
smutty
smuttyed
smuttyer
smuttyes
smuttying
smuttyly
smuttys
snatch
snatched
snatcher
snatches
snatching
snatchly
snatchs
sniper
snipered
sniperer
sniperes
snipering
sniperly
snipers
snort
snorted
snorter
snortes
snorting
snortly
snorts
snuff
snuffed
snuffer
snuffes
snuffing
snuffly
snuffs
sodom
sodomed
sodomer
sodomes
sodoming
sodomly
sodoms
spic
spiced
spicer
spices
spicing
spick
spicked
spicker
spickes
spicking
spickly
spicks
spicly
spics
spik
spoof
spoofed
spoofer
spoofes
spoofing
spoofly
spoofs
spooge
spoogeed
spoogeer
spoogees
spoogeing
spoogely
spooges
spunk
spunked
spunker
spunkes
spunking
spunkly
spunks
steamyed
steamyer
steamyes
steamying
steamyly
steamys
stfu
stfued
stfuer
stfues
stfuing
stfuly
stfus
stiffy
stiffyed
stiffyer
stiffyes
stiffying
stiffyly
stiffys
stoneded
stoneder
stonedes
stoneding
stonedly
stoneds
stupided
stupider
stupides
stupiding
stupidly
stupids
suckeded
suckeder
suckedes
suckeding
suckedly
suckeds
sucker
suckes
sucking
suckinged
suckinger
suckinges
suckinging
suckingly
suckings
suckly
sucks
sumofabiatch
sumofabiatched
sumofabiatcher
sumofabiatches
sumofabiatching
sumofabiatchly
sumofabiatchs
tard
tarded
tarder
tardes
tarding
tardly
tards
tawdry
tawdryed
tawdryer
tawdryes
tawdrying
tawdryly
tawdrys
teabagging
teabagginged
teabagginger
teabagginges
teabagginging
teabaggingly
teabaggings
terd
terded
terder
terdes
terding
terdly
terds
teste
testee
testeed
testeeed
testeeer
testeees
testeeing
testeely
testeer
testees
testeing
testely
testes
testesed
testeser
testeses
testesing
testesly
testess
testicle
testicleed
testicleer
testiclees
testicleing
testiclely
testicles
testis
testised
testiser
testises
testising
testisly
testiss
thrusted
thruster
thrustes
thrusting
thrustly
thrusts
thug
thuged
thuger
thuges
thuging
thugly
thugs
tinkle
tinkleed
tinkleer
tinklees
tinkleing
tinklely
tinkles
tit
tited
titer
tites
titfuck
titfucked
titfucker
titfuckes
titfucking
titfuckly
titfucks
titi
titied
titier
tities
titiing
titily
titing
titis
titly
tits
titsed
titser
titses
titsing
titsly
titss
tittiefucker
tittiefuckered
tittiefuckerer
tittiefuckeres
tittiefuckering
tittiefuckerly
tittiefuckers
titties
tittiesed
tittieser
tittieses
tittiesing
tittiesly
tittiess
titty
tittyed
tittyer
tittyes
tittyfuck
tittyfucked
tittyfucker
tittyfuckered
tittyfuckerer
tittyfuckeres
tittyfuckering
tittyfuckerly
tittyfuckers
tittyfuckes
tittyfucking
tittyfuckly
tittyfucks
tittying
tittyly
tittys
toke
tokeed
tokeer
tokees
tokeing
tokely
tokes
toots
tootsed
tootser
tootses
tootsing
tootsly
tootss
tramp
tramped
tramper
trampes
tramping
tramply
tramps
transsexualed
transsexualer
transsexuales
transsexualing
transsexually
transsexuals
trashy
trashyed
trashyer
trashyes
trashying
trashyly
trashys
tubgirl
tubgirled
tubgirler
tubgirles
tubgirling
tubgirlly
tubgirls
turd
turded
turder
turdes
turding
turdly
turds
tush
tushed
tusher
tushes
tushing
tushly
tushs
twat
twated
twater
twates
twating
twatly
twats
twatsed
twatser
twatses
twatsing
twatsly
twatss
undies
undiesed
undieser
undieses
undiesing
undiesly
undiess
unweded
unweder
unwedes
unweding
unwedly
unweds
uzi
uzied
uzier
uzies
uziing
uzily
uzis
vag
vaged
vager
vages
vaging
vagly
vags
valium
valiumed
valiumer
valiumes
valiuming
valiumly
valiums
venous
virgined
virginer
virgines
virgining
virginly
virgins
vixen
vixened
vixener
vixenes
vixening
vixenly
vixens
vodkaed
vodkaer
vodkaes
vodkaing
vodkaly
vodkas
voyeur
voyeured
voyeurer
voyeures
voyeuring
voyeurly
voyeurs
vulgar
vulgared
vulgarer
vulgares
vulgaring
vulgarly
vulgars
wang
wanged
wanger
wanges
wanging
wangly
wangs
wank
wanked
wanker
wankered
wankerer
wankeres
wankering
wankerly
wankers
wankes
wanking
wankly
wanks
wazoo
wazooed
wazooer
wazooes
wazooing
wazooly
wazoos
wedgie
wedgieed
wedgieer
wedgiees
wedgieing
wedgiely
wedgies
weeded
weeder
weedes
weeding
weedly
weeds
weenie
weenieed
weenieer
weeniees
weenieing
weeniely
weenies
weewee
weeweeed
weeweeer
weeweees
weeweeing
weeweely
weewees
weiner
weinered
weinerer
weineres
weinering
weinerly
weiners
weirdo
weirdoed
weirdoer
weirdoes
weirdoing
weirdoly
weirdos
wench
wenched
wencher
wenches
wenching
wenchly
wenchs
wetback
wetbacked
wetbacker
wetbackes
wetbacking
wetbackly
wetbacks
whitey
whiteyed
whiteyer
whiteyes
whiteying
whiteyly
whiteys
whiz
whized
whizer
whizes
whizing
whizly
whizs
whoralicious
whoralicioused
whoraliciouser
whoraliciouses
whoraliciousing
whoraliciously
whoraliciouss
whore
whorealicious
whorealicioused
whorealiciouser
whorealiciouses
whorealiciousing
whorealiciously
whorealiciouss
whored
whoreded
whoreder
whoredes
whoreding
whoredly
whoreds
whoreed
whoreer
whorees
whoreface
whorefaceed
whorefaceer
whorefacees
whorefaceing
whorefacely
whorefaces
whorehopper
whorehoppered
whorehopperer
whorehopperes
whorehoppering
whorehopperly
whorehoppers
whorehouse
whorehouseed
whorehouseer
whorehousees
whorehouseing
whorehousely
whorehouses
whoreing
whorely
whores
whoresed
whoreser
whoreses
whoresing
whoresly
whoress
whoring
whoringed
whoringer
whoringes
whoringing
whoringly
whorings
wigger
wiggered
wiggerer
wiggeres
wiggering
wiggerly
wiggers
woody
woodyed
woodyer
woodyes
woodying
woodyly
woodys
wop
woped
woper
wopes
woping
woply
wops
wtf
wtfed
wtfer
wtfes
wtfing
wtfly
wtfs
xxx
xxxed
xxxer
xxxes
xxxing
xxxly
xxxs
yeasty
yeastyed
yeastyer
yeastyes
yeastying
yeastyly
yeastys
yobbo
yobboed
yobboer
yobboes
yobboing
yobboly
yobbos
zoophile
zoophileed
zoophileer
zoophilees
zoophileing
zoophilely
zoophiles
anal
ass
ass lick
balls
ballsac
bisexual
bleach
causas
cheap
cost of miracles
cunt
display network stats
fart
fda and death
fda AND warn
fda AND warning
fda AND warns
feom
fuck
gfc
humira AND expensive
illegal
madvocate
masturbation
nuccitelli
overdose
porn
shit
snort
texarkana
direct\-acting antivirals
assistance
ombitasvir
support path
harvoni
abbvie
direct-acting antivirals
paritaprevir
advocacy
ledipasvir
vpak
ritonavir with dasabuvir
program
gilead
greedy
financial
needy
fake-ovir
viekira pak
v pak
sofosbuvir
support
oasis
discount
dasabuvir
protest
ritonavir
Negative Keywords Excluded Elements
header[@id='header']
section[contains(@class, 'nav-hidden')]
footer[@id='footer']
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-article-cleveland-clinic')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-home-cleveland-clinic')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-topic-cleveland-clinic')]
div[contains(@class, 'panel-panel-inner')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-node-field-article-topics')]
section[contains(@class, 'footer-nav-section-wrapper')]
Altmetric
DSM Affiliated
Display in offset block
Disqus Exclude
Best Practices
CE/CME
Education Center
Medical Education Library
Enable Disqus
Display Author and Disclosure Link
Publication Type
Society
Slot System
Featured Buckets
Disable Sticky Ads
Disable Ad Block Mitigation
Featured Buckets Admin
LayerRx MD-IQ Id
773
Show Ads on this Publication's Homepage
Consolidated Pub
Show Article Page Numbers on TOC
Use larger logo size
Off
publication_blueconic_enabled
Off
Show More Destinations Menu
Disable Adhesion on Publication
Off
Restore Menu Label on Mobile Navigation
Disable Facebook Pixel from Publication
Exclude this publication from publication selection on articles and quiz

Myasthenia gravis: Newer therapies offer sustained improvement

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 09/25/2017 - 14:34
Display Headline
Myasthenia gravis: Newer therapies offer sustained improvement

Current therapies for myasthenia gravis can help most patients achieve sustained improvement. The overall prognosis has dramatically improved over the last 4 decades: the mortality rate used to be 75%; now it is 4.5%.1

Myasthenia gravis is the most common disorder of neuromuscular junction transmission and is also one of the best characterized autoimmune diseases. However, its symptoms—primarily weakness—vary from patient to patient, and in the same patient, by time of day and over longer time periods. The variation in symptoms can be very confusing to undiagnosed patients and puzzling to unsuspecting physicians. Such diagnostic uncertainty can give the patient additional frustration and emotional stress, which in turn exacerbate his or her condition.

In this review, we will give an overview of the pathogenesis, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, and treatment of myasthenia gravis.

TWO PEAKS IN INCIDENCE BY AGE

The annual incidence of myasthenia gravis is approximately 10 to 20 new cases per million, with a prevalence of about 150 to 200 per million.2

The age of onset has a bimodal distribution, with an early incidence peak in the second to third decade with a female predominance and a late peak in the 6th to the 8th decade with a male predominance.2

Myasthenia gravis is commonly associated with several other autoimmune disorders, including hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, vitiligo, diabetes, and, more recently recognized, neuromyelitis optica.3

ANTIBODIES AGAINST AChR AND MuSK

Figure 1.

In most cases of myasthenia gravis the patient has autoimmune antibodies against constituents of the neuromuscular junction, specifically acetylcholine receptor (AChR) and muscle-specific tyrosine kinase (MuSK) (Figure 1).

AChR antibody-positive myasthenia gravis

When antibodies bind to AChR on the postsynaptic membrane, they cross-link neighboring AChR units, which are absorbed into the muscle fiber and are broken up.4 In addition, the complement system is activated to mediate further damage on the postsynaptic membrane.

AChR antibodies may come from germinal centers of the thymus, where clustered myoid cells express AChR on the plasma membrane surface.5 About 60% of AChR antibody-positive myasthenia gravis patients have an enlarged thymus, and 10% have a thymoma—a tumor of the epithelial cells of this organ. Conversely, about 15% of patients with a thymoma have clinical myasthenia gravis, and an additional 20% possess antibodies against AChR in the serum without myasthenic symptoms.5

MuSK antibody-positive myasthenia gravis

Like AChR, MuSK is a transmembrane component of the postsynaptic neuromuscular junction. During formation of the neuromuscular junction, MuSK is activated through the binding of agrin (a nerve-derived proteoglycan) to lipoprotein-related protein 4 (LRP4), after which complicated intracellular signaling promotes the assembly and stabilization of AChR.6

Unlike AChR antibodies, antibodies against MuSK do not activate the complement system, and complement fixation is not essential for clinical myasthenic symptoms to appear.7 Also, myasthenia gravis with MuSK antibodies is rarely associated with thymoma.8

The precise mechanism by which MuSK antibody impairs transmission at the neuromuscular junction has been a mystery until recently. Animal models, including MuSK-mutant mice and mice injected with MuSK protein or with purified immunoglobulin G from patients with this disease, have revealed a significant reduction of AChR clusters and destruction of neuromuscular junction structures.7,9–12

In addition, MuSK antibodies produce pre-synaptic dysfunction, manifesting as a reduction of acetylcholine content. This information is based on studies in mice and on in vitro electrophysiologic analyses of neuromuscular junctions from a patient with this disease.7,9–13

Finally, MuSK antibodies may indirectly affect the recycling of acetylcholine. After post-synaptic activation, acetylcholine is normally hydrolized by acetylcholinesterase, which is located in the synaptic cleft but anchored to MuSK on the postsynaptic membrane. MuSK antibodies block the binding of MuSK to acetylcholinesterase, possibly leading to less accumulation of acetylcholinesterase.14 This process may explain why patients with MuSK antibody-positive myasthenia gravis tend to respond poorly to acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (more about this below).

 

 

Seronegative myasthenia gravis

In a series of 562 consecutive patients with generalized weakness due to myasthenia gravis, 92% were positive for AChR antibody, 3% were positive for MuSK antibody, and 5% were seronegative (possessing neither antibody).15 In contrast, about 50% of patients with purely ocular myasthenia gravis (ie, with isolated weakness of the levator palpebrae superioris, orbicularis oculi, or oculomotor muscles) are seropositive for AChR antibody. Only a few ocular MuSK antibody-positive cases have been described, leaving the rest seronegative. Rarely, both antibodies can be detected in the same patient.16

In patients who are negative for AChR antibodies at the time of disease onset, sero-conversion may occur later during the course. Repeating serologic testing 6 to 12 months later may detect AChR antibodies in approximately 15% of patients who were initially seronegative.15,17

The clinical presentation, electrophysiologic findings, thymic pathologic findings, and treatment responses are similar in AChR antibody-positive and seronegative myasthenia gravis.17 Muscle biopsy study in seronegative cases demonstrates a loss of AChR as well.18

Based on these observations, it has been proposed that seronegative patients may have low-affinity antibodies that can bind to tightly clustered AChRs on the postsynaptic membrane but escape detection by routine radioimmunoassays in a solution phase. With a sensitive cell-based immunofluorescence assay, low-affinity antibodies to clustered AChRs were detected in 66% of patients with generalized myasthenia gravis and in 50% of those with ocular myasthenia gravis who were seronegative on standard assays.19,20 These low-affinity AChR antibodies can also activate complement in vitro, increasing the likelihood that they are pathogenic. However, assays to detect low-affinity AChR antibodies are not yet commercially available.

Within the past year, three research groups independently reported detecting antibodies to LRP4 in 2% to 50% of seronegative myasthenia gravis patients. This wide variation in the prevalence of LRP4 antibodies could be related to patient ethnicity and methods of detection.21–23 LRP4 is a receptor for agrin and is required for agrin-induced MuSK activation and AChR clustering. LRP antibodies can activate complement; therefore, it is plausible that LRP4 antibody binding leads to AChR loss on the postsynaptic membrane. However, additional study is needed to determine if LRP4 antibodies are truly pathogenic in myasthenia gravis.

A DISORDER OF FATIGABLE WEAKNESS

Myasthenia gravis is a disorder of fatigable weakness producing fluctuating symptoms. Symptoms related to the involvement of specific muscle groups are listed in Table 1. Muscle weakness is often worse later in the day or after exercise.

Ocular myasthenia gravis accounts for about 15% of all cases. Of patients initially presenting with ocular symptoms only, twothirds will ultimately develop generalized symptoms, most within the first 2 years.24 No factor has been identified that predicts conversion from an ocular to a generalized form.

Several clinical phenotypes of MuSK antibody-positive myasthenia gravis have been described. An oculobulbar form presents with diplopia, ptosis, dysarthria, and profound atrophy of the muscles of the tongue and face. A restricted myopathic form presents with prominent neck, shoulder, and respiratory weakness without ocular involvement. A third form is a combination of ocular and proximal limb weakness, indistinguishable from AChR antibody-positive disease.25

MuSK antibody-positive patients do not respond as well to acetylcholinesterase inhibitors as AChR antibody-positive patients do. In one study, nearly 70% of MuSK antibody-positive patients demonstrated no response, poor tolerance, or cholinergic hypersensitivity to these agents.25 Fortunately, most MuSK antibody-positive patients have a favorable response to immunosuppressive therapy—sometimes a dramatic improvement after plasmapheresis.8

DIAGNOSIS OF MYASTHENIA GRAVIS

The common differential diagnoses for myasthenia gravis are listed in Table 2.

The essential feature of myasthenia gravis is fluctuating muscle weakness, often with fatigue. Many patients complain of weakness of specific muscle groups after their repeated usage. Pain is generally a less conspicuous symptom, and generalized fatigue without objective weakness is inconsistent with myasthenia gravis.

Signs of muscle weakness may include droopy eyelids, diplopia, inability to hold the head straight, difficulty swallowing or chewing, speech disturbances, difficulty breathing, and difficulty raising the arms or rising from the sitting position. A historical pattern of ptosis alternating from one eye to the other is fairly characteristic of myasthenia gravis.

The weakness of orbicularis oculi is easily identified on examination by prying open the eyes during forced eye closure. Limb weakness is usually more significant in the arms than in the legs. An often-neglected feature of myasthenia gravis is finger extensor weakness with a relative sparing of other distal hand muscles.2

The ice-pack test is performed by placing a small bag of ice over the ptotic eye for 2 to 5 minutes and assessing the degree of ptosis for any noticeable improvement. This test is not very helpful for assessing ocular motor weakness.

The edrophonium (Tensilon) test can be used for patients with ptosis or ophthalmoparesis. Edrophonium, a short-acting acetylcholinesterase inhibitor, is given intravenously while the patient is observed for objective improvement. The patient’s cardiovascular status should be monitored for arrhythmias and hypotension. Atropine should be immediately available in case severe bradycardia develops.

The ice-pack test and the edrophonium test can give false-negative and false-positive results, and the diagnosis of myasthenia gravis must be verified by other diagnostic tests.

 

 

Testing for antibodies

Testing for circulating AChR antibodies, MuSK antibodies, or both is the first step in the laboratory confirmation of myasthenia gravis.

There are three AChR antibody subtypes: binding, blocking, and modulating. Binding antibodies are present in 80% to 90% of patients with generalized myasthenia gravis and 50% of those with ocular myasthenia gravis. Testing for blocking and modulating AChR antibodies increases the sensitivity by less than 5% when added to testing for binding antibodies.

AChR antibody titers correlate poorly with disease severity between patients. However, in individual patients, antibody titers tend to go down in parallel with clinical improvement.

MuSK antibody is detected in nearly half of myasthenia gravis patients with generalized weakness who are negative for AChR antibody.

Electrophysiologic tests

Electrophysiologic tests can usually confirm the diagnosis of seronegative myasthenia gravis. They are also helpful in seropositive patients who have unusual clinical features or a poor response to treatment.

Repetitive nerve stimulation studies use a slow rate (2–5 Hz) of repetitive electrical stimulation. The study is positive if the motor response declines by more than 10%. However, a decremental response is not specific for myasthenia gravis, as it may be seen in other neuromuscular disorders such as motor neuron disease or Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome.

This test is technically easier to do in distal muscles than in proximal muscles, but less sensitive. Therefore, proximal muscles such as the trapezius or facial muscles are usually also sampled to maximize the yield. To further maximize the sensitivity, muscles being tested should be warm, and acetylcholinesterase inhibitors should be withheld for 12 hours before.

Repetitive nerve stimulation studies in distal muscles are positive in approximately 75% of patients with generalized myasthenia gravis and in 30% with ocular myasthenia gravis.26

Single-fiber electromyography is more technically demanding than repetitive nerve stimulation and is less widely available. It is usually performed with a special needle electrode that can simultaneously identify action potentials arising from individual muscle fibers innervated by the same axon.

Variability in time of the second action potential relative to the first is called “jitter.” Abnormal jitter is seen in more than 95% of patients with generalized myasthenia gravis and in 85% to 90% of those with ocular myasthenia gravis.26,27 However, abnormal jitter can also be seen in other neuromuscular diseases such as motor neuron disease or in neuromuscular junctional disorders such as Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome.

Imaging studies

Chest computed tomography or magnetic resonance imaging with contrast should be performed in all myasthenia gravis patients to look for a thymoma.

TREATMENT OF MYASTHENIA GRAVIS

Acetylcholinesterase inhibitors

As a reasonable first therapy in mild cases of myasthenia gravis, acetylcholinesterase inhibitors slow down the degradation of acetylcholine and prolong its effect in the neuromuscular junction, but they are not disease-modifying and their benefits are mild.

Pyridostigmine is the usual choice of acetylcholinesterase inhibitor. Its onset of action is rapid (15 to 30 minutes) and its action lasts for 3 to 4 hours. For most patients, the effective dosage range is 60 mg to 90 mg every 4 to 6 hours. A long-acting form is also available and can be given as a single nighttime dose.

Immunomodulating therapy

Patients who have moderate to severe symptoms require some form of immunomodulating therapy.

Plasmapheresis or intravenous immune globulin is reserved for patients with severe or rapidly worsening disease because their beneficial effects can be seen within the first week of treatment.

Longer-acting immunotherapies (corticosteroids, azathioprine, mycophenolate mofetil and others) have a slower onset of responses but provide sustained benefits. Which drug to use depends on factors such as comorbidity, side effects, and cost.

Drugs to avoid

A number of medications can exacerbate weakness in myasthenia gravis and should be avoided or used with caution. The list is long, but ones that deserve the most attention are penicillamine, interferons, procainamide, quinidine, and antibiotics, including quinolones and aminoglycosides. A more comprehensive list of medications that may exacerbate myasthenia gravis symptoms can be found in a review by Keesey.2

RAPID INDUCTION IMMUNOTHERAPIES : PLASMAPHERESIS, IMMUNE GLOBULIN

Both plasmapheresis and intravenous immune globulin act quickly over days, but in most patients their effects last only a few weeks. Both are used as rescue therapies for myasthenic crises, bridging therapy to slow-acting immunotherapeutic agents, or maintenance treatment for poorly controlled cases.

Several retrospective studies have confirmed the efficacy of plasmapheresis in more than 80% of patients with generalized symptoms.28,29

In a randomized trial in patients with generalized therapies, intravenous immune globulin improved muscle strength in the group of patients with severe symptoms.30 The effective dosage of intravenous immune globulin varies from 1 to 2 g/kg without observed difference between doses.31 Trials comparing the efficacy of intravenous immune globulin and plasmapheresis in acute and severe myasthenia gravis did not reveal a difference in efficacy.32,33 Intravenous immune globulin at a minimal dose of 0.4 g/kg every 3 months has been successfully used as a long-term maintenance monotherapy, and such a role could be expanded to more patients with further studies.34

The choice between plasmapheresis and intravenous immune globulin is often based on the ability of a patient to tolerate each treatment and on the availability of the plasmapheresis procedure. Intravenous immune globulin is easier to administer, is associated with fewer adverse events related to vascular access, and is therefore more appropriate than plasmapheresis in some centers.

CHRONIC MAINTENANCE IMMUNOMODULATING TREATMENT

Corticosteroids

Prednisone, the most commonly used agent, leads to remission or marked improvement in 70% to 80% of patients with ocular or generalized myasthenia gravis.35 It may also reduce the progression of ocular myasthenia gravis to the generalized form.36

The effective dose of prednisone depends on the severity and distribution of symptoms. Some patients may need up to 1.0 mg/kg/day (usually 50 to 80 mg per day). In patients with mild to moderate symptoms, a lower maximal dosage such as 20 to 40 mg per day can be sufficient.

Within 1 to 2 weeks after starting high-dose prednisone, up to 50% of patients may develop a transient deterioration, including possible precipitation of a myasthenic crisis.37 For this reason, high-dose prednisone is commonly started only in hospitalized patients who are also receiving plasmapheresis or intravenous immune globulin. Otherwise, an outpatient dose-escalation protocol can be used to achieve a target dose over several weeks.

Prednisone tapering can begin after the patient has been on the maximal dose for 1 to 2 months and significant improvement is evident. A monthly tapering of 5 to 10 mg is preferred, then more slowly after the daily dose reaches 30 mg. The usual maintenance dose averages about 5 mg daily.

Common side effects of prednisone include weight gain, cushingoid features, easy bruising, cataracts, glaucoma, hypertension, diabetes, dyslipidemia, and osteoporosis. Patients are advised to take supplemental calcium (1,500 mg per day) and vitamin D (400 to 800 IU per day). For those most at risk of osteoporosis, treatment with a bisphosphonate should be considered.

Other immunotherapeutic agents are often needed, either to replace the corticosteroid or to permit use of lower doses of it. Because of their delayed onset of action, starting such corticosteroid-sparing agents early in the course is often necessary. These agents are often initially combined with high-dose prednisone, with an eventual goal of weaning off prednisone entirely. This strategy offers the advantage of relatively rapid induction while avoiding the long-term adverse effects of corticosteroid treatment.

Azathioprine

Azathioprine doesn’t begin to show a beneficial effect in myasthenia gravis for 6 to 12 months, and it often reaches its maximal efficacy only after 1 to 2 years of treatment.38

In a study of 78 myasthenia gravis patients, 91% improved when treated with azathioprine alone or together with prednisone.39 In another study using azathioprine and prednisolone for generalized myasthenia gravis, nearly two-thirds of patients came off prednisolone while maintaining remission for 3 years.38

A typical maintenance dose is 2 to 3 mg/kg/day. Common side effects are nausea, vomiting, and malaise. Less frequent side effects include hematologic abnormalities, abnormal liver function, and pancreatitis. Monthly monitoring of complete blood cell counts and liver function tests is warranted for the first 6 months, then less often.

One in 300 people in the general population is homozygous for a mutant allele in the thiopurine methyltransferase (TPMT) gene. Patients with this genotype should not receive azathioprine because of the risk of life-threatening bone marrow suppression.40 A slightly increased risk of various forms of lymphoma has been documented.41

 

 

Mycophenolate mofetil

A well-tolerated medication with few side effects, mycophenolate mofetil is being used more in myasthenia gravis. The results of two recent randomized trials suggested that it is not effective in improving myasthenia gravis symptoms or sparing prednisone dosage when used for 90 days or 36 weeks.42,43 However, extensive clinical experience supports its longterm efficacy in myasthenia gravis.

In a retrospective study of 85 patients with generalized myasthenia gravis, mycophenolate at doses of 1 to 3 g daily improved symptoms in 73% and produced remission in 50%. Steroid dosage was reduced in 71% of patients.44

Another retrospective study, with 102 patients, verified a slow development of clinical benefit after months of mycophenolate therapy alone or in combination with prednisone. Approximately 50% of patients achieved a minimal manifestation status after 6 to 12 months of mycophenolate treatment. Eventually, at 24 months of treatment, 80% of patients had a desirable outcome of minimal clinical manifestation or better, 55% of patients were able to come off prednisone entirely, and 75% were taking less than 7.5 mg of prednisone per day.45

Common side effects of mycophenolate include nausea, diarrhea, and infections such as urinary tract infections and herpes reactivation. The complete blood cell count needs to be monitored frequently during the first 6 months of therapy. Leukopenia can occur but rarely necessitates stopping mycophenolate. Long-term safety data are lacking, but so far there has been no clearly increased risk of malignancy.

Mycophenolate exposure in pregnancy results in a high incidence of major fetal malformations. Therefore, its use in pregnant patients is discouraged, and women of child-bearing age should use effective contraception.46

Cyclosporine

A randomized trial in a small number of patients suggested that cyclosporine is fairly effective as monotherapy.47 Its onset of action in myasthenia gravis is faster than that of other corticosteroid-sparing agents, and clinical benefit can often be observed as early as 1 to 2 months. A dose of 5 mg/kg/day and a maintenance serum level of 100 to 150 ng/mL are generally recommended. However, renal, hepatic, and hematologic toxicities and interactions with other medications make cyclosporine a less attractive choice.

Methotrexate

A randomized trial evaluated the utility of methotrexate as a steroid-sparing agent compared with azathioprine.48 At 24 months, its steroid-sparing effect was similar to that of azathioprine, and the prednisone dosage had been reduced in more than 50% of patients.

Another phase II trial studying the efficacy of methotrexate in myasthenia gravis is under way.49

Rituximab

Rituximab is a monoclonal antibody against B-cell membrane marker CD20. A growing number of case series support its efficacy in patients with severe generalized myasthenia gravis refractory to multiple immunosuppressants.16,50 It seems particularly effective for MuSK antibody-positive disease, reducing MuSK antibody titers and having a treatment effect that lasts for years.

The standard dosage is 375 mg/m2 per week for 4 consecutive weeks. Peripheral B cells tend to be depleted within 2 weeks after the first infusion, while T-cell populations remain unchanged.50

A minimal infusion reaction such as flushing and chills can be seen with the first infusion. Patients may be more susceptible to certain infections such as reactivation of herpes zoster, but overall rituximab is well tolerated. Rare cases of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy have been reported in patients taking it, but none have occurred so far in myasthenia gravis treatment.

Cyclophosphamide

Cyclophosphamide is an alkylating agent that reduces proliferation of both B and T cells. It can be effective in myasthenia gravis, but potentially serious side effects limit its use. It should be reserved for the small percentage of cases that are refractory to other immunotherapies.

Thymectomy

Surgical treatment should be considered for patients with thymoma. If the tumor cannot be surgically resected, chemoradiotherapy can be considered for relief of myasthenic symptoms and for prevention of local invasion.

Thymomas recur in a minority of patients many years after the initial resection, sometimes without myasthenia gravis symptoms. A recurrence of symptoms does not necessarily indicate a recurrence of thymoma. The lack of correlation between myasthenia gravis symptoms and thymoma recurrence highlights the importance of radiologic follow-up in these patients.

For patients without thymoma, many experts believe that thymectomy is beneficial in patients under age 60 who have generalized myasthenia gravis. The likelihood of medication-free remission is about twice as high, and the likelihood of becoming asymptomatic is about one and a half times higher after thymectomy.51 However, it takes up to several years for the benefits of thymectomy to manifest, and thymectomy does not guarantee protection from developing AChR antibody-positive myasthenia gravis in the future.

The optimal timing of thymectomy is not well established; however, the procedure is usually recommended within the first 3 years of diagnosis.52 The response rates from thymectomy are similar for AChR antibody-positive and seronegative patients. In general, thymectomy for MuSK antibody-positive patients has not been effective, and its role in ocular myasthenia gravis is unclear.2,53

References
  1. Alshekhlee A, Miles JD, Katirji B, Preston DC, Kaminski HJ. Incidence and mortality rates of myasthenia gravis and myasthenic crisis in US hospitals. Neurology 2009; 72:15481554.
  2. Keesey JC. Clinical evaluation and management of myasthenia gravis. Muscle Nerve 2004; 29:484505.
  3. Leite MI, Coutinho E, Lana-Peixoto M, et al. Myasthenia gravis and neuromyelitis optica spectrum disorder: a multicenter study of 16 patients. Neurology 2012; 78:16011607.
  4. Drachman DB, Angus CW, Adams RN, Michelson JD, Hoffman GJ. Myasthenic antibodies cross-link acetylcholine receptors to accelerate degradation. N Engl J Med 1978; 298:11161122.
  5. Fujii Y. The thymus, thymoma and myasthenia gravis. Surg Today 2013; 43:461466.
  6. Evoli A, Lindstrom J. Myasthenia gravis with antibodies to MuSK: another step toward solving mystery? Neurology 2011; 77:17831784.
  7. Mori S, Kubo S, Akiyoshi T, et al. Antibodies against muscle-specific kinase impair both presynaptic and postsynaptic functions in a murine model of myasthenia gravis. Am J Pathol 2012; 180:798810.
  8. Guptill JT, Sanders DB, Evoli A. Anti-MuSK antibody myasthenia gravis: clinical findings and response to treatment in two large cohorts. Muscle Nerve 2011; 44:3640.
  9. Chevessier F, Girard E, Molgó J, et al. A mouse model for congenital myasthenic syndrome due to MuSK mutations reveals defects in structure and function of neuromuscular junctions. Hum Mol Genet 2008; 17:35773595.
  10. Richman DP, Nishi K, Morell SW, et al. Acute severe animal model of anti-muscle-specific kinase myasthenia: combined postsynaptic and presynaptic changes. Arch Neurol 2012; 69:453460.
  11. Klooster R, Plomp JJ, Huijbers MG, et al. Muscle-specific kinase myasthenia gravis IgG4 autoantibodies cause severe neuromuscular junction dysfunction in mice. Brain 2012; 135:10811101.
  12. Viegas S, Jacobson L, Waters P, et al. Passive and active immunization models of MuSK-Ab positive myasthenia: electrophysiological evidence for pre and postsynaptic defects. Exp Neurol 2012; 234:506512.
  13. Niks EH, Kuks JB, Wokke JH, et al. Pre- and postsynaptic neuromuscular junction abnormalities in musk myasthenia. Muscle Nerve 2010; 42:283288.
  14. Kawakami Y, Ito M, Hirayama M, et al. Anti-MuSK autoantibodies block binding of collagen Q to MuSK. Neurology 2011; 77:18191826.
  15. Chan KH, Lachance DH, Harper CM, Lennon VA. Frequency of seronegativity in adult-acquired generalized myasthenia gravis. Muscle Nerve 2007; 36:651658.
  16. Collongues N, Casez O, Lacour A, et al. Rituximab in refractory and non-refractory myasthenia: a retrospective multicenter study. Muscle Nerve 2012; 46:687691.
  17. Sanders DB, Andrews PI, Howard JF, Massey JM. Seronegative myasthenia gravis. Neurology 1997; 48(suppl 5):40S45S.
  18. Shiraishi H, Motomura M, Yoshimura T, et al. Acetylcholine receptors loss and postsynaptic damage in MuSK antibody-positive myasthenia gravis. Ann Neurol 2005; 57:289293.
  19. Leite MI, Jacob S, Viegas S, et al. IgG1 antibodies to acetylcholine receptors in ‘seronegative’ myasthenia gravis. Brain 2008; 131:19401952.
  20. Jacob S, Viegas S, Leite MI, et al. Presence and pathogenic relevance of antibodies to clustered acetylcholine receptor in ocular and generalized myasthenia gravis. Arch Neurol 2012; 69:9941001.
  21. Higuchi O, Hamuro J, Motomura M, Yamanashi Y. Autoantibodies to low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 4 in myasthenia gravis. Ann Neurol 2011; 69:418422.
  22. Pevzner A, Schoser B, Peters K, et al. Anti-LRP4 autoantibodies in AChR- and MuSK-antibody-negative myasthenia gravis. J Neurol 2012; 259:427435.
  23. Zhang B, Tzartos JS, Belimezi M, et al. Autoantibodies to lipoprotein-related protein 4 in patients with double-seronegative myasthenia gravis. Arch Neurol 2012; 69:445451.
  24. Kupersmith MJ, Latkany R, Homel P. Development of generalized disease at 2 years in patients with ocular myasthenia gravis. Arch Neurol 2003; 60:243248.
  25. Pasnoor M, Wolfe GI, Nations S, et al. Clinical findings in MuSK-antibody positive myasthenia gravis: a US experience. Muscle Nerve 2010; 41:370374.
  26. Oh SJ, Kim DE, Kuruoglu R, Bradley RJ, Dwyer D. Diagnostic sensitivity of the laboratory tests in myasthenia gravis. Muscle Nerve 1992; 15:720724.
  27. Sanders DB, Stålberg EV. AAEM minimonograph #25: single-fiber electromyography. Muscle Nerve 1996; 19:10691083.
  28. Lazo-Langner A, Espinosa-Poblano I, Tirado-Cárdenas N, et al. Therapeutic plasma exchange in Mexico: experience from a single institution. Am J Hematol 2002; 70:1621.
  29. Carandina-Maffeis R, Nucci A, Marques JF, et al. Plasmapheresis in the treatment of myasthenia gravis: retrospective study of 26 patients. Arq Neuropsiquiatr 2004; 62:391395.
  30. Zinman L, Ng E, Bril V. IV immunoglobulin in patients with myasthenia gravis: a randomized controlled trial. Neurology 2007; 68:837841.
  31. Gajdos P, Tranchant C, Clair B, et al; Myasthenia Gravis Clinical Study Group. Treatment of myasthenia gravis exacerbation with intravenous immunoglobulin: a randomized double-blind clinical trial. Arch Neurol 2005; 62:16891693.
  32. Rønager J, Ravnborg M, Hermansen I, Vorstrup S. Immunoglobulin treatment versus plasma exchange in patients with chronic moderate to severe myasthenia gravis. Artif Organs 2001; 25:967973.
  33. Barth D, Nabavi Nouri M, Ng E, Nwe P, Bril V. Comparison of IVIg and PLEX in patients with myasthenia gravis. Neurology 2011; 76:20172023.
  34. Wegner B, Ahmed I. Intravenous immunoglobulin monotherapy in long-term treatment of myasthenia gravis. Clin Neurol Neurosurg 2002; 105:38.
  35. Pascuzzi RM, Coslett HB, Johns TR. Long-term corticosteroid treatment of myasthenia gravis: report of 116 patients. Ann Neurol 1984; 15:291298.
  36. Monsul NT, Patwa HS, Knorr AM, Lesser RL, Goldstein JM. The effect of prednisone on the progression from ocular to generalized myasthenia gravis. J Neurol Sci 2004; 217:131133.
  37. Miller RG, Milner-Brown HS, Mirka A. Prednisone-induced worsening of neuromuscular function in myasthenia gravis. Neurology 1986; 36:729732.
  38. Palace J, Newsom-Davis J, Lecky B. A randomized double-blind trial of prednisolone alone or with azathioprine in myasthenia gravis. Myasthenia Gravis Study Group. Neurology 1998; 50:17781783.
  39. Mertens HG, Hertel G, Reuther P, Ricker K. Effect of immunosuppressive drugs (azathioprine). Ann N Y Acad Sci 1981; 377:691699.
  40. Relling MV, Gardner EE, Sandborn WJ, et al; Clinical Pharmacogenetics Implementation Consortium. Clinical Pharmacogenetics Implementation Consortium guidelines for thiopurine methyltransferase genotype and thiopurine dosing. Clin Pharmacol Ther 2011; 89:387391.
  41. Finelli PF. Primary CNS lymphoma in myasthenic on long-term azathioprine. J Neurooncol 2005; 74:9192.
  42. Sanders DB, Hart IK, Mantegazza R, et al. An international, phase III, randomized trial of mycophenolate mofetil in myasthenia gravis. Neurology 2008; 71:400406.
  43. Muscle Study Group. A trial of mycophenolate mofetil with prednisone as initial immunotherapy in myasthenia gravis. Neurology 2008; 71:394399.
  44. Meriggioli MN, Ciafaloni E, Al-Hayk KA, et al. Mycophenolate mofetil for myasthenia gravis: an analysis of efficacy, safety, and tolerability. Neurology 2003; 61:14381440.
  45. Hehir MK, Burns TM, Alpers J, Conaway MR, Sawa M, Sanders DB. Mycophenolate mofetil in AChR-antibody-positive myasthenia gravis: outcomes in 102 patients. Muscle Nerve 2010; 41:593598.
  46. Merlob P, Stahl B, Klinger G. Tetrada of the possible mycophenolate mofetil embryopathy: a review. Reprod Toxicol 2009; 28:105108.
  47. Tindall RS, Rollins JA, Phillips JT, Greenlee RG, Wells L, Belendiuk G. Preliminary results of a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial of cyclosporine in myasthenia gravis. N Engl J Med 1987; 316:719724.
  48. Heckmann JM, Rawoot A, Bateman K, Renison R, Badri M. A single-blinded trial of methotrexate versus azathioprine as steroid-sparing agents in generalized myasthenia gravis. BMC Neurol 2011; 11:97.
  49. Pasnoor M, He J, Herbelin L, Dimachkie M, Barohn RJ; Muscle Study Group. Phase II trial of methotrexate in myasthenia gravis. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2012; 1275:2328.
  50. Díaz-Manera J, Martínez-Hernández E, Querol L, et al. Long-lasting treatment effect of rituximab in MuSK myasthenia. Neurology 2012; 78:189193.
  51. Gronseth GS, Barohn RJ. Practice parameter: thymectomy for autoimmune myasthenia gravis (an evidence-based review): Report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology 2000; 55:715.
  52. Kumar V, Kaminski HJ. Treatment of myasthenia gravis. Curr Neurol Neurosci Rep 2011; 11:8996.
  53. Pompeo E, Tacconi F, Massa R, Mineo D, Nahmias S, Mineo TC. Long-term outcome of thoracoscopic extended thymectomy for nonthymomatous myasthenia gravis. Eur J Cardiothorac Surg 2009; 36:164169.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Yuebing Li, MD, PhD
Department of Neurology, Neuromuscular Center, Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Yeeshu Arora, MD
Department of Neurology, Neuromuscular Center, Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Kerry Levin, MD
Chairman, Department of Neurology, Neuromuscular Center, Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case-Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Yuebing Li, MD, PhD, Department of Neurology, Neuromuscular Center, Neurological Institute, S90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: Liy@ccf.org

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
711-721
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Yuebing Li, MD, PhD
Department of Neurology, Neuromuscular Center, Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Yeeshu Arora, MD
Department of Neurology, Neuromuscular Center, Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Kerry Levin, MD
Chairman, Department of Neurology, Neuromuscular Center, Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case-Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Yuebing Li, MD, PhD, Department of Neurology, Neuromuscular Center, Neurological Institute, S90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: Liy@ccf.org

Author and Disclosure Information

Yuebing Li, MD, PhD
Department of Neurology, Neuromuscular Center, Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Yeeshu Arora, MD
Department of Neurology, Neuromuscular Center, Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Kerry Levin, MD
Chairman, Department of Neurology, Neuromuscular Center, Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case-Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Yuebing Li, MD, PhD, Department of Neurology, Neuromuscular Center, Neurological Institute, S90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: Liy@ccf.org

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Current therapies for myasthenia gravis can help most patients achieve sustained improvement. The overall prognosis has dramatically improved over the last 4 decades: the mortality rate used to be 75%; now it is 4.5%.1

Myasthenia gravis is the most common disorder of neuromuscular junction transmission and is also one of the best characterized autoimmune diseases. However, its symptoms—primarily weakness—vary from patient to patient, and in the same patient, by time of day and over longer time periods. The variation in symptoms can be very confusing to undiagnosed patients and puzzling to unsuspecting physicians. Such diagnostic uncertainty can give the patient additional frustration and emotional stress, which in turn exacerbate his or her condition.

In this review, we will give an overview of the pathogenesis, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, and treatment of myasthenia gravis.

TWO PEAKS IN INCIDENCE BY AGE

The annual incidence of myasthenia gravis is approximately 10 to 20 new cases per million, with a prevalence of about 150 to 200 per million.2

The age of onset has a bimodal distribution, with an early incidence peak in the second to third decade with a female predominance and a late peak in the 6th to the 8th decade with a male predominance.2

Myasthenia gravis is commonly associated with several other autoimmune disorders, including hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, vitiligo, diabetes, and, more recently recognized, neuromyelitis optica.3

ANTIBODIES AGAINST AChR AND MuSK

Figure 1.

In most cases of myasthenia gravis the patient has autoimmune antibodies against constituents of the neuromuscular junction, specifically acetylcholine receptor (AChR) and muscle-specific tyrosine kinase (MuSK) (Figure 1).

AChR antibody-positive myasthenia gravis

When antibodies bind to AChR on the postsynaptic membrane, they cross-link neighboring AChR units, which are absorbed into the muscle fiber and are broken up.4 In addition, the complement system is activated to mediate further damage on the postsynaptic membrane.

AChR antibodies may come from germinal centers of the thymus, where clustered myoid cells express AChR on the plasma membrane surface.5 About 60% of AChR antibody-positive myasthenia gravis patients have an enlarged thymus, and 10% have a thymoma—a tumor of the epithelial cells of this organ. Conversely, about 15% of patients with a thymoma have clinical myasthenia gravis, and an additional 20% possess antibodies against AChR in the serum without myasthenic symptoms.5

MuSK antibody-positive myasthenia gravis

Like AChR, MuSK is a transmembrane component of the postsynaptic neuromuscular junction. During formation of the neuromuscular junction, MuSK is activated through the binding of agrin (a nerve-derived proteoglycan) to lipoprotein-related protein 4 (LRP4), after which complicated intracellular signaling promotes the assembly and stabilization of AChR.6

Unlike AChR antibodies, antibodies against MuSK do not activate the complement system, and complement fixation is not essential for clinical myasthenic symptoms to appear.7 Also, myasthenia gravis with MuSK antibodies is rarely associated with thymoma.8

The precise mechanism by which MuSK antibody impairs transmission at the neuromuscular junction has been a mystery until recently. Animal models, including MuSK-mutant mice and mice injected with MuSK protein or with purified immunoglobulin G from patients with this disease, have revealed a significant reduction of AChR clusters and destruction of neuromuscular junction structures.7,9–12

In addition, MuSK antibodies produce pre-synaptic dysfunction, manifesting as a reduction of acetylcholine content. This information is based on studies in mice and on in vitro electrophysiologic analyses of neuromuscular junctions from a patient with this disease.7,9–13

Finally, MuSK antibodies may indirectly affect the recycling of acetylcholine. After post-synaptic activation, acetylcholine is normally hydrolized by acetylcholinesterase, which is located in the synaptic cleft but anchored to MuSK on the postsynaptic membrane. MuSK antibodies block the binding of MuSK to acetylcholinesterase, possibly leading to less accumulation of acetylcholinesterase.14 This process may explain why patients with MuSK antibody-positive myasthenia gravis tend to respond poorly to acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (more about this below).

 

 

Seronegative myasthenia gravis

In a series of 562 consecutive patients with generalized weakness due to myasthenia gravis, 92% were positive for AChR antibody, 3% were positive for MuSK antibody, and 5% were seronegative (possessing neither antibody).15 In contrast, about 50% of patients with purely ocular myasthenia gravis (ie, with isolated weakness of the levator palpebrae superioris, orbicularis oculi, or oculomotor muscles) are seropositive for AChR antibody. Only a few ocular MuSK antibody-positive cases have been described, leaving the rest seronegative. Rarely, both antibodies can be detected in the same patient.16

In patients who are negative for AChR antibodies at the time of disease onset, sero-conversion may occur later during the course. Repeating serologic testing 6 to 12 months later may detect AChR antibodies in approximately 15% of patients who were initially seronegative.15,17

The clinical presentation, electrophysiologic findings, thymic pathologic findings, and treatment responses are similar in AChR antibody-positive and seronegative myasthenia gravis.17 Muscle biopsy study in seronegative cases demonstrates a loss of AChR as well.18

Based on these observations, it has been proposed that seronegative patients may have low-affinity antibodies that can bind to tightly clustered AChRs on the postsynaptic membrane but escape detection by routine radioimmunoassays in a solution phase. With a sensitive cell-based immunofluorescence assay, low-affinity antibodies to clustered AChRs were detected in 66% of patients with generalized myasthenia gravis and in 50% of those with ocular myasthenia gravis who were seronegative on standard assays.19,20 These low-affinity AChR antibodies can also activate complement in vitro, increasing the likelihood that they are pathogenic. However, assays to detect low-affinity AChR antibodies are not yet commercially available.

Within the past year, three research groups independently reported detecting antibodies to LRP4 in 2% to 50% of seronegative myasthenia gravis patients. This wide variation in the prevalence of LRP4 antibodies could be related to patient ethnicity and methods of detection.21–23 LRP4 is a receptor for agrin and is required for agrin-induced MuSK activation and AChR clustering. LRP antibodies can activate complement; therefore, it is plausible that LRP4 antibody binding leads to AChR loss on the postsynaptic membrane. However, additional study is needed to determine if LRP4 antibodies are truly pathogenic in myasthenia gravis.

A DISORDER OF FATIGABLE WEAKNESS

Myasthenia gravis is a disorder of fatigable weakness producing fluctuating symptoms. Symptoms related to the involvement of specific muscle groups are listed in Table 1. Muscle weakness is often worse later in the day or after exercise.

Ocular myasthenia gravis accounts for about 15% of all cases. Of patients initially presenting with ocular symptoms only, twothirds will ultimately develop generalized symptoms, most within the first 2 years.24 No factor has been identified that predicts conversion from an ocular to a generalized form.

Several clinical phenotypes of MuSK antibody-positive myasthenia gravis have been described. An oculobulbar form presents with diplopia, ptosis, dysarthria, and profound atrophy of the muscles of the tongue and face. A restricted myopathic form presents with prominent neck, shoulder, and respiratory weakness without ocular involvement. A third form is a combination of ocular and proximal limb weakness, indistinguishable from AChR antibody-positive disease.25

MuSK antibody-positive patients do not respond as well to acetylcholinesterase inhibitors as AChR antibody-positive patients do. In one study, nearly 70% of MuSK antibody-positive patients demonstrated no response, poor tolerance, or cholinergic hypersensitivity to these agents.25 Fortunately, most MuSK antibody-positive patients have a favorable response to immunosuppressive therapy—sometimes a dramatic improvement after plasmapheresis.8

DIAGNOSIS OF MYASTHENIA GRAVIS

The common differential diagnoses for myasthenia gravis are listed in Table 2.

The essential feature of myasthenia gravis is fluctuating muscle weakness, often with fatigue. Many patients complain of weakness of specific muscle groups after their repeated usage. Pain is generally a less conspicuous symptom, and generalized fatigue without objective weakness is inconsistent with myasthenia gravis.

Signs of muscle weakness may include droopy eyelids, diplopia, inability to hold the head straight, difficulty swallowing or chewing, speech disturbances, difficulty breathing, and difficulty raising the arms or rising from the sitting position. A historical pattern of ptosis alternating from one eye to the other is fairly characteristic of myasthenia gravis.

The weakness of orbicularis oculi is easily identified on examination by prying open the eyes during forced eye closure. Limb weakness is usually more significant in the arms than in the legs. An often-neglected feature of myasthenia gravis is finger extensor weakness with a relative sparing of other distal hand muscles.2

The ice-pack test is performed by placing a small bag of ice over the ptotic eye for 2 to 5 minutes and assessing the degree of ptosis for any noticeable improvement. This test is not very helpful for assessing ocular motor weakness.

The edrophonium (Tensilon) test can be used for patients with ptosis or ophthalmoparesis. Edrophonium, a short-acting acetylcholinesterase inhibitor, is given intravenously while the patient is observed for objective improvement. The patient’s cardiovascular status should be monitored for arrhythmias and hypotension. Atropine should be immediately available in case severe bradycardia develops.

The ice-pack test and the edrophonium test can give false-negative and false-positive results, and the diagnosis of myasthenia gravis must be verified by other diagnostic tests.

 

 

Testing for antibodies

Testing for circulating AChR antibodies, MuSK antibodies, or both is the first step in the laboratory confirmation of myasthenia gravis.

There are three AChR antibody subtypes: binding, blocking, and modulating. Binding antibodies are present in 80% to 90% of patients with generalized myasthenia gravis and 50% of those with ocular myasthenia gravis. Testing for blocking and modulating AChR antibodies increases the sensitivity by less than 5% when added to testing for binding antibodies.

AChR antibody titers correlate poorly with disease severity between patients. However, in individual patients, antibody titers tend to go down in parallel with clinical improvement.

MuSK antibody is detected in nearly half of myasthenia gravis patients with generalized weakness who are negative for AChR antibody.

Electrophysiologic tests

Electrophysiologic tests can usually confirm the diagnosis of seronegative myasthenia gravis. They are also helpful in seropositive patients who have unusual clinical features or a poor response to treatment.

Repetitive nerve stimulation studies use a slow rate (2–5 Hz) of repetitive electrical stimulation. The study is positive if the motor response declines by more than 10%. However, a decremental response is not specific for myasthenia gravis, as it may be seen in other neuromuscular disorders such as motor neuron disease or Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome.

This test is technically easier to do in distal muscles than in proximal muscles, but less sensitive. Therefore, proximal muscles such as the trapezius or facial muscles are usually also sampled to maximize the yield. To further maximize the sensitivity, muscles being tested should be warm, and acetylcholinesterase inhibitors should be withheld for 12 hours before.

Repetitive nerve stimulation studies in distal muscles are positive in approximately 75% of patients with generalized myasthenia gravis and in 30% with ocular myasthenia gravis.26

Single-fiber electromyography is more technically demanding than repetitive nerve stimulation and is less widely available. It is usually performed with a special needle electrode that can simultaneously identify action potentials arising from individual muscle fibers innervated by the same axon.

Variability in time of the second action potential relative to the first is called “jitter.” Abnormal jitter is seen in more than 95% of patients with generalized myasthenia gravis and in 85% to 90% of those with ocular myasthenia gravis.26,27 However, abnormal jitter can also be seen in other neuromuscular diseases such as motor neuron disease or in neuromuscular junctional disorders such as Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome.

Imaging studies

Chest computed tomography or magnetic resonance imaging with contrast should be performed in all myasthenia gravis patients to look for a thymoma.

TREATMENT OF MYASTHENIA GRAVIS

Acetylcholinesterase inhibitors

As a reasonable first therapy in mild cases of myasthenia gravis, acetylcholinesterase inhibitors slow down the degradation of acetylcholine and prolong its effect in the neuromuscular junction, but they are not disease-modifying and their benefits are mild.

Pyridostigmine is the usual choice of acetylcholinesterase inhibitor. Its onset of action is rapid (15 to 30 minutes) and its action lasts for 3 to 4 hours. For most patients, the effective dosage range is 60 mg to 90 mg every 4 to 6 hours. A long-acting form is also available and can be given as a single nighttime dose.

Immunomodulating therapy

Patients who have moderate to severe symptoms require some form of immunomodulating therapy.

Plasmapheresis or intravenous immune globulin is reserved for patients with severe or rapidly worsening disease because their beneficial effects can be seen within the first week of treatment.

Longer-acting immunotherapies (corticosteroids, azathioprine, mycophenolate mofetil and others) have a slower onset of responses but provide sustained benefits. Which drug to use depends on factors such as comorbidity, side effects, and cost.

Drugs to avoid

A number of medications can exacerbate weakness in myasthenia gravis and should be avoided or used with caution. The list is long, but ones that deserve the most attention are penicillamine, interferons, procainamide, quinidine, and antibiotics, including quinolones and aminoglycosides. A more comprehensive list of medications that may exacerbate myasthenia gravis symptoms can be found in a review by Keesey.2

RAPID INDUCTION IMMUNOTHERAPIES : PLASMAPHERESIS, IMMUNE GLOBULIN

Both plasmapheresis and intravenous immune globulin act quickly over days, but in most patients their effects last only a few weeks. Both are used as rescue therapies for myasthenic crises, bridging therapy to slow-acting immunotherapeutic agents, or maintenance treatment for poorly controlled cases.

Several retrospective studies have confirmed the efficacy of plasmapheresis in more than 80% of patients with generalized symptoms.28,29

In a randomized trial in patients with generalized therapies, intravenous immune globulin improved muscle strength in the group of patients with severe symptoms.30 The effective dosage of intravenous immune globulin varies from 1 to 2 g/kg without observed difference between doses.31 Trials comparing the efficacy of intravenous immune globulin and plasmapheresis in acute and severe myasthenia gravis did not reveal a difference in efficacy.32,33 Intravenous immune globulin at a minimal dose of 0.4 g/kg every 3 months has been successfully used as a long-term maintenance monotherapy, and such a role could be expanded to more patients with further studies.34

The choice between plasmapheresis and intravenous immune globulin is often based on the ability of a patient to tolerate each treatment and on the availability of the plasmapheresis procedure. Intravenous immune globulin is easier to administer, is associated with fewer adverse events related to vascular access, and is therefore more appropriate than plasmapheresis in some centers.

CHRONIC MAINTENANCE IMMUNOMODULATING TREATMENT

Corticosteroids

Prednisone, the most commonly used agent, leads to remission or marked improvement in 70% to 80% of patients with ocular or generalized myasthenia gravis.35 It may also reduce the progression of ocular myasthenia gravis to the generalized form.36

The effective dose of prednisone depends on the severity and distribution of symptoms. Some patients may need up to 1.0 mg/kg/day (usually 50 to 80 mg per day). In patients with mild to moderate symptoms, a lower maximal dosage such as 20 to 40 mg per day can be sufficient.

Within 1 to 2 weeks after starting high-dose prednisone, up to 50% of patients may develop a transient deterioration, including possible precipitation of a myasthenic crisis.37 For this reason, high-dose prednisone is commonly started only in hospitalized patients who are also receiving plasmapheresis or intravenous immune globulin. Otherwise, an outpatient dose-escalation protocol can be used to achieve a target dose over several weeks.

Prednisone tapering can begin after the patient has been on the maximal dose for 1 to 2 months and significant improvement is evident. A monthly tapering of 5 to 10 mg is preferred, then more slowly after the daily dose reaches 30 mg. The usual maintenance dose averages about 5 mg daily.

Common side effects of prednisone include weight gain, cushingoid features, easy bruising, cataracts, glaucoma, hypertension, diabetes, dyslipidemia, and osteoporosis. Patients are advised to take supplemental calcium (1,500 mg per day) and vitamin D (400 to 800 IU per day). For those most at risk of osteoporosis, treatment with a bisphosphonate should be considered.

Other immunotherapeutic agents are often needed, either to replace the corticosteroid or to permit use of lower doses of it. Because of their delayed onset of action, starting such corticosteroid-sparing agents early in the course is often necessary. These agents are often initially combined with high-dose prednisone, with an eventual goal of weaning off prednisone entirely. This strategy offers the advantage of relatively rapid induction while avoiding the long-term adverse effects of corticosteroid treatment.

Azathioprine

Azathioprine doesn’t begin to show a beneficial effect in myasthenia gravis for 6 to 12 months, and it often reaches its maximal efficacy only after 1 to 2 years of treatment.38

In a study of 78 myasthenia gravis patients, 91% improved when treated with azathioprine alone or together with prednisone.39 In another study using azathioprine and prednisolone for generalized myasthenia gravis, nearly two-thirds of patients came off prednisolone while maintaining remission for 3 years.38

A typical maintenance dose is 2 to 3 mg/kg/day. Common side effects are nausea, vomiting, and malaise. Less frequent side effects include hematologic abnormalities, abnormal liver function, and pancreatitis. Monthly monitoring of complete blood cell counts and liver function tests is warranted for the first 6 months, then less often.

One in 300 people in the general population is homozygous for a mutant allele in the thiopurine methyltransferase (TPMT) gene. Patients with this genotype should not receive azathioprine because of the risk of life-threatening bone marrow suppression.40 A slightly increased risk of various forms of lymphoma has been documented.41

 

 

Mycophenolate mofetil

A well-tolerated medication with few side effects, mycophenolate mofetil is being used more in myasthenia gravis. The results of two recent randomized trials suggested that it is not effective in improving myasthenia gravis symptoms or sparing prednisone dosage when used for 90 days or 36 weeks.42,43 However, extensive clinical experience supports its longterm efficacy in myasthenia gravis.

In a retrospective study of 85 patients with generalized myasthenia gravis, mycophenolate at doses of 1 to 3 g daily improved symptoms in 73% and produced remission in 50%. Steroid dosage was reduced in 71% of patients.44

Another retrospective study, with 102 patients, verified a slow development of clinical benefit after months of mycophenolate therapy alone or in combination with prednisone. Approximately 50% of patients achieved a minimal manifestation status after 6 to 12 months of mycophenolate treatment. Eventually, at 24 months of treatment, 80% of patients had a desirable outcome of minimal clinical manifestation or better, 55% of patients were able to come off prednisone entirely, and 75% were taking less than 7.5 mg of prednisone per day.45

Common side effects of mycophenolate include nausea, diarrhea, and infections such as urinary tract infections and herpes reactivation. The complete blood cell count needs to be monitored frequently during the first 6 months of therapy. Leukopenia can occur but rarely necessitates stopping mycophenolate. Long-term safety data are lacking, but so far there has been no clearly increased risk of malignancy.

Mycophenolate exposure in pregnancy results in a high incidence of major fetal malformations. Therefore, its use in pregnant patients is discouraged, and women of child-bearing age should use effective contraception.46

Cyclosporine

A randomized trial in a small number of patients suggested that cyclosporine is fairly effective as monotherapy.47 Its onset of action in myasthenia gravis is faster than that of other corticosteroid-sparing agents, and clinical benefit can often be observed as early as 1 to 2 months. A dose of 5 mg/kg/day and a maintenance serum level of 100 to 150 ng/mL are generally recommended. However, renal, hepatic, and hematologic toxicities and interactions with other medications make cyclosporine a less attractive choice.

Methotrexate

A randomized trial evaluated the utility of methotrexate as a steroid-sparing agent compared with azathioprine.48 At 24 months, its steroid-sparing effect was similar to that of azathioprine, and the prednisone dosage had been reduced in more than 50% of patients.

Another phase II trial studying the efficacy of methotrexate in myasthenia gravis is under way.49

Rituximab

Rituximab is a monoclonal antibody against B-cell membrane marker CD20. A growing number of case series support its efficacy in patients with severe generalized myasthenia gravis refractory to multiple immunosuppressants.16,50 It seems particularly effective for MuSK antibody-positive disease, reducing MuSK antibody titers and having a treatment effect that lasts for years.

The standard dosage is 375 mg/m2 per week for 4 consecutive weeks. Peripheral B cells tend to be depleted within 2 weeks after the first infusion, while T-cell populations remain unchanged.50

A minimal infusion reaction such as flushing and chills can be seen with the first infusion. Patients may be more susceptible to certain infections such as reactivation of herpes zoster, but overall rituximab is well tolerated. Rare cases of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy have been reported in patients taking it, but none have occurred so far in myasthenia gravis treatment.

Cyclophosphamide

Cyclophosphamide is an alkylating agent that reduces proliferation of both B and T cells. It can be effective in myasthenia gravis, but potentially serious side effects limit its use. It should be reserved for the small percentage of cases that are refractory to other immunotherapies.

Thymectomy

Surgical treatment should be considered for patients with thymoma. If the tumor cannot be surgically resected, chemoradiotherapy can be considered for relief of myasthenic symptoms and for prevention of local invasion.

Thymomas recur in a minority of patients many years after the initial resection, sometimes without myasthenia gravis symptoms. A recurrence of symptoms does not necessarily indicate a recurrence of thymoma. The lack of correlation between myasthenia gravis symptoms and thymoma recurrence highlights the importance of radiologic follow-up in these patients.

For patients without thymoma, many experts believe that thymectomy is beneficial in patients under age 60 who have generalized myasthenia gravis. The likelihood of medication-free remission is about twice as high, and the likelihood of becoming asymptomatic is about one and a half times higher after thymectomy.51 However, it takes up to several years for the benefits of thymectomy to manifest, and thymectomy does not guarantee protection from developing AChR antibody-positive myasthenia gravis in the future.

The optimal timing of thymectomy is not well established; however, the procedure is usually recommended within the first 3 years of diagnosis.52 The response rates from thymectomy are similar for AChR antibody-positive and seronegative patients. In general, thymectomy for MuSK antibody-positive patients has not been effective, and its role in ocular myasthenia gravis is unclear.2,53

Current therapies for myasthenia gravis can help most patients achieve sustained improvement. The overall prognosis has dramatically improved over the last 4 decades: the mortality rate used to be 75%; now it is 4.5%.1

Myasthenia gravis is the most common disorder of neuromuscular junction transmission and is also one of the best characterized autoimmune diseases. However, its symptoms—primarily weakness—vary from patient to patient, and in the same patient, by time of day and over longer time periods. The variation in symptoms can be very confusing to undiagnosed patients and puzzling to unsuspecting physicians. Such diagnostic uncertainty can give the patient additional frustration and emotional stress, which in turn exacerbate his or her condition.

In this review, we will give an overview of the pathogenesis, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, and treatment of myasthenia gravis.

TWO PEAKS IN INCIDENCE BY AGE

The annual incidence of myasthenia gravis is approximately 10 to 20 new cases per million, with a prevalence of about 150 to 200 per million.2

The age of onset has a bimodal distribution, with an early incidence peak in the second to third decade with a female predominance and a late peak in the 6th to the 8th decade with a male predominance.2

Myasthenia gravis is commonly associated with several other autoimmune disorders, including hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, vitiligo, diabetes, and, more recently recognized, neuromyelitis optica.3

ANTIBODIES AGAINST AChR AND MuSK

Figure 1.

In most cases of myasthenia gravis the patient has autoimmune antibodies against constituents of the neuromuscular junction, specifically acetylcholine receptor (AChR) and muscle-specific tyrosine kinase (MuSK) (Figure 1).

AChR antibody-positive myasthenia gravis

When antibodies bind to AChR on the postsynaptic membrane, they cross-link neighboring AChR units, which are absorbed into the muscle fiber and are broken up.4 In addition, the complement system is activated to mediate further damage on the postsynaptic membrane.

AChR antibodies may come from germinal centers of the thymus, where clustered myoid cells express AChR on the plasma membrane surface.5 About 60% of AChR antibody-positive myasthenia gravis patients have an enlarged thymus, and 10% have a thymoma—a tumor of the epithelial cells of this organ. Conversely, about 15% of patients with a thymoma have clinical myasthenia gravis, and an additional 20% possess antibodies against AChR in the serum without myasthenic symptoms.5

MuSK antibody-positive myasthenia gravis

Like AChR, MuSK is a transmembrane component of the postsynaptic neuromuscular junction. During formation of the neuromuscular junction, MuSK is activated through the binding of agrin (a nerve-derived proteoglycan) to lipoprotein-related protein 4 (LRP4), after which complicated intracellular signaling promotes the assembly and stabilization of AChR.6

Unlike AChR antibodies, antibodies against MuSK do not activate the complement system, and complement fixation is not essential for clinical myasthenic symptoms to appear.7 Also, myasthenia gravis with MuSK antibodies is rarely associated with thymoma.8

The precise mechanism by which MuSK antibody impairs transmission at the neuromuscular junction has been a mystery until recently. Animal models, including MuSK-mutant mice and mice injected with MuSK protein or with purified immunoglobulin G from patients with this disease, have revealed a significant reduction of AChR clusters and destruction of neuromuscular junction structures.7,9–12

In addition, MuSK antibodies produce pre-synaptic dysfunction, manifesting as a reduction of acetylcholine content. This information is based on studies in mice and on in vitro electrophysiologic analyses of neuromuscular junctions from a patient with this disease.7,9–13

Finally, MuSK antibodies may indirectly affect the recycling of acetylcholine. After post-synaptic activation, acetylcholine is normally hydrolized by acetylcholinesterase, which is located in the synaptic cleft but anchored to MuSK on the postsynaptic membrane. MuSK antibodies block the binding of MuSK to acetylcholinesterase, possibly leading to less accumulation of acetylcholinesterase.14 This process may explain why patients with MuSK antibody-positive myasthenia gravis tend to respond poorly to acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (more about this below).

 

 

Seronegative myasthenia gravis

In a series of 562 consecutive patients with generalized weakness due to myasthenia gravis, 92% were positive for AChR antibody, 3% were positive for MuSK antibody, and 5% were seronegative (possessing neither antibody).15 In contrast, about 50% of patients with purely ocular myasthenia gravis (ie, with isolated weakness of the levator palpebrae superioris, orbicularis oculi, or oculomotor muscles) are seropositive for AChR antibody. Only a few ocular MuSK antibody-positive cases have been described, leaving the rest seronegative. Rarely, both antibodies can be detected in the same patient.16

In patients who are negative for AChR antibodies at the time of disease onset, sero-conversion may occur later during the course. Repeating serologic testing 6 to 12 months later may detect AChR antibodies in approximately 15% of patients who were initially seronegative.15,17

The clinical presentation, electrophysiologic findings, thymic pathologic findings, and treatment responses are similar in AChR antibody-positive and seronegative myasthenia gravis.17 Muscle biopsy study in seronegative cases demonstrates a loss of AChR as well.18

Based on these observations, it has been proposed that seronegative patients may have low-affinity antibodies that can bind to tightly clustered AChRs on the postsynaptic membrane but escape detection by routine radioimmunoassays in a solution phase. With a sensitive cell-based immunofluorescence assay, low-affinity antibodies to clustered AChRs were detected in 66% of patients with generalized myasthenia gravis and in 50% of those with ocular myasthenia gravis who were seronegative on standard assays.19,20 These low-affinity AChR antibodies can also activate complement in vitro, increasing the likelihood that they are pathogenic. However, assays to detect low-affinity AChR antibodies are not yet commercially available.

Within the past year, three research groups independently reported detecting antibodies to LRP4 in 2% to 50% of seronegative myasthenia gravis patients. This wide variation in the prevalence of LRP4 antibodies could be related to patient ethnicity and methods of detection.21–23 LRP4 is a receptor for agrin and is required for agrin-induced MuSK activation and AChR clustering. LRP antibodies can activate complement; therefore, it is plausible that LRP4 antibody binding leads to AChR loss on the postsynaptic membrane. However, additional study is needed to determine if LRP4 antibodies are truly pathogenic in myasthenia gravis.

A DISORDER OF FATIGABLE WEAKNESS

Myasthenia gravis is a disorder of fatigable weakness producing fluctuating symptoms. Symptoms related to the involvement of specific muscle groups are listed in Table 1. Muscle weakness is often worse later in the day or after exercise.

Ocular myasthenia gravis accounts for about 15% of all cases. Of patients initially presenting with ocular symptoms only, twothirds will ultimately develop generalized symptoms, most within the first 2 years.24 No factor has been identified that predicts conversion from an ocular to a generalized form.

Several clinical phenotypes of MuSK antibody-positive myasthenia gravis have been described. An oculobulbar form presents with diplopia, ptosis, dysarthria, and profound atrophy of the muscles of the tongue and face. A restricted myopathic form presents with prominent neck, shoulder, and respiratory weakness without ocular involvement. A third form is a combination of ocular and proximal limb weakness, indistinguishable from AChR antibody-positive disease.25

MuSK antibody-positive patients do not respond as well to acetylcholinesterase inhibitors as AChR antibody-positive patients do. In one study, nearly 70% of MuSK antibody-positive patients demonstrated no response, poor tolerance, or cholinergic hypersensitivity to these agents.25 Fortunately, most MuSK antibody-positive patients have a favorable response to immunosuppressive therapy—sometimes a dramatic improvement after plasmapheresis.8

DIAGNOSIS OF MYASTHENIA GRAVIS

The common differential diagnoses for myasthenia gravis are listed in Table 2.

The essential feature of myasthenia gravis is fluctuating muscle weakness, often with fatigue. Many patients complain of weakness of specific muscle groups after their repeated usage. Pain is generally a less conspicuous symptom, and generalized fatigue without objective weakness is inconsistent with myasthenia gravis.

Signs of muscle weakness may include droopy eyelids, diplopia, inability to hold the head straight, difficulty swallowing or chewing, speech disturbances, difficulty breathing, and difficulty raising the arms or rising from the sitting position. A historical pattern of ptosis alternating from one eye to the other is fairly characteristic of myasthenia gravis.

The weakness of orbicularis oculi is easily identified on examination by prying open the eyes during forced eye closure. Limb weakness is usually more significant in the arms than in the legs. An often-neglected feature of myasthenia gravis is finger extensor weakness with a relative sparing of other distal hand muscles.2

The ice-pack test is performed by placing a small bag of ice over the ptotic eye for 2 to 5 minutes and assessing the degree of ptosis for any noticeable improvement. This test is not very helpful for assessing ocular motor weakness.

The edrophonium (Tensilon) test can be used for patients with ptosis or ophthalmoparesis. Edrophonium, a short-acting acetylcholinesterase inhibitor, is given intravenously while the patient is observed for objective improvement. The patient’s cardiovascular status should be monitored for arrhythmias and hypotension. Atropine should be immediately available in case severe bradycardia develops.

The ice-pack test and the edrophonium test can give false-negative and false-positive results, and the diagnosis of myasthenia gravis must be verified by other diagnostic tests.

 

 

Testing for antibodies

Testing for circulating AChR antibodies, MuSK antibodies, or both is the first step in the laboratory confirmation of myasthenia gravis.

There are three AChR antibody subtypes: binding, blocking, and modulating. Binding antibodies are present in 80% to 90% of patients with generalized myasthenia gravis and 50% of those with ocular myasthenia gravis. Testing for blocking and modulating AChR antibodies increases the sensitivity by less than 5% when added to testing for binding antibodies.

AChR antibody titers correlate poorly with disease severity between patients. However, in individual patients, antibody titers tend to go down in parallel with clinical improvement.

MuSK antibody is detected in nearly half of myasthenia gravis patients with generalized weakness who are negative for AChR antibody.

Electrophysiologic tests

Electrophysiologic tests can usually confirm the diagnosis of seronegative myasthenia gravis. They are also helpful in seropositive patients who have unusual clinical features or a poor response to treatment.

Repetitive nerve stimulation studies use a slow rate (2–5 Hz) of repetitive electrical stimulation. The study is positive if the motor response declines by more than 10%. However, a decremental response is not specific for myasthenia gravis, as it may be seen in other neuromuscular disorders such as motor neuron disease or Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome.

This test is technically easier to do in distal muscles than in proximal muscles, but less sensitive. Therefore, proximal muscles such as the trapezius or facial muscles are usually also sampled to maximize the yield. To further maximize the sensitivity, muscles being tested should be warm, and acetylcholinesterase inhibitors should be withheld for 12 hours before.

Repetitive nerve stimulation studies in distal muscles are positive in approximately 75% of patients with generalized myasthenia gravis and in 30% with ocular myasthenia gravis.26

Single-fiber electromyography is more technically demanding than repetitive nerve stimulation and is less widely available. It is usually performed with a special needle electrode that can simultaneously identify action potentials arising from individual muscle fibers innervated by the same axon.

Variability in time of the second action potential relative to the first is called “jitter.” Abnormal jitter is seen in more than 95% of patients with generalized myasthenia gravis and in 85% to 90% of those with ocular myasthenia gravis.26,27 However, abnormal jitter can also be seen in other neuromuscular diseases such as motor neuron disease or in neuromuscular junctional disorders such as Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome.

Imaging studies

Chest computed tomography or magnetic resonance imaging with contrast should be performed in all myasthenia gravis patients to look for a thymoma.

TREATMENT OF MYASTHENIA GRAVIS

Acetylcholinesterase inhibitors

As a reasonable first therapy in mild cases of myasthenia gravis, acetylcholinesterase inhibitors slow down the degradation of acetylcholine and prolong its effect in the neuromuscular junction, but they are not disease-modifying and their benefits are mild.

Pyridostigmine is the usual choice of acetylcholinesterase inhibitor. Its onset of action is rapid (15 to 30 minutes) and its action lasts for 3 to 4 hours. For most patients, the effective dosage range is 60 mg to 90 mg every 4 to 6 hours. A long-acting form is also available and can be given as a single nighttime dose.

Immunomodulating therapy

Patients who have moderate to severe symptoms require some form of immunomodulating therapy.

Plasmapheresis or intravenous immune globulin is reserved for patients with severe or rapidly worsening disease because their beneficial effects can be seen within the first week of treatment.

Longer-acting immunotherapies (corticosteroids, azathioprine, mycophenolate mofetil and others) have a slower onset of responses but provide sustained benefits. Which drug to use depends on factors such as comorbidity, side effects, and cost.

Drugs to avoid

A number of medications can exacerbate weakness in myasthenia gravis and should be avoided or used with caution. The list is long, but ones that deserve the most attention are penicillamine, interferons, procainamide, quinidine, and antibiotics, including quinolones and aminoglycosides. A more comprehensive list of medications that may exacerbate myasthenia gravis symptoms can be found in a review by Keesey.2

RAPID INDUCTION IMMUNOTHERAPIES : PLASMAPHERESIS, IMMUNE GLOBULIN

Both plasmapheresis and intravenous immune globulin act quickly over days, but in most patients their effects last only a few weeks. Both are used as rescue therapies for myasthenic crises, bridging therapy to slow-acting immunotherapeutic agents, or maintenance treatment for poorly controlled cases.

Several retrospective studies have confirmed the efficacy of plasmapheresis in more than 80% of patients with generalized symptoms.28,29

In a randomized trial in patients with generalized therapies, intravenous immune globulin improved muscle strength in the group of patients with severe symptoms.30 The effective dosage of intravenous immune globulin varies from 1 to 2 g/kg without observed difference between doses.31 Trials comparing the efficacy of intravenous immune globulin and plasmapheresis in acute and severe myasthenia gravis did not reveal a difference in efficacy.32,33 Intravenous immune globulin at a minimal dose of 0.4 g/kg every 3 months has been successfully used as a long-term maintenance monotherapy, and such a role could be expanded to more patients with further studies.34

The choice between plasmapheresis and intravenous immune globulin is often based on the ability of a patient to tolerate each treatment and on the availability of the plasmapheresis procedure. Intravenous immune globulin is easier to administer, is associated with fewer adverse events related to vascular access, and is therefore more appropriate than plasmapheresis in some centers.

CHRONIC MAINTENANCE IMMUNOMODULATING TREATMENT

Corticosteroids

Prednisone, the most commonly used agent, leads to remission or marked improvement in 70% to 80% of patients with ocular or generalized myasthenia gravis.35 It may also reduce the progression of ocular myasthenia gravis to the generalized form.36

The effective dose of prednisone depends on the severity and distribution of symptoms. Some patients may need up to 1.0 mg/kg/day (usually 50 to 80 mg per day). In patients with mild to moderate symptoms, a lower maximal dosage such as 20 to 40 mg per day can be sufficient.

Within 1 to 2 weeks after starting high-dose prednisone, up to 50% of patients may develop a transient deterioration, including possible precipitation of a myasthenic crisis.37 For this reason, high-dose prednisone is commonly started only in hospitalized patients who are also receiving plasmapheresis or intravenous immune globulin. Otherwise, an outpatient dose-escalation protocol can be used to achieve a target dose over several weeks.

Prednisone tapering can begin after the patient has been on the maximal dose for 1 to 2 months and significant improvement is evident. A monthly tapering of 5 to 10 mg is preferred, then more slowly after the daily dose reaches 30 mg. The usual maintenance dose averages about 5 mg daily.

Common side effects of prednisone include weight gain, cushingoid features, easy bruising, cataracts, glaucoma, hypertension, diabetes, dyslipidemia, and osteoporosis. Patients are advised to take supplemental calcium (1,500 mg per day) and vitamin D (400 to 800 IU per day). For those most at risk of osteoporosis, treatment with a bisphosphonate should be considered.

Other immunotherapeutic agents are often needed, either to replace the corticosteroid or to permit use of lower doses of it. Because of their delayed onset of action, starting such corticosteroid-sparing agents early in the course is often necessary. These agents are often initially combined with high-dose prednisone, with an eventual goal of weaning off prednisone entirely. This strategy offers the advantage of relatively rapid induction while avoiding the long-term adverse effects of corticosteroid treatment.

Azathioprine

Azathioprine doesn’t begin to show a beneficial effect in myasthenia gravis for 6 to 12 months, and it often reaches its maximal efficacy only after 1 to 2 years of treatment.38

In a study of 78 myasthenia gravis patients, 91% improved when treated with azathioprine alone or together with prednisone.39 In another study using azathioprine and prednisolone for generalized myasthenia gravis, nearly two-thirds of patients came off prednisolone while maintaining remission for 3 years.38

A typical maintenance dose is 2 to 3 mg/kg/day. Common side effects are nausea, vomiting, and malaise. Less frequent side effects include hematologic abnormalities, abnormal liver function, and pancreatitis. Monthly monitoring of complete blood cell counts and liver function tests is warranted for the first 6 months, then less often.

One in 300 people in the general population is homozygous for a mutant allele in the thiopurine methyltransferase (TPMT) gene. Patients with this genotype should not receive azathioprine because of the risk of life-threatening bone marrow suppression.40 A slightly increased risk of various forms of lymphoma has been documented.41

 

 

Mycophenolate mofetil

A well-tolerated medication with few side effects, mycophenolate mofetil is being used more in myasthenia gravis. The results of two recent randomized trials suggested that it is not effective in improving myasthenia gravis symptoms or sparing prednisone dosage when used for 90 days or 36 weeks.42,43 However, extensive clinical experience supports its longterm efficacy in myasthenia gravis.

In a retrospective study of 85 patients with generalized myasthenia gravis, mycophenolate at doses of 1 to 3 g daily improved symptoms in 73% and produced remission in 50%. Steroid dosage was reduced in 71% of patients.44

Another retrospective study, with 102 patients, verified a slow development of clinical benefit after months of mycophenolate therapy alone or in combination with prednisone. Approximately 50% of patients achieved a minimal manifestation status after 6 to 12 months of mycophenolate treatment. Eventually, at 24 months of treatment, 80% of patients had a desirable outcome of minimal clinical manifestation or better, 55% of patients were able to come off prednisone entirely, and 75% were taking less than 7.5 mg of prednisone per day.45

Common side effects of mycophenolate include nausea, diarrhea, and infections such as urinary tract infections and herpes reactivation. The complete blood cell count needs to be monitored frequently during the first 6 months of therapy. Leukopenia can occur but rarely necessitates stopping mycophenolate. Long-term safety data are lacking, but so far there has been no clearly increased risk of malignancy.

Mycophenolate exposure in pregnancy results in a high incidence of major fetal malformations. Therefore, its use in pregnant patients is discouraged, and women of child-bearing age should use effective contraception.46

Cyclosporine

A randomized trial in a small number of patients suggested that cyclosporine is fairly effective as monotherapy.47 Its onset of action in myasthenia gravis is faster than that of other corticosteroid-sparing agents, and clinical benefit can often be observed as early as 1 to 2 months. A dose of 5 mg/kg/day and a maintenance serum level of 100 to 150 ng/mL are generally recommended. However, renal, hepatic, and hematologic toxicities and interactions with other medications make cyclosporine a less attractive choice.

Methotrexate

A randomized trial evaluated the utility of methotrexate as a steroid-sparing agent compared with azathioprine.48 At 24 months, its steroid-sparing effect was similar to that of azathioprine, and the prednisone dosage had been reduced in more than 50% of patients.

Another phase II trial studying the efficacy of methotrexate in myasthenia gravis is under way.49

Rituximab

Rituximab is a monoclonal antibody against B-cell membrane marker CD20. A growing number of case series support its efficacy in patients with severe generalized myasthenia gravis refractory to multiple immunosuppressants.16,50 It seems particularly effective for MuSK antibody-positive disease, reducing MuSK antibody titers and having a treatment effect that lasts for years.

The standard dosage is 375 mg/m2 per week for 4 consecutive weeks. Peripheral B cells tend to be depleted within 2 weeks after the first infusion, while T-cell populations remain unchanged.50

A minimal infusion reaction such as flushing and chills can be seen with the first infusion. Patients may be more susceptible to certain infections such as reactivation of herpes zoster, but overall rituximab is well tolerated. Rare cases of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy have been reported in patients taking it, but none have occurred so far in myasthenia gravis treatment.

Cyclophosphamide

Cyclophosphamide is an alkylating agent that reduces proliferation of both B and T cells. It can be effective in myasthenia gravis, but potentially serious side effects limit its use. It should be reserved for the small percentage of cases that are refractory to other immunotherapies.

Thymectomy

Surgical treatment should be considered for patients with thymoma. If the tumor cannot be surgically resected, chemoradiotherapy can be considered for relief of myasthenic symptoms and for prevention of local invasion.

Thymomas recur in a minority of patients many years after the initial resection, sometimes without myasthenia gravis symptoms. A recurrence of symptoms does not necessarily indicate a recurrence of thymoma. The lack of correlation between myasthenia gravis symptoms and thymoma recurrence highlights the importance of radiologic follow-up in these patients.

For patients without thymoma, many experts believe that thymectomy is beneficial in patients under age 60 who have generalized myasthenia gravis. The likelihood of medication-free remission is about twice as high, and the likelihood of becoming asymptomatic is about one and a half times higher after thymectomy.51 However, it takes up to several years for the benefits of thymectomy to manifest, and thymectomy does not guarantee protection from developing AChR antibody-positive myasthenia gravis in the future.

The optimal timing of thymectomy is not well established; however, the procedure is usually recommended within the first 3 years of diagnosis.52 The response rates from thymectomy are similar for AChR antibody-positive and seronegative patients. In general, thymectomy for MuSK antibody-positive patients has not been effective, and its role in ocular myasthenia gravis is unclear.2,53

References
  1. Alshekhlee A, Miles JD, Katirji B, Preston DC, Kaminski HJ. Incidence and mortality rates of myasthenia gravis and myasthenic crisis in US hospitals. Neurology 2009; 72:15481554.
  2. Keesey JC. Clinical evaluation and management of myasthenia gravis. Muscle Nerve 2004; 29:484505.
  3. Leite MI, Coutinho E, Lana-Peixoto M, et al. Myasthenia gravis and neuromyelitis optica spectrum disorder: a multicenter study of 16 patients. Neurology 2012; 78:16011607.
  4. Drachman DB, Angus CW, Adams RN, Michelson JD, Hoffman GJ. Myasthenic antibodies cross-link acetylcholine receptors to accelerate degradation. N Engl J Med 1978; 298:11161122.
  5. Fujii Y. The thymus, thymoma and myasthenia gravis. Surg Today 2013; 43:461466.
  6. Evoli A, Lindstrom J. Myasthenia gravis with antibodies to MuSK: another step toward solving mystery? Neurology 2011; 77:17831784.
  7. Mori S, Kubo S, Akiyoshi T, et al. Antibodies against muscle-specific kinase impair both presynaptic and postsynaptic functions in a murine model of myasthenia gravis. Am J Pathol 2012; 180:798810.
  8. Guptill JT, Sanders DB, Evoli A. Anti-MuSK antibody myasthenia gravis: clinical findings and response to treatment in two large cohorts. Muscle Nerve 2011; 44:3640.
  9. Chevessier F, Girard E, Molgó J, et al. A mouse model for congenital myasthenic syndrome due to MuSK mutations reveals defects in structure and function of neuromuscular junctions. Hum Mol Genet 2008; 17:35773595.
  10. Richman DP, Nishi K, Morell SW, et al. Acute severe animal model of anti-muscle-specific kinase myasthenia: combined postsynaptic and presynaptic changes. Arch Neurol 2012; 69:453460.
  11. Klooster R, Plomp JJ, Huijbers MG, et al. Muscle-specific kinase myasthenia gravis IgG4 autoantibodies cause severe neuromuscular junction dysfunction in mice. Brain 2012; 135:10811101.
  12. Viegas S, Jacobson L, Waters P, et al. Passive and active immunization models of MuSK-Ab positive myasthenia: electrophysiological evidence for pre and postsynaptic defects. Exp Neurol 2012; 234:506512.
  13. Niks EH, Kuks JB, Wokke JH, et al. Pre- and postsynaptic neuromuscular junction abnormalities in musk myasthenia. Muscle Nerve 2010; 42:283288.
  14. Kawakami Y, Ito M, Hirayama M, et al. Anti-MuSK autoantibodies block binding of collagen Q to MuSK. Neurology 2011; 77:18191826.
  15. Chan KH, Lachance DH, Harper CM, Lennon VA. Frequency of seronegativity in adult-acquired generalized myasthenia gravis. Muscle Nerve 2007; 36:651658.
  16. Collongues N, Casez O, Lacour A, et al. Rituximab in refractory and non-refractory myasthenia: a retrospective multicenter study. Muscle Nerve 2012; 46:687691.
  17. Sanders DB, Andrews PI, Howard JF, Massey JM. Seronegative myasthenia gravis. Neurology 1997; 48(suppl 5):40S45S.
  18. Shiraishi H, Motomura M, Yoshimura T, et al. Acetylcholine receptors loss and postsynaptic damage in MuSK antibody-positive myasthenia gravis. Ann Neurol 2005; 57:289293.
  19. Leite MI, Jacob S, Viegas S, et al. IgG1 antibodies to acetylcholine receptors in ‘seronegative’ myasthenia gravis. Brain 2008; 131:19401952.
  20. Jacob S, Viegas S, Leite MI, et al. Presence and pathogenic relevance of antibodies to clustered acetylcholine receptor in ocular and generalized myasthenia gravis. Arch Neurol 2012; 69:9941001.
  21. Higuchi O, Hamuro J, Motomura M, Yamanashi Y. Autoantibodies to low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 4 in myasthenia gravis. Ann Neurol 2011; 69:418422.
  22. Pevzner A, Schoser B, Peters K, et al. Anti-LRP4 autoantibodies in AChR- and MuSK-antibody-negative myasthenia gravis. J Neurol 2012; 259:427435.
  23. Zhang B, Tzartos JS, Belimezi M, et al. Autoantibodies to lipoprotein-related protein 4 in patients with double-seronegative myasthenia gravis. Arch Neurol 2012; 69:445451.
  24. Kupersmith MJ, Latkany R, Homel P. Development of generalized disease at 2 years in patients with ocular myasthenia gravis. Arch Neurol 2003; 60:243248.
  25. Pasnoor M, Wolfe GI, Nations S, et al. Clinical findings in MuSK-antibody positive myasthenia gravis: a US experience. Muscle Nerve 2010; 41:370374.
  26. Oh SJ, Kim DE, Kuruoglu R, Bradley RJ, Dwyer D. Diagnostic sensitivity of the laboratory tests in myasthenia gravis. Muscle Nerve 1992; 15:720724.
  27. Sanders DB, Stålberg EV. AAEM minimonograph #25: single-fiber electromyography. Muscle Nerve 1996; 19:10691083.
  28. Lazo-Langner A, Espinosa-Poblano I, Tirado-Cárdenas N, et al. Therapeutic plasma exchange in Mexico: experience from a single institution. Am J Hematol 2002; 70:1621.
  29. Carandina-Maffeis R, Nucci A, Marques JF, et al. Plasmapheresis in the treatment of myasthenia gravis: retrospective study of 26 patients. Arq Neuropsiquiatr 2004; 62:391395.
  30. Zinman L, Ng E, Bril V. IV immunoglobulin in patients with myasthenia gravis: a randomized controlled trial. Neurology 2007; 68:837841.
  31. Gajdos P, Tranchant C, Clair B, et al; Myasthenia Gravis Clinical Study Group. Treatment of myasthenia gravis exacerbation with intravenous immunoglobulin: a randomized double-blind clinical trial. Arch Neurol 2005; 62:16891693.
  32. Rønager J, Ravnborg M, Hermansen I, Vorstrup S. Immunoglobulin treatment versus plasma exchange in patients with chronic moderate to severe myasthenia gravis. Artif Organs 2001; 25:967973.
  33. Barth D, Nabavi Nouri M, Ng E, Nwe P, Bril V. Comparison of IVIg and PLEX in patients with myasthenia gravis. Neurology 2011; 76:20172023.
  34. Wegner B, Ahmed I. Intravenous immunoglobulin monotherapy in long-term treatment of myasthenia gravis. Clin Neurol Neurosurg 2002; 105:38.
  35. Pascuzzi RM, Coslett HB, Johns TR. Long-term corticosteroid treatment of myasthenia gravis: report of 116 patients. Ann Neurol 1984; 15:291298.
  36. Monsul NT, Patwa HS, Knorr AM, Lesser RL, Goldstein JM. The effect of prednisone on the progression from ocular to generalized myasthenia gravis. J Neurol Sci 2004; 217:131133.
  37. Miller RG, Milner-Brown HS, Mirka A. Prednisone-induced worsening of neuromuscular function in myasthenia gravis. Neurology 1986; 36:729732.
  38. Palace J, Newsom-Davis J, Lecky B. A randomized double-blind trial of prednisolone alone or with azathioprine in myasthenia gravis. Myasthenia Gravis Study Group. Neurology 1998; 50:17781783.
  39. Mertens HG, Hertel G, Reuther P, Ricker K. Effect of immunosuppressive drugs (azathioprine). Ann N Y Acad Sci 1981; 377:691699.
  40. Relling MV, Gardner EE, Sandborn WJ, et al; Clinical Pharmacogenetics Implementation Consortium. Clinical Pharmacogenetics Implementation Consortium guidelines for thiopurine methyltransferase genotype and thiopurine dosing. Clin Pharmacol Ther 2011; 89:387391.
  41. Finelli PF. Primary CNS lymphoma in myasthenic on long-term azathioprine. J Neurooncol 2005; 74:9192.
  42. Sanders DB, Hart IK, Mantegazza R, et al. An international, phase III, randomized trial of mycophenolate mofetil in myasthenia gravis. Neurology 2008; 71:400406.
  43. Muscle Study Group. A trial of mycophenolate mofetil with prednisone as initial immunotherapy in myasthenia gravis. Neurology 2008; 71:394399.
  44. Meriggioli MN, Ciafaloni E, Al-Hayk KA, et al. Mycophenolate mofetil for myasthenia gravis: an analysis of efficacy, safety, and tolerability. Neurology 2003; 61:14381440.
  45. Hehir MK, Burns TM, Alpers J, Conaway MR, Sawa M, Sanders DB. Mycophenolate mofetil in AChR-antibody-positive myasthenia gravis: outcomes in 102 patients. Muscle Nerve 2010; 41:593598.
  46. Merlob P, Stahl B, Klinger G. Tetrada of the possible mycophenolate mofetil embryopathy: a review. Reprod Toxicol 2009; 28:105108.
  47. Tindall RS, Rollins JA, Phillips JT, Greenlee RG, Wells L, Belendiuk G. Preliminary results of a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial of cyclosporine in myasthenia gravis. N Engl J Med 1987; 316:719724.
  48. Heckmann JM, Rawoot A, Bateman K, Renison R, Badri M. A single-blinded trial of methotrexate versus azathioprine as steroid-sparing agents in generalized myasthenia gravis. BMC Neurol 2011; 11:97.
  49. Pasnoor M, He J, Herbelin L, Dimachkie M, Barohn RJ; Muscle Study Group. Phase II trial of methotrexate in myasthenia gravis. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2012; 1275:2328.
  50. Díaz-Manera J, Martínez-Hernández E, Querol L, et al. Long-lasting treatment effect of rituximab in MuSK myasthenia. Neurology 2012; 78:189193.
  51. Gronseth GS, Barohn RJ. Practice parameter: thymectomy for autoimmune myasthenia gravis (an evidence-based review): Report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology 2000; 55:715.
  52. Kumar V, Kaminski HJ. Treatment of myasthenia gravis. Curr Neurol Neurosci Rep 2011; 11:8996.
  53. Pompeo E, Tacconi F, Massa R, Mineo D, Nahmias S, Mineo TC. Long-term outcome of thoracoscopic extended thymectomy for nonthymomatous myasthenia gravis. Eur J Cardiothorac Surg 2009; 36:164169.
References
  1. Alshekhlee A, Miles JD, Katirji B, Preston DC, Kaminski HJ. Incidence and mortality rates of myasthenia gravis and myasthenic crisis in US hospitals. Neurology 2009; 72:15481554.
  2. Keesey JC. Clinical evaluation and management of myasthenia gravis. Muscle Nerve 2004; 29:484505.
  3. Leite MI, Coutinho E, Lana-Peixoto M, et al. Myasthenia gravis and neuromyelitis optica spectrum disorder: a multicenter study of 16 patients. Neurology 2012; 78:16011607.
  4. Drachman DB, Angus CW, Adams RN, Michelson JD, Hoffman GJ. Myasthenic antibodies cross-link acetylcholine receptors to accelerate degradation. N Engl J Med 1978; 298:11161122.
  5. Fujii Y. The thymus, thymoma and myasthenia gravis. Surg Today 2013; 43:461466.
  6. Evoli A, Lindstrom J. Myasthenia gravis with antibodies to MuSK: another step toward solving mystery? Neurology 2011; 77:17831784.
  7. Mori S, Kubo S, Akiyoshi T, et al. Antibodies against muscle-specific kinase impair both presynaptic and postsynaptic functions in a murine model of myasthenia gravis. Am J Pathol 2012; 180:798810.
  8. Guptill JT, Sanders DB, Evoli A. Anti-MuSK antibody myasthenia gravis: clinical findings and response to treatment in two large cohorts. Muscle Nerve 2011; 44:3640.
  9. Chevessier F, Girard E, Molgó J, et al. A mouse model for congenital myasthenic syndrome due to MuSK mutations reveals defects in structure and function of neuromuscular junctions. Hum Mol Genet 2008; 17:35773595.
  10. Richman DP, Nishi K, Morell SW, et al. Acute severe animal model of anti-muscle-specific kinase myasthenia: combined postsynaptic and presynaptic changes. Arch Neurol 2012; 69:453460.
  11. Klooster R, Plomp JJ, Huijbers MG, et al. Muscle-specific kinase myasthenia gravis IgG4 autoantibodies cause severe neuromuscular junction dysfunction in mice. Brain 2012; 135:10811101.
  12. Viegas S, Jacobson L, Waters P, et al. Passive and active immunization models of MuSK-Ab positive myasthenia: electrophysiological evidence for pre and postsynaptic defects. Exp Neurol 2012; 234:506512.
  13. Niks EH, Kuks JB, Wokke JH, et al. Pre- and postsynaptic neuromuscular junction abnormalities in musk myasthenia. Muscle Nerve 2010; 42:283288.
  14. Kawakami Y, Ito M, Hirayama M, et al. Anti-MuSK autoantibodies block binding of collagen Q to MuSK. Neurology 2011; 77:18191826.
  15. Chan KH, Lachance DH, Harper CM, Lennon VA. Frequency of seronegativity in adult-acquired generalized myasthenia gravis. Muscle Nerve 2007; 36:651658.
  16. Collongues N, Casez O, Lacour A, et al. Rituximab in refractory and non-refractory myasthenia: a retrospective multicenter study. Muscle Nerve 2012; 46:687691.
  17. Sanders DB, Andrews PI, Howard JF, Massey JM. Seronegative myasthenia gravis. Neurology 1997; 48(suppl 5):40S45S.
  18. Shiraishi H, Motomura M, Yoshimura T, et al. Acetylcholine receptors loss and postsynaptic damage in MuSK antibody-positive myasthenia gravis. Ann Neurol 2005; 57:289293.
  19. Leite MI, Jacob S, Viegas S, et al. IgG1 antibodies to acetylcholine receptors in ‘seronegative’ myasthenia gravis. Brain 2008; 131:19401952.
  20. Jacob S, Viegas S, Leite MI, et al. Presence and pathogenic relevance of antibodies to clustered acetylcholine receptor in ocular and generalized myasthenia gravis. Arch Neurol 2012; 69:9941001.
  21. Higuchi O, Hamuro J, Motomura M, Yamanashi Y. Autoantibodies to low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 4 in myasthenia gravis. Ann Neurol 2011; 69:418422.
  22. Pevzner A, Schoser B, Peters K, et al. Anti-LRP4 autoantibodies in AChR- and MuSK-antibody-negative myasthenia gravis. J Neurol 2012; 259:427435.
  23. Zhang B, Tzartos JS, Belimezi M, et al. Autoantibodies to lipoprotein-related protein 4 in patients with double-seronegative myasthenia gravis. Arch Neurol 2012; 69:445451.
  24. Kupersmith MJ, Latkany R, Homel P. Development of generalized disease at 2 years in patients with ocular myasthenia gravis. Arch Neurol 2003; 60:243248.
  25. Pasnoor M, Wolfe GI, Nations S, et al. Clinical findings in MuSK-antibody positive myasthenia gravis: a US experience. Muscle Nerve 2010; 41:370374.
  26. Oh SJ, Kim DE, Kuruoglu R, Bradley RJ, Dwyer D. Diagnostic sensitivity of the laboratory tests in myasthenia gravis. Muscle Nerve 1992; 15:720724.
  27. Sanders DB, Stålberg EV. AAEM minimonograph #25: single-fiber electromyography. Muscle Nerve 1996; 19:10691083.
  28. Lazo-Langner A, Espinosa-Poblano I, Tirado-Cárdenas N, et al. Therapeutic plasma exchange in Mexico: experience from a single institution. Am J Hematol 2002; 70:1621.
  29. Carandina-Maffeis R, Nucci A, Marques JF, et al. Plasmapheresis in the treatment of myasthenia gravis: retrospective study of 26 patients. Arq Neuropsiquiatr 2004; 62:391395.
  30. Zinman L, Ng E, Bril V. IV immunoglobulin in patients with myasthenia gravis: a randomized controlled trial. Neurology 2007; 68:837841.
  31. Gajdos P, Tranchant C, Clair B, et al; Myasthenia Gravis Clinical Study Group. Treatment of myasthenia gravis exacerbation with intravenous immunoglobulin: a randomized double-blind clinical trial. Arch Neurol 2005; 62:16891693.
  32. Rønager J, Ravnborg M, Hermansen I, Vorstrup S. Immunoglobulin treatment versus plasma exchange in patients with chronic moderate to severe myasthenia gravis. Artif Organs 2001; 25:967973.
  33. Barth D, Nabavi Nouri M, Ng E, Nwe P, Bril V. Comparison of IVIg and PLEX in patients with myasthenia gravis. Neurology 2011; 76:20172023.
  34. Wegner B, Ahmed I. Intravenous immunoglobulin monotherapy in long-term treatment of myasthenia gravis. Clin Neurol Neurosurg 2002; 105:38.
  35. Pascuzzi RM, Coslett HB, Johns TR. Long-term corticosteroid treatment of myasthenia gravis: report of 116 patients. Ann Neurol 1984; 15:291298.
  36. Monsul NT, Patwa HS, Knorr AM, Lesser RL, Goldstein JM. The effect of prednisone on the progression from ocular to generalized myasthenia gravis. J Neurol Sci 2004; 217:131133.
  37. Miller RG, Milner-Brown HS, Mirka A. Prednisone-induced worsening of neuromuscular function in myasthenia gravis. Neurology 1986; 36:729732.
  38. Palace J, Newsom-Davis J, Lecky B. A randomized double-blind trial of prednisolone alone or with azathioprine in myasthenia gravis. Myasthenia Gravis Study Group. Neurology 1998; 50:17781783.
  39. Mertens HG, Hertel G, Reuther P, Ricker K. Effect of immunosuppressive drugs (azathioprine). Ann N Y Acad Sci 1981; 377:691699.
  40. Relling MV, Gardner EE, Sandborn WJ, et al; Clinical Pharmacogenetics Implementation Consortium. Clinical Pharmacogenetics Implementation Consortium guidelines for thiopurine methyltransferase genotype and thiopurine dosing. Clin Pharmacol Ther 2011; 89:387391.
  41. Finelli PF. Primary CNS lymphoma in myasthenic on long-term azathioprine. J Neurooncol 2005; 74:9192.
  42. Sanders DB, Hart IK, Mantegazza R, et al. An international, phase III, randomized trial of mycophenolate mofetil in myasthenia gravis. Neurology 2008; 71:400406.
  43. Muscle Study Group. A trial of mycophenolate mofetil with prednisone as initial immunotherapy in myasthenia gravis. Neurology 2008; 71:394399.
  44. Meriggioli MN, Ciafaloni E, Al-Hayk KA, et al. Mycophenolate mofetil for myasthenia gravis: an analysis of efficacy, safety, and tolerability. Neurology 2003; 61:14381440.
  45. Hehir MK, Burns TM, Alpers J, Conaway MR, Sawa M, Sanders DB. Mycophenolate mofetil in AChR-antibody-positive myasthenia gravis: outcomes in 102 patients. Muscle Nerve 2010; 41:593598.
  46. Merlob P, Stahl B, Klinger G. Tetrada of the possible mycophenolate mofetil embryopathy: a review. Reprod Toxicol 2009; 28:105108.
  47. Tindall RS, Rollins JA, Phillips JT, Greenlee RG, Wells L, Belendiuk G. Preliminary results of a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial of cyclosporine in myasthenia gravis. N Engl J Med 1987; 316:719724.
  48. Heckmann JM, Rawoot A, Bateman K, Renison R, Badri M. A single-blinded trial of methotrexate versus azathioprine as steroid-sparing agents in generalized myasthenia gravis. BMC Neurol 2011; 11:97.
  49. Pasnoor M, He J, Herbelin L, Dimachkie M, Barohn RJ; Muscle Study Group. Phase II trial of methotrexate in myasthenia gravis. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2012; 1275:2328.
  50. Díaz-Manera J, Martínez-Hernández E, Querol L, et al. Long-lasting treatment effect of rituximab in MuSK myasthenia. Neurology 2012; 78:189193.
  51. Gronseth GS, Barohn RJ. Practice parameter: thymectomy for autoimmune myasthenia gravis (an evidence-based review): Report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology 2000; 55:715.
  52. Kumar V, Kaminski HJ. Treatment of myasthenia gravis. Curr Neurol Neurosci Rep 2011; 11:8996.
  53. Pompeo E, Tacconi F, Massa R, Mineo D, Nahmias S, Mineo TC. Long-term outcome of thoracoscopic extended thymectomy for nonthymomatous myasthenia gravis. Eur J Cardiothorac Surg 2009; 36:164169.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Page Number
711-721
Page Number
711-721
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Myasthenia gravis: Newer therapies offer sustained improvement
Display Headline
Myasthenia gravis: Newer therapies offer sustained improvement
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • In most cases of myasthenia gravis, the patient has antibodies against acetylcholine receptor (AChR) or musclespecific tyrosine kinase (MuSK).
  • Myasthenia gravis is diagnosed by clinical signs, bedside tests (the ice-pack test or the edrophonium test), serologic tests for AChR antibodies or MuSK antibodies, and electrophysiologic tests.
  • Acetylcholinesterase inhibitors are the first-step therapy, but patients who have moderate to severe symptoms require some form of immunomodulating therapy.
  • A number of drugs can exacerbate weakness in myasthenia gravis and should be avoided or used with caution. These include penicillamine, interferons, procainamide, quinidine, and antibiotics such as quinolones and aminoglycosides.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

A 66-year-old woman with an enlarged tongue

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 09/25/2017 - 14:42
Display Headline
A 66-year-old woman with an enlarged tongue

A 66-year-old woman was prompted by her dentist to seek medical attention for an unusually enlarged, smooth-appearing tongue (Figure 1). She also complained of fatigue, dyspnea on exertion, and tingling of her hands.

Figure 1.

Basic laboratory tests showed normocytic anemia and renal insufficiency. Her thyrotropin level was within normal limits. Serum protein electrophoresis showed a monoclonal M-spike, which prompted a bone marrow biopsy that was diagnostic of multiple myeloma.

Transthoracic echocardiography revealed diffuse hypokinesis with a restrictive filling pattern, myocardial thickening, and moderate mitral and tricuspid regurgitation, highly suggestive of an infiltrative cardiomyopathy. Biopsy of the right ventricle confirmed cardiac amyloidosis of the amyloid immunoglobulin light chain (AL) subtype.

The patient underwent chemotherapy, followed by autologous stem-cell transplantation. She achieved successful remission, and her cardiomyopathy was compensated.

AMYLOIDOSIS IS HETEROGENEOUS

Amyloidosis is a heterogeneous syndrome characterized by abnormal folding of proteins that deposit as insoluble fibrils in different tissues, impairing both structure and function. Virchow was the first to describe amyloid (from amylon, Greek for starch) as an abnormal material seen in postmortem examination of the liver. On Congo red staining, the extracellular proteins appear as salmon-red conglomerates, which also show apple-green birefringence under polarized light.

Amyloidosis can be localized but more often represents a systemic process, often associated with a plasma cell dyscrasia such as multiple myeloma.

Modern classification is based on the precursor protein,1 eg:

  • Light chains (AL)
  • Acute-phase protein (AA)
  • Beta-2-microglobulin (Aß2M)
  • Transthyretin (ATTR; occurring in senile systemic amyloidosis)
  • Other proteins (occurring in various forms of hereditary systemic amyloidosis).

AMYLOIDOSIS AND THE TONGUE

Macroglossia is defined as protrusion of the tongue beyond the alveolar ridge of the teeth at rest. When caused by amyloidosis, it is most often associated with the systemic AL variant and is present in 10% to 23% of patients with this subtype.2

On physical examination, tongue enlargement can present with lateral indentations, with a smooth contour or with nodular deposits. Less often, bullous lesions, vesicles, and ulcers can also be seen, particularly on the lips. Infiltration of salivary glands can result in xerostomia. Functional symptoms, such as hypogeusia, dysarthria, dysphagia, dysphonia, and, in advanced cases, upper-airway dysfunction can result from restricted mobility of the tongue and tethering to deeper structures.

Surgical management may be necessary if severe obstructive symptoms are present, but infiltrative lesions tend to recur.

AMYLOIDOSIS AND THE HEART

Cardiac involvement in amyloidosis is currently the primary determinant of prognosis.3 It is more often seen in the AL, senile, and hereditary forms. It usually manifests as diastolic heart failure, but angina, orthostatic hypotension, dysrhythmias, and syncope can also occur. Systolic dysfunction is typically a late finding in the course of the disease.

Although an electrocardiographic pattern of low voltage in the precordial and limb leads has been classically associated with cardiac amyloidosis, only 30% of patients with the senile and hereditary forms show this feature.4 Left ventricular hypertrophy on electrocardiography is thought to be uncommon, but it has been reported in 16% of patients with AL amyloidosis and biopsy-proven cardiac involvement.5 Cardiac troponin levels can be elevated, as seen in other infiltrative cardiomyopathies.3 The diagnosis can be established by endomyocardial biopsy or indirectly by cardiac imaging and a positive extracardiac biopsy.

Drug therapy is supportive and mainly involves diuretics, since angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, beta-blockers, and calcium channel blockers may cause hypotension and exacerbate myocardial dysfunction. The specific treatment varies depending on the underlying cause of amyloidosis.

References
  1. Westermark P, Benson MD, Buxbaum JN, et al. A primer of amyloid nomenclature. Amyloid 2007; 14:179183.
  2. Kyle RA, Gertz MA. Primary systemic amyloidosis: clinical and laboratory features in 474 cases. Semin Hematol 1995; 32:4559.
  3. Kapoor P, Thenappan T, Singh E, Kumar S, Greipp PR. Cardiac amyloidosis: a practical approach to diagnosis and management. Am J Med 2011; 124:10061015.
  4. Ng B, Connors LH, Davidoff R, Skinner M, Falk RH. Senile systemic amyloidosis presenting with heart failure: a comparison with light chain-associated amyloidosis. Arch Intern Med 2005; 165:14251429.
  5. Murtagh B, Hammill SC, Gertz MA, Kyle RA, Tajik AJ, Grogan M. Electrocardiographic findings in primary systemic amyloidosis and biopsy-proven cardiac involvement. Am J Cardiol 2005; 95:535537.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Jorge A. Brenes-Salazar, MD
Department of Medicine, Division of Cardiovascular Diseases, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Martha Grogan, MD
Department of Medicine, Division of Cardiovascular Diseases, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Martha Q. Lacy, MD
Department of Medicine, Division of Hematology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Address: Jorge A. Brenes-Salazar, MD, Mayo Clinic, 200 First St. SW, Rochester, MN 55905; e-mail: brenessalazar.jorge@mayo.edu

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
696-697
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Jorge A. Brenes-Salazar, MD
Department of Medicine, Division of Cardiovascular Diseases, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Martha Grogan, MD
Department of Medicine, Division of Cardiovascular Diseases, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Martha Q. Lacy, MD
Department of Medicine, Division of Hematology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Address: Jorge A. Brenes-Salazar, MD, Mayo Clinic, 200 First St. SW, Rochester, MN 55905; e-mail: brenessalazar.jorge@mayo.edu

Author and Disclosure Information

Jorge A. Brenes-Salazar, MD
Department of Medicine, Division of Cardiovascular Diseases, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Martha Grogan, MD
Department of Medicine, Division of Cardiovascular Diseases, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Martha Q. Lacy, MD
Department of Medicine, Division of Hematology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Address: Jorge A. Brenes-Salazar, MD, Mayo Clinic, 200 First St. SW, Rochester, MN 55905; e-mail: brenessalazar.jorge@mayo.edu

Article PDF
Article PDF

A 66-year-old woman was prompted by her dentist to seek medical attention for an unusually enlarged, smooth-appearing tongue (Figure 1). She also complained of fatigue, dyspnea on exertion, and tingling of her hands.

Figure 1.

Basic laboratory tests showed normocytic anemia and renal insufficiency. Her thyrotropin level was within normal limits. Serum protein electrophoresis showed a monoclonal M-spike, which prompted a bone marrow biopsy that was diagnostic of multiple myeloma.

Transthoracic echocardiography revealed diffuse hypokinesis with a restrictive filling pattern, myocardial thickening, and moderate mitral and tricuspid regurgitation, highly suggestive of an infiltrative cardiomyopathy. Biopsy of the right ventricle confirmed cardiac amyloidosis of the amyloid immunoglobulin light chain (AL) subtype.

The patient underwent chemotherapy, followed by autologous stem-cell transplantation. She achieved successful remission, and her cardiomyopathy was compensated.

AMYLOIDOSIS IS HETEROGENEOUS

Amyloidosis is a heterogeneous syndrome characterized by abnormal folding of proteins that deposit as insoluble fibrils in different tissues, impairing both structure and function. Virchow was the first to describe amyloid (from amylon, Greek for starch) as an abnormal material seen in postmortem examination of the liver. On Congo red staining, the extracellular proteins appear as salmon-red conglomerates, which also show apple-green birefringence under polarized light.

Amyloidosis can be localized but more often represents a systemic process, often associated with a plasma cell dyscrasia such as multiple myeloma.

Modern classification is based on the precursor protein,1 eg:

  • Light chains (AL)
  • Acute-phase protein (AA)
  • Beta-2-microglobulin (Aß2M)
  • Transthyretin (ATTR; occurring in senile systemic amyloidosis)
  • Other proteins (occurring in various forms of hereditary systemic amyloidosis).

AMYLOIDOSIS AND THE TONGUE

Macroglossia is defined as protrusion of the tongue beyond the alveolar ridge of the teeth at rest. When caused by amyloidosis, it is most often associated with the systemic AL variant and is present in 10% to 23% of patients with this subtype.2

On physical examination, tongue enlargement can present with lateral indentations, with a smooth contour or with nodular deposits. Less often, bullous lesions, vesicles, and ulcers can also be seen, particularly on the lips. Infiltration of salivary glands can result in xerostomia. Functional symptoms, such as hypogeusia, dysarthria, dysphagia, dysphonia, and, in advanced cases, upper-airway dysfunction can result from restricted mobility of the tongue and tethering to deeper structures.

Surgical management may be necessary if severe obstructive symptoms are present, but infiltrative lesions tend to recur.

AMYLOIDOSIS AND THE HEART

Cardiac involvement in amyloidosis is currently the primary determinant of prognosis.3 It is more often seen in the AL, senile, and hereditary forms. It usually manifests as diastolic heart failure, but angina, orthostatic hypotension, dysrhythmias, and syncope can also occur. Systolic dysfunction is typically a late finding in the course of the disease.

Although an electrocardiographic pattern of low voltage in the precordial and limb leads has been classically associated with cardiac amyloidosis, only 30% of patients with the senile and hereditary forms show this feature.4 Left ventricular hypertrophy on electrocardiography is thought to be uncommon, but it has been reported in 16% of patients with AL amyloidosis and biopsy-proven cardiac involvement.5 Cardiac troponin levels can be elevated, as seen in other infiltrative cardiomyopathies.3 The diagnosis can be established by endomyocardial biopsy or indirectly by cardiac imaging and a positive extracardiac biopsy.

Drug therapy is supportive and mainly involves diuretics, since angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, beta-blockers, and calcium channel blockers may cause hypotension and exacerbate myocardial dysfunction. The specific treatment varies depending on the underlying cause of amyloidosis.

A 66-year-old woman was prompted by her dentist to seek medical attention for an unusually enlarged, smooth-appearing tongue (Figure 1). She also complained of fatigue, dyspnea on exertion, and tingling of her hands.

Figure 1.

Basic laboratory tests showed normocytic anemia and renal insufficiency. Her thyrotropin level was within normal limits. Serum protein electrophoresis showed a monoclonal M-spike, which prompted a bone marrow biopsy that was diagnostic of multiple myeloma.

Transthoracic echocardiography revealed diffuse hypokinesis with a restrictive filling pattern, myocardial thickening, and moderate mitral and tricuspid regurgitation, highly suggestive of an infiltrative cardiomyopathy. Biopsy of the right ventricle confirmed cardiac amyloidosis of the amyloid immunoglobulin light chain (AL) subtype.

The patient underwent chemotherapy, followed by autologous stem-cell transplantation. She achieved successful remission, and her cardiomyopathy was compensated.

AMYLOIDOSIS IS HETEROGENEOUS

Amyloidosis is a heterogeneous syndrome characterized by abnormal folding of proteins that deposit as insoluble fibrils in different tissues, impairing both structure and function. Virchow was the first to describe amyloid (from amylon, Greek for starch) as an abnormal material seen in postmortem examination of the liver. On Congo red staining, the extracellular proteins appear as salmon-red conglomerates, which also show apple-green birefringence under polarized light.

Amyloidosis can be localized but more often represents a systemic process, often associated with a plasma cell dyscrasia such as multiple myeloma.

Modern classification is based on the precursor protein,1 eg:

  • Light chains (AL)
  • Acute-phase protein (AA)
  • Beta-2-microglobulin (Aß2M)
  • Transthyretin (ATTR; occurring in senile systemic amyloidosis)
  • Other proteins (occurring in various forms of hereditary systemic amyloidosis).

AMYLOIDOSIS AND THE TONGUE

Macroglossia is defined as protrusion of the tongue beyond the alveolar ridge of the teeth at rest. When caused by amyloidosis, it is most often associated with the systemic AL variant and is present in 10% to 23% of patients with this subtype.2

On physical examination, tongue enlargement can present with lateral indentations, with a smooth contour or with nodular deposits. Less often, bullous lesions, vesicles, and ulcers can also be seen, particularly on the lips. Infiltration of salivary glands can result in xerostomia. Functional symptoms, such as hypogeusia, dysarthria, dysphagia, dysphonia, and, in advanced cases, upper-airway dysfunction can result from restricted mobility of the tongue and tethering to deeper structures.

Surgical management may be necessary if severe obstructive symptoms are present, but infiltrative lesions tend to recur.

AMYLOIDOSIS AND THE HEART

Cardiac involvement in amyloidosis is currently the primary determinant of prognosis.3 It is more often seen in the AL, senile, and hereditary forms. It usually manifests as diastolic heart failure, but angina, orthostatic hypotension, dysrhythmias, and syncope can also occur. Systolic dysfunction is typically a late finding in the course of the disease.

Although an electrocardiographic pattern of low voltage in the precordial and limb leads has been classically associated with cardiac amyloidosis, only 30% of patients with the senile and hereditary forms show this feature.4 Left ventricular hypertrophy on electrocardiography is thought to be uncommon, but it has been reported in 16% of patients with AL amyloidosis and biopsy-proven cardiac involvement.5 Cardiac troponin levels can be elevated, as seen in other infiltrative cardiomyopathies.3 The diagnosis can be established by endomyocardial biopsy or indirectly by cardiac imaging and a positive extracardiac biopsy.

Drug therapy is supportive and mainly involves diuretics, since angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, beta-blockers, and calcium channel blockers may cause hypotension and exacerbate myocardial dysfunction. The specific treatment varies depending on the underlying cause of amyloidosis.

References
  1. Westermark P, Benson MD, Buxbaum JN, et al. A primer of amyloid nomenclature. Amyloid 2007; 14:179183.
  2. Kyle RA, Gertz MA. Primary systemic amyloidosis: clinical and laboratory features in 474 cases. Semin Hematol 1995; 32:4559.
  3. Kapoor P, Thenappan T, Singh E, Kumar S, Greipp PR. Cardiac amyloidosis: a practical approach to diagnosis and management. Am J Med 2011; 124:10061015.
  4. Ng B, Connors LH, Davidoff R, Skinner M, Falk RH. Senile systemic amyloidosis presenting with heart failure: a comparison with light chain-associated amyloidosis. Arch Intern Med 2005; 165:14251429.
  5. Murtagh B, Hammill SC, Gertz MA, Kyle RA, Tajik AJ, Grogan M. Electrocardiographic findings in primary systemic amyloidosis and biopsy-proven cardiac involvement. Am J Cardiol 2005; 95:535537.
References
  1. Westermark P, Benson MD, Buxbaum JN, et al. A primer of amyloid nomenclature. Amyloid 2007; 14:179183.
  2. Kyle RA, Gertz MA. Primary systemic amyloidosis: clinical and laboratory features in 474 cases. Semin Hematol 1995; 32:4559.
  3. Kapoor P, Thenappan T, Singh E, Kumar S, Greipp PR. Cardiac amyloidosis: a practical approach to diagnosis and management. Am J Med 2011; 124:10061015.
  4. Ng B, Connors LH, Davidoff R, Skinner M, Falk RH. Senile systemic amyloidosis presenting with heart failure: a comparison with light chain-associated amyloidosis. Arch Intern Med 2005; 165:14251429.
  5. Murtagh B, Hammill SC, Gertz MA, Kyle RA, Tajik AJ, Grogan M. Electrocardiographic findings in primary systemic amyloidosis and biopsy-proven cardiac involvement. Am J Cardiol 2005; 95:535537.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Page Number
696-697
Page Number
696-697
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
A 66-year-old woman with an enlarged tongue
Display Headline
A 66-year-old woman with an enlarged tongue
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Dyspnea after treatment of recurrent urinary tract infection

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 09/25/2017 - 14:40
Display Headline
Dyspnea after treatment of recurrent urinary tract infection

A 71-year-old woman came to the hospital because of generalized weakness, fatigue, and exertional dyspnea.

She had a history of anemia, recurrent urinary tract infections, and hyperactive bladder. She had been taking nitrofurantoin for a urinary tract infection and phenazopyridine for dysuria, and she noticed that her urine was dark-colored.

She was of northern European descent. She was unaware of any family history of blood-related disorders. She had been admitted to the hospital 6 weeks earlier for symptomatic anemia after taking nitrofurantoin for a urinary tract infection. At that time, she received 2 units of packed red blood cells and then was discharged. Follow-up blood work done 2 weeks later—including a glucose-6 phosphate dehydrogenase (G6PD) assay—was normal.

On physical examination, she was pale and weak. Her hemoglobin level was 5.5 g/dL (reference range 14.0–17.5), with normal white blood cell and platelet counts and an elevated reticulocyte count. A comprehensive metabolic panel showed elevated indirect bilirubin and lactate dehydrogenase levels. A direct Coombs test for autoimmune hemolytic anemia was negative, as was a haptoglobin assay to look for intravascular hemolytic anemia. G6PD levels were normal, yet a peripheral blood smear (Figure 1) showed features of G6PD deficiency.

What was the cause of her anemia?

Figure 1. A peripheral blood smear in our patient shows several “bite cells” with one or two bites (arrows). These are indicators of a Heinz body hemolytic anemia and suggest the possibility of glucose-6 phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency or an unstable hemoglobin. Heinz bodies, visible only after supravital staining (and not in this smear with conventional Wright-Giemsa stain), consist of clumps of denatured hemoglobin that attach to the inner surface of the red blood cell membrane. Heinz bodies, along with bits of the cell membrane, are pitted from the cells as they pass through the splenic cords, resulting in the formation of bite cells and shortened red cell survival (Wright-Giemsa, ×100).

GLUCOSE-6-PHOSPHATE DEHYDROGENASE DEFICIENCY

G6PD deficiency is an X-linked disorder1 that can present as hemolytic anemia. Symptoms of hemolysis can range from mild to severe on exposure to an inciting agent. Men are more commonly affected than women, and affected women are mostly heterozygous. The severity of hemolysis in heterozygous women depends on inactivation of the unaffected X chromosome in some cells.

When exposed to oxidizing agents, people with G6PD deficiency do not have enough nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate to protect red blood cells.2 This leads to oxidative denaturation of hemoglobin, formation of methemoglobin, and denaturation of globulin. These products are insoluble; they collect in red blood cells and are called Heinz bodies.3 When red blood cells containing Heinz bodies pass through the liver and spleen, the insoluble masses are taken up by macrophages, causing hemolysis and the formation of “bite cells”4 (so named because macrophages “bite” the Heinz bodies out of the red blood cells).

Patients with G6PD deficiency have all the clinical features of hemolytic anemia. On laboratory testing, the Coombs test is negative, the G6PD level is low, and the peripheral smear shows bite cells. The G6PD level is falsely normal or elevated during acute hemolysis because red blood cells deficient in G6PD are removed from circulation and replaced by young red blood cells. The G6PD level is also elevated after blood transfusion. Thus, the G6PD level should be tested 3 months after an acute event.

Hemolysis in G6PD is usually intermittent and self-limited. No treatment is needed except for avoidance of triggers and transfusion for symptomatic anemia. Of note, triggers include some of the drugs commonly used for urinary tract infections (sulfa drugs, nitrofurantoin, phenazopyridine) and antimalarials. Fava beans are also known to cause hemolytic crisis. A complete list of things to avoid can be found at www.g6pd.org/en/G6PDDeficiency/SafeUnsafe/DaEvitare_ISS-it.

There is no commercially available genetic testing kit for G6PD deficiency. Mutation analysis and G6PD gene sequencing are possible but are neither routinely done nor widely available.

BACK TO OUR PATIENT

Our patient’s hemolytic anemia was most likely drug-induced, secondary to a relative deficiency of G6PD. She had been taking nitrofurantoin and phenazopyridine; both of these are oxidizing agents and are known to cause acute hemolytic anemia in people with G6PD deficiency. The G6PD level can be normal after a recent blood transfusion and, as in our patient, during an acute episode of hemolysis.

Because of the strong suspicion of G6PD deficiency, both drugs were stopped when the patient was discharged from the hospital. She did not take either drug for 3 months. Her G6PD level was then retested and was found to be low, confirming the diagnosis. The patient was then advised not to take those drugs again. Since then, her hemoglobin level has remained stable and she has not needed any more blood transfusions.

References
  1. Mason PJ, Bautista JM, Gilsanz F. G6PD deficiency: the genotype-phenotype association. Blood Rev 2007; 21:267283.
  2. Arese P, De Flora A. Pathophysiology of hemolysis in glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency. Semin Hematol 1990; 27:140.
  3. Jacob HS. Mechanisms of Heinz body formation and attachment to red cell membrane. Semin Hematol 1970; 7:341354.
  4. Rifkind RA. Heinz body anemia: an ultrastructural study. II. Red cell sequestration and destruction. Blood 1965; 26:433448.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Krishna B. Ghimire, MD
Assistant Professor, Des Moines University, College of Osteopathic Medicine, Mercy Medical Center–North Iowa, Mason City

Barsha Nepal, MBBS
Mason City, IA

Address: Krishna B. Ghimire, MD, College of Osteopathic Medicine, Mercy Medical Center–North Iowa, 1000 4th Street SW, Mason City, IA 50401; e-mail: kbghimire@gmail.com

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
690-691
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Krishna B. Ghimire, MD
Assistant Professor, Des Moines University, College of Osteopathic Medicine, Mercy Medical Center–North Iowa, Mason City

Barsha Nepal, MBBS
Mason City, IA

Address: Krishna B. Ghimire, MD, College of Osteopathic Medicine, Mercy Medical Center–North Iowa, 1000 4th Street SW, Mason City, IA 50401; e-mail: kbghimire@gmail.com

Author and Disclosure Information

Krishna B. Ghimire, MD
Assistant Professor, Des Moines University, College of Osteopathic Medicine, Mercy Medical Center–North Iowa, Mason City

Barsha Nepal, MBBS
Mason City, IA

Address: Krishna B. Ghimire, MD, College of Osteopathic Medicine, Mercy Medical Center–North Iowa, 1000 4th Street SW, Mason City, IA 50401; e-mail: kbghimire@gmail.com

Article PDF
Article PDF

A 71-year-old woman came to the hospital because of generalized weakness, fatigue, and exertional dyspnea.

She had a history of anemia, recurrent urinary tract infections, and hyperactive bladder. She had been taking nitrofurantoin for a urinary tract infection and phenazopyridine for dysuria, and she noticed that her urine was dark-colored.

She was of northern European descent. She was unaware of any family history of blood-related disorders. She had been admitted to the hospital 6 weeks earlier for symptomatic anemia after taking nitrofurantoin for a urinary tract infection. At that time, she received 2 units of packed red blood cells and then was discharged. Follow-up blood work done 2 weeks later—including a glucose-6 phosphate dehydrogenase (G6PD) assay—was normal.

On physical examination, she was pale and weak. Her hemoglobin level was 5.5 g/dL (reference range 14.0–17.5), with normal white blood cell and platelet counts and an elevated reticulocyte count. A comprehensive metabolic panel showed elevated indirect bilirubin and lactate dehydrogenase levels. A direct Coombs test for autoimmune hemolytic anemia was negative, as was a haptoglobin assay to look for intravascular hemolytic anemia. G6PD levels were normal, yet a peripheral blood smear (Figure 1) showed features of G6PD deficiency.

What was the cause of her anemia?

Figure 1. A peripheral blood smear in our patient shows several “bite cells” with one or two bites (arrows). These are indicators of a Heinz body hemolytic anemia and suggest the possibility of glucose-6 phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency or an unstable hemoglobin. Heinz bodies, visible only after supravital staining (and not in this smear with conventional Wright-Giemsa stain), consist of clumps of denatured hemoglobin that attach to the inner surface of the red blood cell membrane. Heinz bodies, along with bits of the cell membrane, are pitted from the cells as they pass through the splenic cords, resulting in the formation of bite cells and shortened red cell survival (Wright-Giemsa, ×100).

GLUCOSE-6-PHOSPHATE DEHYDROGENASE DEFICIENCY

G6PD deficiency is an X-linked disorder1 that can present as hemolytic anemia. Symptoms of hemolysis can range from mild to severe on exposure to an inciting agent. Men are more commonly affected than women, and affected women are mostly heterozygous. The severity of hemolysis in heterozygous women depends on inactivation of the unaffected X chromosome in some cells.

When exposed to oxidizing agents, people with G6PD deficiency do not have enough nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate to protect red blood cells.2 This leads to oxidative denaturation of hemoglobin, formation of methemoglobin, and denaturation of globulin. These products are insoluble; they collect in red blood cells and are called Heinz bodies.3 When red blood cells containing Heinz bodies pass through the liver and spleen, the insoluble masses are taken up by macrophages, causing hemolysis and the formation of “bite cells”4 (so named because macrophages “bite” the Heinz bodies out of the red blood cells).

Patients with G6PD deficiency have all the clinical features of hemolytic anemia. On laboratory testing, the Coombs test is negative, the G6PD level is low, and the peripheral smear shows bite cells. The G6PD level is falsely normal or elevated during acute hemolysis because red blood cells deficient in G6PD are removed from circulation and replaced by young red blood cells. The G6PD level is also elevated after blood transfusion. Thus, the G6PD level should be tested 3 months after an acute event.

Hemolysis in G6PD is usually intermittent and self-limited. No treatment is needed except for avoidance of triggers and transfusion for symptomatic anemia. Of note, triggers include some of the drugs commonly used for urinary tract infections (sulfa drugs, nitrofurantoin, phenazopyridine) and antimalarials. Fava beans are also known to cause hemolytic crisis. A complete list of things to avoid can be found at www.g6pd.org/en/G6PDDeficiency/SafeUnsafe/DaEvitare_ISS-it.

There is no commercially available genetic testing kit for G6PD deficiency. Mutation analysis and G6PD gene sequencing are possible but are neither routinely done nor widely available.

BACK TO OUR PATIENT

Our patient’s hemolytic anemia was most likely drug-induced, secondary to a relative deficiency of G6PD. She had been taking nitrofurantoin and phenazopyridine; both of these are oxidizing agents and are known to cause acute hemolytic anemia in people with G6PD deficiency. The G6PD level can be normal after a recent blood transfusion and, as in our patient, during an acute episode of hemolysis.

Because of the strong suspicion of G6PD deficiency, both drugs were stopped when the patient was discharged from the hospital. She did not take either drug for 3 months. Her G6PD level was then retested and was found to be low, confirming the diagnosis. The patient was then advised not to take those drugs again. Since then, her hemoglobin level has remained stable and she has not needed any more blood transfusions.

A 71-year-old woman came to the hospital because of generalized weakness, fatigue, and exertional dyspnea.

She had a history of anemia, recurrent urinary tract infections, and hyperactive bladder. She had been taking nitrofurantoin for a urinary tract infection and phenazopyridine for dysuria, and she noticed that her urine was dark-colored.

She was of northern European descent. She was unaware of any family history of blood-related disorders. She had been admitted to the hospital 6 weeks earlier for symptomatic anemia after taking nitrofurantoin for a urinary tract infection. At that time, she received 2 units of packed red blood cells and then was discharged. Follow-up blood work done 2 weeks later—including a glucose-6 phosphate dehydrogenase (G6PD) assay—was normal.

On physical examination, she was pale and weak. Her hemoglobin level was 5.5 g/dL (reference range 14.0–17.5), with normal white blood cell and platelet counts and an elevated reticulocyte count. A comprehensive metabolic panel showed elevated indirect bilirubin and lactate dehydrogenase levels. A direct Coombs test for autoimmune hemolytic anemia was negative, as was a haptoglobin assay to look for intravascular hemolytic anemia. G6PD levels were normal, yet a peripheral blood smear (Figure 1) showed features of G6PD deficiency.

What was the cause of her anemia?

Figure 1. A peripheral blood smear in our patient shows several “bite cells” with one or two bites (arrows). These are indicators of a Heinz body hemolytic anemia and suggest the possibility of glucose-6 phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency or an unstable hemoglobin. Heinz bodies, visible only after supravital staining (and not in this smear with conventional Wright-Giemsa stain), consist of clumps of denatured hemoglobin that attach to the inner surface of the red blood cell membrane. Heinz bodies, along with bits of the cell membrane, are pitted from the cells as they pass through the splenic cords, resulting in the formation of bite cells and shortened red cell survival (Wright-Giemsa, ×100).

GLUCOSE-6-PHOSPHATE DEHYDROGENASE DEFICIENCY

G6PD deficiency is an X-linked disorder1 that can present as hemolytic anemia. Symptoms of hemolysis can range from mild to severe on exposure to an inciting agent. Men are more commonly affected than women, and affected women are mostly heterozygous. The severity of hemolysis in heterozygous women depends on inactivation of the unaffected X chromosome in some cells.

When exposed to oxidizing agents, people with G6PD deficiency do not have enough nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate to protect red blood cells.2 This leads to oxidative denaturation of hemoglobin, formation of methemoglobin, and denaturation of globulin. These products are insoluble; they collect in red blood cells and are called Heinz bodies.3 When red blood cells containing Heinz bodies pass through the liver and spleen, the insoluble masses are taken up by macrophages, causing hemolysis and the formation of “bite cells”4 (so named because macrophages “bite” the Heinz bodies out of the red blood cells).

Patients with G6PD deficiency have all the clinical features of hemolytic anemia. On laboratory testing, the Coombs test is negative, the G6PD level is low, and the peripheral smear shows bite cells. The G6PD level is falsely normal or elevated during acute hemolysis because red blood cells deficient in G6PD are removed from circulation and replaced by young red blood cells. The G6PD level is also elevated after blood transfusion. Thus, the G6PD level should be tested 3 months after an acute event.

Hemolysis in G6PD is usually intermittent and self-limited. No treatment is needed except for avoidance of triggers and transfusion for symptomatic anemia. Of note, triggers include some of the drugs commonly used for urinary tract infections (sulfa drugs, nitrofurantoin, phenazopyridine) and antimalarials. Fava beans are also known to cause hemolytic crisis. A complete list of things to avoid can be found at www.g6pd.org/en/G6PDDeficiency/SafeUnsafe/DaEvitare_ISS-it.

There is no commercially available genetic testing kit for G6PD deficiency. Mutation analysis and G6PD gene sequencing are possible but are neither routinely done nor widely available.

BACK TO OUR PATIENT

Our patient’s hemolytic anemia was most likely drug-induced, secondary to a relative deficiency of G6PD. She had been taking nitrofurantoin and phenazopyridine; both of these are oxidizing agents and are known to cause acute hemolytic anemia in people with G6PD deficiency. The G6PD level can be normal after a recent blood transfusion and, as in our patient, during an acute episode of hemolysis.

Because of the strong suspicion of G6PD deficiency, both drugs were stopped when the patient was discharged from the hospital. She did not take either drug for 3 months. Her G6PD level was then retested and was found to be low, confirming the diagnosis. The patient was then advised not to take those drugs again. Since then, her hemoglobin level has remained stable and she has not needed any more blood transfusions.

References
  1. Mason PJ, Bautista JM, Gilsanz F. G6PD deficiency: the genotype-phenotype association. Blood Rev 2007; 21:267283.
  2. Arese P, De Flora A. Pathophysiology of hemolysis in glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency. Semin Hematol 1990; 27:140.
  3. Jacob HS. Mechanisms of Heinz body formation and attachment to red cell membrane. Semin Hematol 1970; 7:341354.
  4. Rifkind RA. Heinz body anemia: an ultrastructural study. II. Red cell sequestration and destruction. Blood 1965; 26:433448.
References
  1. Mason PJ, Bautista JM, Gilsanz F. G6PD deficiency: the genotype-phenotype association. Blood Rev 2007; 21:267283.
  2. Arese P, De Flora A. Pathophysiology of hemolysis in glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency. Semin Hematol 1990; 27:140.
  3. Jacob HS. Mechanisms of Heinz body formation and attachment to red cell membrane. Semin Hematol 1970; 7:341354.
  4. Rifkind RA. Heinz body anemia: an ultrastructural study. II. Red cell sequestration and destruction. Blood 1965; 26:433448.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Page Number
690-691
Page Number
690-691
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Dyspnea after treatment of recurrent urinary tract infection
Display Headline
Dyspnea after treatment of recurrent urinary tract infection
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Canagliflozin: Improving diabetes by making urine sweet

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 05/03/2022 - 15:52
Display Headline
Canagliflozin: Improving diabetes by making urine sweet

Glycosuria used to be a sign of uncontrolled diabetes and was something to be corrected, not a therapeutic mechanism. But now we have a new class of drugs that lower plasma glucose levels by increasing the renal excretion of glucose.

Here, we will review canagliflozin, the first in a new class of drugs for type 2 diabetes: how it works, who is a candidate for it, and what to watch out for.

THE NEED FOR NEW DIABETES DRUGS

Diabetes mellitus affects more than 25.8 million people in the United States—8.3% of the population—and this staggering number is rising.1 Among US residents age 65 and older, more than 10.9 million (26.9%) have diabetes.1 People with uncontrolled diabetes are at risk of microvascular complications such as retinopathy, nephropathy, and neuropathy, as well as cardiovascular disease. Diabetes is the leading cause of blindness, chronic kidney disease, and nontraumatic lower-limb amputation in the United States.1

Type 2 diabetes accounts for more than 90% of cases of diabetes in the United States, Europe, and Canada.2 It is characterized by insulin resistance, decreased beta-cell function, and progressive beta-cell decline.3

Current American Diabetes Association guidelines for the treatment of diabetes recommend a hemoglobin A1c target of less than 7.0%.4 Initial management includes lifestyle modifications such as changes in diet and an increase in exercise, as well as consideration of metformin treatment at the same time. If glucose levels remain uncontrolled despite these efforts, other drugs should be added.

A number of oral and injectable antihyperglycemic drugs are available to help achieve this goal, though none is without risk of adverse effects. Those available up to now include metformin, sulfonylureas, meglitinides, alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, thiazolidinediones, gliptins, glucagon-like peptide-1 agonists, amylin analogues, colesevelam, dopamine agonists, and insulin.5 Most of the available antihyperglycemics target the liver, pancreas, gut, and muscle to improve insulin sensitivity, reduce insulin resistance, or stimulate insulin secretion.

Despite the abundance of agents, type 2 diabetes remains uncontrolled in many patients. Only 57.1% of participants with previously diagnosed diabetes in the 2003–2006 National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey were at the hemoglobin A1c goal of less than 7.0%.6 Possible reasons for failure include adverse effects such as hypoglycemia, weight gain, and gastrointestinal symptoms resulting in discontinued use, nonadherence to the prescribed regimen, and failure to increase the dosage or to add additional agents, including insulin, to optimize glycemic control as beta-cell function declines over time.

HOW THE KIDNEYS HANDLE GLUCOSE

In the kidney, glucose is filtered in the glomerulus and then is reabsorbed in the proximal tubule. Normally, the filtered glucose is all reabsorbed unless the glucose load exceeds the kidney’s absorptive capacity. Membrane proteins called sodium-glucose cotransporters reabsorb glucose at the proximal tubule and return it into the peripheral circulation. Glucose enters the tubular epithelial cell with sodium by passive cotransport via the sodiumglucose cotransporters, and then exits on the other side via the glucose transporter GLUT in the basolateral membrane.

Two sodium-glucose transporters that act in the proximal tubule of the kidney have been identified: SGLT1 and SGLT2. SGLT2 reabsorbs most of the glucose in the early segment of the proximal tubule, while SLGT1 reabsorbs the remaining glucose at the distal end.7 SGLT2 is responsible for more than 90% of renal tubular reabsorption of glucose and is found only in the proximal tubule, whereas SGLT1 is found mainly in the gastrointestinal tract.8

Patients with type 2 diabetes have a higher capacity for glucose reabsorption in the proximal tubule as a result of the up-regulation of SGLT2.9

SGLT2 INHIBITORS AND TYPE 2 DIABETES

Drugs that inhibit SGLT2 block reabsorption of glucose in the proximal tubule, lowering the renal threshold for glucose and thereby increasing urinary glucose excretion and lowering the serum glucose level in patients with hyperglycemia. This mechanism of action is insulin-independent.

On March 29, 2013, canagliflozin became the first SGLT2 inhibitor to be approved in the United States for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.10 However, it is not the first of its class to be introduced.

Dapagliflozin was the first SGLT2 inhibitor approved in Europe and has been available there since November 2012. However, the US Food and Drug Administration withheld its approval in the United States in January 2012 because of concerns of a possible association with cancer, specifically breast and bladder cancers, as well as possible liver injury.10 Canagliflozin does not appear to share this risk.

Several other SGLT2 inhibitors may soon be available. Empagliflozin is in phase III trials, and the manufacturer has filed for approval in the United States. Ipragliflozin is awaiting approval in Japan.

 

 

CANAGLIFLOZIN: PHARMACOKINETICS AND THERAPEUTIC EFFICACY

Canagliflozin reaches its peak plasma concentration within 1 to 2 hours of oral administration.11 Its half-life is 10.6 hours with a 100-mg dose and 13.1 hours with a 300-mg dose. A steady state is typically achieved in 4 to 5 days.11

Canagliflozin lowers fasting plasma glucose and hemoglobin A1c levels in a dose-dependent manner.10,11 These effects are independent of age, sex, body mass index, and race.12 Postprandial glucose levels are also lowered.

Other potential benefits of canagliflozin include lowering of the systolic blood pressure and, especially important in obese people with type 2 diabetes, weight loss.12 Aside from metformin, which occasionally results in modest weight loss, other oral drugs used in treating type 2 diabetes are weight-neutral or can cause weight gain.

Trials of canagliflozin

Nine phase III trials of canagliflozin have enrolled 10,285 patients, in one of the largest clinical trial programs in type 2 diabetes to date.10 Several of these trials evaluated canagliflozin as monotherapy, whereas others assessed its effect as an add-on therapy in combination with another antihyperglycemic agent such as a sulfonylurea, metformin, pioglitazone, or insulin. There has not yet been a trial directly comparing canagliflozin with metformin.

Four of the placebo-controlled trials evaluated canagliflozin as monotherapy, canagliflozin added to metformin alone, canagliflozin added to metformin plus glimepiride, and canagliflozin added to metformin plus pioglitazone.

When canagliflozin was used as monotherapy, hemoglobin A1c levels at 26 weeks were an absolute 0.91% lower in the canagliflozin 100 mg/day group than in the placebo group, and an absolute 1.16% lower in the canagliflozin 300 mg/day group than in the placebo group (P < .001 for both).12 Patients lost 2.8% of their body weight with canagliflozin 100 mg and 3.3% with canagliflozin 300 mg, compared with 0.6% with placebo. Systolic blood pressure fell by a mean of 3.7 mm Hg with the 100-mg dose and by a mean of 5.4 mm Hg with the 300-mg dose compared with placebo (P < .001 for both dose groups).12

When canagliflozin was added to metformin, with glimepiride as the comparator drug, there was a 5.2% weight reduction with the 100-mg dose, a 5.7% reduction with 300 mg, and a 1% gain with glimepiride. Hemoglobin A1c fell about equally in the three groups.11

When canagliflozin was added to metformin and a sulfonylurea, with sitagliptin as the comparator third drug, the 300-mg canagliflozin dosage group had a 2.8% weight reduction.11

WHAT ARE THE ADVERSE EFFECTS?

Overall, canagliflozin seems to be well tolerated. The most common adverse effects reported in the clinical trials were genital yeast infections, urinary tract infections, and increased urination.

Genital yeast infections were more common in women than in men, occurring in 10.4% of women who received canagliflozin 100 mg and in 11.4% of women who received 300 mg, compared with only 3.2% in the placebo group.11

Urinary tract infections occurred in 5.9% of the 100-mg group and in 4.3% of the 300-mg group, compared with 4.0% of the placebo group.11

Postural hypotension. Lowering of blood pressure and symptoms of postural hypotension were also reported, and these may be attributed to the drug’s mild osmotic diuretic effect. The risk of adverse effects of volume depletion was dose-dependent; in patients over age 75, they occurred in 4.9% of those taking 100 mg and in 8.7% of those taking 300 mg, compared with 2.6% of those in the placebo or active-comparator groups.11 Therefore, one should exercise particular caution when starting this drug in the elderly or in patients taking diuretics or multiple antihypertensive drugs.

Hypoglycemia. When canagliflozin was used as monotherapy, the incidence of hypoglycemia over 26 weeks was similar to that with placebo, occurring in 3.6% of the 100-mg group, 3.0% of the 300-mg group, and 2.6% of the placebo group.12 Canagliflozin was associated with fewer episodes of hypoglycemia than were sulfonylureas, and the number of episodes was similar to that in patients taking gliptins. There was a higher overall incidence of hypoglycemia when canagliflozin was used in combination with a sulfonylurea or with insulin than when it was used as monotherapy.11

Hyperkalemia. Patients with moderate renal impairment or who are on potassiumsparing drugs or drugs that interfere with the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system may be at higher risk of hyperkalemia, so close monitoring of potassium is recommended. There was also a dose-dependent increase in serum phosphate and magnesium levels, more notably in patients with moderate renal impairment within the first 3 weeks of starting the drug.11

Patients on canagliflozin who are also taking digoxin, ritonavir, phenytoin, phenobarbital, or rifampin should be closely monitored because of the risk of drug-drug interactions.11 Specifically, there was an increase in mean peak digoxin concentrations when used with canagliflozin 300 mg, and the use of phenytoin, phenobarbital, and ritonavir decreased the efficacy of canagliflozin.

WHAT ARE THE CARDIOVASCULAR RISKS OR LONG-TERM CONCERNS?

Dose-dependent increases in low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) may be seen with canagliflozin. Mean changes from baseline compared with placebo were 4.4 mg/dL (4.5%) with canagliflozin 100 mg and 8.3 mg/dL (8%) with canagliflozin 300 mg.11

There was also an increase in non-high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (non-HDL-C).12 Compared with placebo, mean non-HDL-C levels rose by 2.1 mg/dL (1.5%) with canagliflozin 100 mg and 5.1 mg/dL (3.6%) with 300 mg.11

In the 26-week canagliflozin monotherapy trial, archived blood samples in a small subgroup of patients (n = 349) were measured for apolipoprotein-B, which was found to increase by 1.2% with canagliflozin 100 mg and 3.5% with canagliflozin 300 mg, compared with 0.9% in the placebo group.12

Although small, the increase in LDL-C seen with this drug could be a concern, as diabetic patients are already at higher risk of cardiovascular events. The mechanism of this increase is not yet known, though it may be related to metabolic changes from urinary glucose excretion.12

The Canagliflozin Cardiovascular Assessment Study (CANVAS) is a randomized placebo-controlled trial in more than 4,000 patients with type 2 diabetes who have a history of or are at high risk of cardiovascular events. Currently under way, it is evaluating the occurrence of major adverse cardiovascular events (the primary end point) in patients randomized to receive canagliflozin 100 mg, canagliflozin 300 mg, or placebo once daily for up to 4 years. Secondary end points will be the drug’s effects on fasting plasma insulin and glucose, progression of albuminuria, body weight, blood pressure, HDL-C, LDL-C, bone mineral density, markers of bone turnover, and body composition.10 This trial will run for 9 years, to be completed in 2018.13

The CANVAS investigators have already reported that within the first month of treatment, 13 patients taking canagliflozin suffered a major cardiovascular event, including stroke (one of which was fatal) compared with just one patient taking placebo. These events were not seen after the first month. The hazard ratio for major adverse cardiovascular events within the first 30 days was 6.49, but this dropped to 0.89 after the first 30 days.10

Additional issues that should be addressed in long-term postmarketing studies include possible relationships with cancers and pancreatitis and the safety of the drug in pregnancy and in children with diabetes.10

 

 

WHO IS A CANDIDATE FOR THIS DRUG?

Canagliflozin is approved for use as monotherapy in addition to lifestyle modifications. It is also approved for use with other antihyperglycemic drugs, including metformin.

Obese patients with type 2 diabetes and normal kidney function may have the greatest benefit. Because of canagliflozin’s insulinin-dependent mechanism of action, patients with both early and late type 2 diabetes may benefit from its ability to lower hemoglobin A1c and blood glucose.14

Although it can be used in patients with moderate (but not severe) kidney disease, canagliflozin does not appear to be as effective in these patients, who had higher rates of adverse effects.11 It is not indicated for patients with type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes with ketonuria, or end-stage renal disease (estimated glomerular filtration rate < 45 mL/min or receiving dialysis).11 It also is not yet recommended for use in pregnant women or patients under age 18.

The recommended starting dose of canagliflozin is 100 mg once daily, taken with breakfast. This can be increased to 300 mg once daily if tolerated. However, patients with an estimated glomerular filtration rate of 45 to 60 mL/min should not exceed the 100- mg dose. No dose adjustment is required in patients with mild to moderate hepatic impairment. It is not recommended, however, in patients with severe hepatic impairment.11

Comment. Although canagliflozin is approved as monotherapy, metformin remains my choice for first-line oral therapy. Because canagliflozin is more expensive and its long-term affects are still relatively unknown, I prefer to use it as an adjunct, and believe it will be a useful addition, especially in obese patients who are seeking to lose weight.

WHAT IS THE COST OF THIS DRUG?

The suggested price is $10.53 per tablet (AmerisourceBergen), which is comparable to that of other newer drugs for type 2 diabetes.

THE BOTTOM LINE

The availability of canagliflozin as an additional oral antihyperglycemic option may prove helpful in managing patients with type 2 diabetes who experience adverse effects with other antihyperglycemic drugs.

As with any new drug, questions remain about the long-term risks of canagliflozin. However, it seems to be well tolerated, especially in patients with normal kidney function, and poses a low risk of hypoglycemia. The slight increase in LDL-C may prompt more aggressive lipid management. Whether blood pressure-lowering and weight loss will offset this increase in LDL-C is yet to be determined. Ongoing studies will help to further elucidate whether there is an increased risk of cardiovascular events.

Finally, canagliflozin distinguishes itself from other oral diabetes drugs by its added benefit of weight loss, an appealing side effect, especially in the growing population of obese individuals with type 2 diabetes mellitus.

References
  1. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Diabetes data and trends. www.cdc.gov/diabetes/statistics/. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  2. National Diabetes Information Clearinghouse (NDIC), National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases (NIDDK). National diabetes statistics, 2011. www.diabetes.niddk.nih.gov/dm/pubs/statistics/. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  3. Campbell RK. Fate of the beta-cell in the pathophysiology of type 2 diabetes. J Am Pharm Assoc (2003). 2009; 49(suppl 1):S10S15.
  4. American Diabetes Association. Executive summary: standards of medical care in diabetes—2012. Diabetes Care 2012; 35(suppl 1):S4S10.
  5. Blonde L. Current antihyperglycemic treatment strategies for patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Cleve Clin J Med 2009; 76(suppl 5):S4S11.
  6. Cheung BM, Ong KL, Cherny SS, Sham PC, Tso AW, Lam KS. Diabetes prevalence and therapeutic target achievement in the United States, 1999 to 2006. Am J Med 2009; 122:443453.
  7. Vallon V. The proximal tubule in the pathophysiology of the diabetic kidney. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2011; 300:R1009R1022.
  8. DeFronzo RA, Davidson JA, Del Prato S. The role of the kidneys in glucose homeostasis: a new path towards normalizing glycaemia. Diabetes Obes Metab 2012; 14:514.
  9. Pfister M, Whaley JM, Zhang L, List JF. Inhibition of SGLT2: a novel strategy for treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus. Clin Pharmacol Ther 2011; 89:621625.
  10. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). FDA Briefing Document. NDA 204042. Invokana (canagliflozin) Tablets. www.fda.gov/downloads/AdvisoryCommittees/CommitteesMeetingMaterials/Drugs/EndocrinologicandMetabolicDrugsAdvisoryCommittee/UCM334550.pdf. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  11. INVOKANA (canagliflozin) tablets, for oral use. Prescribing Information. Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. www.janssenpharmaceuticalsinc.com/assets/invokana_prescribing_info.pdf. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  12. Stenlöf K, Cefalu WT, Kim KA, et al. Efficacy and safety of canagliflozin monotherapy in subjects with type 2 diabetes mellitus inadequately controlled with diet and exercise. Diabetes Obes Metab 2013; 15:372382.
  13. US National Institutes of Health. ClinicalTrials.gov. CANVAS—CA Nagliflozin cardio Vascular Assessment Study. http://clinicaltrials.gov/show/NCT01032629. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  14. Devineni D, Morrow L, Hompesch M, et al. Canagliflozin improves glycaemic control over 28 days in subjects with type 2 diabetes not optimally controlled on insulin. Diabetes Obes Metab 2012; 14:539545.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Mary Vouyiouklis, MD
Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Mary Vouyiouklis, MD, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, X20, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail vouyiom@ccf.org

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
683-687
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Mary Vouyiouklis, MD
Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Mary Vouyiouklis, MD, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, X20, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail vouyiom@ccf.org

Author and Disclosure Information

Mary Vouyiouklis, MD
Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Mary Vouyiouklis, MD, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, X20, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail vouyiom@ccf.org

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Glycosuria used to be a sign of uncontrolled diabetes and was something to be corrected, not a therapeutic mechanism. But now we have a new class of drugs that lower plasma glucose levels by increasing the renal excretion of glucose.

Here, we will review canagliflozin, the first in a new class of drugs for type 2 diabetes: how it works, who is a candidate for it, and what to watch out for.

THE NEED FOR NEW DIABETES DRUGS

Diabetes mellitus affects more than 25.8 million people in the United States—8.3% of the population—and this staggering number is rising.1 Among US residents age 65 and older, more than 10.9 million (26.9%) have diabetes.1 People with uncontrolled diabetes are at risk of microvascular complications such as retinopathy, nephropathy, and neuropathy, as well as cardiovascular disease. Diabetes is the leading cause of blindness, chronic kidney disease, and nontraumatic lower-limb amputation in the United States.1

Type 2 diabetes accounts for more than 90% of cases of diabetes in the United States, Europe, and Canada.2 It is characterized by insulin resistance, decreased beta-cell function, and progressive beta-cell decline.3

Current American Diabetes Association guidelines for the treatment of diabetes recommend a hemoglobin A1c target of less than 7.0%.4 Initial management includes lifestyle modifications such as changes in diet and an increase in exercise, as well as consideration of metformin treatment at the same time. If glucose levels remain uncontrolled despite these efforts, other drugs should be added.

A number of oral and injectable antihyperglycemic drugs are available to help achieve this goal, though none is without risk of adverse effects. Those available up to now include metformin, sulfonylureas, meglitinides, alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, thiazolidinediones, gliptins, glucagon-like peptide-1 agonists, amylin analogues, colesevelam, dopamine agonists, and insulin.5 Most of the available antihyperglycemics target the liver, pancreas, gut, and muscle to improve insulin sensitivity, reduce insulin resistance, or stimulate insulin secretion.

Despite the abundance of agents, type 2 diabetes remains uncontrolled in many patients. Only 57.1% of participants with previously diagnosed diabetes in the 2003–2006 National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey were at the hemoglobin A1c goal of less than 7.0%.6 Possible reasons for failure include adverse effects such as hypoglycemia, weight gain, and gastrointestinal symptoms resulting in discontinued use, nonadherence to the prescribed regimen, and failure to increase the dosage or to add additional agents, including insulin, to optimize glycemic control as beta-cell function declines over time.

HOW THE KIDNEYS HANDLE GLUCOSE

In the kidney, glucose is filtered in the glomerulus and then is reabsorbed in the proximal tubule. Normally, the filtered glucose is all reabsorbed unless the glucose load exceeds the kidney’s absorptive capacity. Membrane proteins called sodium-glucose cotransporters reabsorb glucose at the proximal tubule and return it into the peripheral circulation. Glucose enters the tubular epithelial cell with sodium by passive cotransport via the sodiumglucose cotransporters, and then exits on the other side via the glucose transporter GLUT in the basolateral membrane.

Two sodium-glucose transporters that act in the proximal tubule of the kidney have been identified: SGLT1 and SGLT2. SGLT2 reabsorbs most of the glucose in the early segment of the proximal tubule, while SLGT1 reabsorbs the remaining glucose at the distal end.7 SGLT2 is responsible for more than 90% of renal tubular reabsorption of glucose and is found only in the proximal tubule, whereas SGLT1 is found mainly in the gastrointestinal tract.8

Patients with type 2 diabetes have a higher capacity for glucose reabsorption in the proximal tubule as a result of the up-regulation of SGLT2.9

SGLT2 INHIBITORS AND TYPE 2 DIABETES

Drugs that inhibit SGLT2 block reabsorption of glucose in the proximal tubule, lowering the renal threshold for glucose and thereby increasing urinary glucose excretion and lowering the serum glucose level in patients with hyperglycemia. This mechanism of action is insulin-independent.

On March 29, 2013, canagliflozin became the first SGLT2 inhibitor to be approved in the United States for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.10 However, it is not the first of its class to be introduced.

Dapagliflozin was the first SGLT2 inhibitor approved in Europe and has been available there since November 2012. However, the US Food and Drug Administration withheld its approval in the United States in January 2012 because of concerns of a possible association with cancer, specifically breast and bladder cancers, as well as possible liver injury.10 Canagliflozin does not appear to share this risk.

Several other SGLT2 inhibitors may soon be available. Empagliflozin is in phase III trials, and the manufacturer has filed for approval in the United States. Ipragliflozin is awaiting approval in Japan.

 

 

CANAGLIFLOZIN: PHARMACOKINETICS AND THERAPEUTIC EFFICACY

Canagliflozin reaches its peak plasma concentration within 1 to 2 hours of oral administration.11 Its half-life is 10.6 hours with a 100-mg dose and 13.1 hours with a 300-mg dose. A steady state is typically achieved in 4 to 5 days.11

Canagliflozin lowers fasting plasma glucose and hemoglobin A1c levels in a dose-dependent manner.10,11 These effects are independent of age, sex, body mass index, and race.12 Postprandial glucose levels are also lowered.

Other potential benefits of canagliflozin include lowering of the systolic blood pressure and, especially important in obese people with type 2 diabetes, weight loss.12 Aside from metformin, which occasionally results in modest weight loss, other oral drugs used in treating type 2 diabetes are weight-neutral or can cause weight gain.

Trials of canagliflozin

Nine phase III trials of canagliflozin have enrolled 10,285 patients, in one of the largest clinical trial programs in type 2 diabetes to date.10 Several of these trials evaluated canagliflozin as monotherapy, whereas others assessed its effect as an add-on therapy in combination with another antihyperglycemic agent such as a sulfonylurea, metformin, pioglitazone, or insulin. There has not yet been a trial directly comparing canagliflozin with metformin.

Four of the placebo-controlled trials evaluated canagliflozin as monotherapy, canagliflozin added to metformin alone, canagliflozin added to metformin plus glimepiride, and canagliflozin added to metformin plus pioglitazone.

When canagliflozin was used as monotherapy, hemoglobin A1c levels at 26 weeks were an absolute 0.91% lower in the canagliflozin 100 mg/day group than in the placebo group, and an absolute 1.16% lower in the canagliflozin 300 mg/day group than in the placebo group (P < .001 for both).12 Patients lost 2.8% of their body weight with canagliflozin 100 mg and 3.3% with canagliflozin 300 mg, compared with 0.6% with placebo. Systolic blood pressure fell by a mean of 3.7 mm Hg with the 100-mg dose and by a mean of 5.4 mm Hg with the 300-mg dose compared with placebo (P < .001 for both dose groups).12

When canagliflozin was added to metformin, with glimepiride as the comparator drug, there was a 5.2% weight reduction with the 100-mg dose, a 5.7% reduction with 300 mg, and a 1% gain with glimepiride. Hemoglobin A1c fell about equally in the three groups.11

When canagliflozin was added to metformin and a sulfonylurea, with sitagliptin as the comparator third drug, the 300-mg canagliflozin dosage group had a 2.8% weight reduction.11

WHAT ARE THE ADVERSE EFFECTS?

Overall, canagliflozin seems to be well tolerated. The most common adverse effects reported in the clinical trials were genital yeast infections, urinary tract infections, and increased urination.

Genital yeast infections were more common in women than in men, occurring in 10.4% of women who received canagliflozin 100 mg and in 11.4% of women who received 300 mg, compared with only 3.2% in the placebo group.11

Urinary tract infections occurred in 5.9% of the 100-mg group and in 4.3% of the 300-mg group, compared with 4.0% of the placebo group.11

Postural hypotension. Lowering of blood pressure and symptoms of postural hypotension were also reported, and these may be attributed to the drug’s mild osmotic diuretic effect. The risk of adverse effects of volume depletion was dose-dependent; in patients over age 75, they occurred in 4.9% of those taking 100 mg and in 8.7% of those taking 300 mg, compared with 2.6% of those in the placebo or active-comparator groups.11 Therefore, one should exercise particular caution when starting this drug in the elderly or in patients taking diuretics or multiple antihypertensive drugs.

Hypoglycemia. When canagliflozin was used as monotherapy, the incidence of hypoglycemia over 26 weeks was similar to that with placebo, occurring in 3.6% of the 100-mg group, 3.0% of the 300-mg group, and 2.6% of the placebo group.12 Canagliflozin was associated with fewer episodes of hypoglycemia than were sulfonylureas, and the number of episodes was similar to that in patients taking gliptins. There was a higher overall incidence of hypoglycemia when canagliflozin was used in combination with a sulfonylurea or with insulin than when it was used as monotherapy.11

Hyperkalemia. Patients with moderate renal impairment or who are on potassiumsparing drugs or drugs that interfere with the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system may be at higher risk of hyperkalemia, so close monitoring of potassium is recommended. There was also a dose-dependent increase in serum phosphate and magnesium levels, more notably in patients with moderate renal impairment within the first 3 weeks of starting the drug.11

Patients on canagliflozin who are also taking digoxin, ritonavir, phenytoin, phenobarbital, or rifampin should be closely monitored because of the risk of drug-drug interactions.11 Specifically, there was an increase in mean peak digoxin concentrations when used with canagliflozin 300 mg, and the use of phenytoin, phenobarbital, and ritonavir decreased the efficacy of canagliflozin.

WHAT ARE THE CARDIOVASCULAR RISKS OR LONG-TERM CONCERNS?

Dose-dependent increases in low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) may be seen with canagliflozin. Mean changes from baseline compared with placebo were 4.4 mg/dL (4.5%) with canagliflozin 100 mg and 8.3 mg/dL (8%) with canagliflozin 300 mg.11

There was also an increase in non-high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (non-HDL-C).12 Compared with placebo, mean non-HDL-C levels rose by 2.1 mg/dL (1.5%) with canagliflozin 100 mg and 5.1 mg/dL (3.6%) with 300 mg.11

In the 26-week canagliflozin monotherapy trial, archived blood samples in a small subgroup of patients (n = 349) were measured for apolipoprotein-B, which was found to increase by 1.2% with canagliflozin 100 mg and 3.5% with canagliflozin 300 mg, compared with 0.9% in the placebo group.12

Although small, the increase in LDL-C seen with this drug could be a concern, as diabetic patients are already at higher risk of cardiovascular events. The mechanism of this increase is not yet known, though it may be related to metabolic changes from urinary glucose excretion.12

The Canagliflozin Cardiovascular Assessment Study (CANVAS) is a randomized placebo-controlled trial in more than 4,000 patients with type 2 diabetes who have a history of or are at high risk of cardiovascular events. Currently under way, it is evaluating the occurrence of major adverse cardiovascular events (the primary end point) in patients randomized to receive canagliflozin 100 mg, canagliflozin 300 mg, or placebo once daily for up to 4 years. Secondary end points will be the drug’s effects on fasting plasma insulin and glucose, progression of albuminuria, body weight, blood pressure, HDL-C, LDL-C, bone mineral density, markers of bone turnover, and body composition.10 This trial will run for 9 years, to be completed in 2018.13

The CANVAS investigators have already reported that within the first month of treatment, 13 patients taking canagliflozin suffered a major cardiovascular event, including stroke (one of which was fatal) compared with just one patient taking placebo. These events were not seen after the first month. The hazard ratio for major adverse cardiovascular events within the first 30 days was 6.49, but this dropped to 0.89 after the first 30 days.10

Additional issues that should be addressed in long-term postmarketing studies include possible relationships with cancers and pancreatitis and the safety of the drug in pregnancy and in children with diabetes.10

 

 

WHO IS A CANDIDATE FOR THIS DRUG?

Canagliflozin is approved for use as monotherapy in addition to lifestyle modifications. It is also approved for use with other antihyperglycemic drugs, including metformin.

Obese patients with type 2 diabetes and normal kidney function may have the greatest benefit. Because of canagliflozin’s insulinin-dependent mechanism of action, patients with both early and late type 2 diabetes may benefit from its ability to lower hemoglobin A1c and blood glucose.14

Although it can be used in patients with moderate (but not severe) kidney disease, canagliflozin does not appear to be as effective in these patients, who had higher rates of adverse effects.11 It is not indicated for patients with type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes with ketonuria, or end-stage renal disease (estimated glomerular filtration rate < 45 mL/min or receiving dialysis).11 It also is not yet recommended for use in pregnant women or patients under age 18.

The recommended starting dose of canagliflozin is 100 mg once daily, taken with breakfast. This can be increased to 300 mg once daily if tolerated. However, patients with an estimated glomerular filtration rate of 45 to 60 mL/min should not exceed the 100- mg dose. No dose adjustment is required in patients with mild to moderate hepatic impairment. It is not recommended, however, in patients with severe hepatic impairment.11

Comment. Although canagliflozin is approved as monotherapy, metformin remains my choice for first-line oral therapy. Because canagliflozin is more expensive and its long-term affects are still relatively unknown, I prefer to use it as an adjunct, and believe it will be a useful addition, especially in obese patients who are seeking to lose weight.

WHAT IS THE COST OF THIS DRUG?

The suggested price is $10.53 per tablet (AmerisourceBergen), which is comparable to that of other newer drugs for type 2 diabetes.

THE BOTTOM LINE

The availability of canagliflozin as an additional oral antihyperglycemic option may prove helpful in managing patients with type 2 diabetes who experience adverse effects with other antihyperglycemic drugs.

As with any new drug, questions remain about the long-term risks of canagliflozin. However, it seems to be well tolerated, especially in patients with normal kidney function, and poses a low risk of hypoglycemia. The slight increase in LDL-C may prompt more aggressive lipid management. Whether blood pressure-lowering and weight loss will offset this increase in LDL-C is yet to be determined. Ongoing studies will help to further elucidate whether there is an increased risk of cardiovascular events.

Finally, canagliflozin distinguishes itself from other oral diabetes drugs by its added benefit of weight loss, an appealing side effect, especially in the growing population of obese individuals with type 2 diabetes mellitus.

Glycosuria used to be a sign of uncontrolled diabetes and was something to be corrected, not a therapeutic mechanism. But now we have a new class of drugs that lower plasma glucose levels by increasing the renal excretion of glucose.

Here, we will review canagliflozin, the first in a new class of drugs for type 2 diabetes: how it works, who is a candidate for it, and what to watch out for.

THE NEED FOR NEW DIABETES DRUGS

Diabetes mellitus affects more than 25.8 million people in the United States—8.3% of the population—and this staggering number is rising.1 Among US residents age 65 and older, more than 10.9 million (26.9%) have diabetes.1 People with uncontrolled diabetes are at risk of microvascular complications such as retinopathy, nephropathy, and neuropathy, as well as cardiovascular disease. Diabetes is the leading cause of blindness, chronic kidney disease, and nontraumatic lower-limb amputation in the United States.1

Type 2 diabetes accounts for more than 90% of cases of diabetes in the United States, Europe, and Canada.2 It is characterized by insulin resistance, decreased beta-cell function, and progressive beta-cell decline.3

Current American Diabetes Association guidelines for the treatment of diabetes recommend a hemoglobin A1c target of less than 7.0%.4 Initial management includes lifestyle modifications such as changes in diet and an increase in exercise, as well as consideration of metformin treatment at the same time. If glucose levels remain uncontrolled despite these efforts, other drugs should be added.

A number of oral and injectable antihyperglycemic drugs are available to help achieve this goal, though none is without risk of adverse effects. Those available up to now include metformin, sulfonylureas, meglitinides, alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, thiazolidinediones, gliptins, glucagon-like peptide-1 agonists, amylin analogues, colesevelam, dopamine agonists, and insulin.5 Most of the available antihyperglycemics target the liver, pancreas, gut, and muscle to improve insulin sensitivity, reduce insulin resistance, or stimulate insulin secretion.

Despite the abundance of agents, type 2 diabetes remains uncontrolled in many patients. Only 57.1% of participants with previously diagnosed diabetes in the 2003–2006 National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey were at the hemoglobin A1c goal of less than 7.0%.6 Possible reasons for failure include adverse effects such as hypoglycemia, weight gain, and gastrointestinal symptoms resulting in discontinued use, nonadherence to the prescribed regimen, and failure to increase the dosage or to add additional agents, including insulin, to optimize glycemic control as beta-cell function declines over time.

HOW THE KIDNEYS HANDLE GLUCOSE

In the kidney, glucose is filtered in the glomerulus and then is reabsorbed in the proximal tubule. Normally, the filtered glucose is all reabsorbed unless the glucose load exceeds the kidney’s absorptive capacity. Membrane proteins called sodium-glucose cotransporters reabsorb glucose at the proximal tubule and return it into the peripheral circulation. Glucose enters the tubular epithelial cell with sodium by passive cotransport via the sodiumglucose cotransporters, and then exits on the other side via the glucose transporter GLUT in the basolateral membrane.

Two sodium-glucose transporters that act in the proximal tubule of the kidney have been identified: SGLT1 and SGLT2. SGLT2 reabsorbs most of the glucose in the early segment of the proximal tubule, while SLGT1 reabsorbs the remaining glucose at the distal end.7 SGLT2 is responsible for more than 90% of renal tubular reabsorption of glucose and is found only in the proximal tubule, whereas SGLT1 is found mainly in the gastrointestinal tract.8

Patients with type 2 diabetes have a higher capacity for glucose reabsorption in the proximal tubule as a result of the up-regulation of SGLT2.9

SGLT2 INHIBITORS AND TYPE 2 DIABETES

Drugs that inhibit SGLT2 block reabsorption of glucose in the proximal tubule, lowering the renal threshold for glucose and thereby increasing urinary glucose excretion and lowering the serum glucose level in patients with hyperglycemia. This mechanism of action is insulin-independent.

On March 29, 2013, canagliflozin became the first SGLT2 inhibitor to be approved in the United States for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.10 However, it is not the first of its class to be introduced.

Dapagliflozin was the first SGLT2 inhibitor approved in Europe and has been available there since November 2012. However, the US Food and Drug Administration withheld its approval in the United States in January 2012 because of concerns of a possible association with cancer, specifically breast and bladder cancers, as well as possible liver injury.10 Canagliflozin does not appear to share this risk.

Several other SGLT2 inhibitors may soon be available. Empagliflozin is in phase III trials, and the manufacturer has filed for approval in the United States. Ipragliflozin is awaiting approval in Japan.

 

 

CANAGLIFLOZIN: PHARMACOKINETICS AND THERAPEUTIC EFFICACY

Canagliflozin reaches its peak plasma concentration within 1 to 2 hours of oral administration.11 Its half-life is 10.6 hours with a 100-mg dose and 13.1 hours with a 300-mg dose. A steady state is typically achieved in 4 to 5 days.11

Canagliflozin lowers fasting plasma glucose and hemoglobin A1c levels in a dose-dependent manner.10,11 These effects are independent of age, sex, body mass index, and race.12 Postprandial glucose levels are also lowered.

Other potential benefits of canagliflozin include lowering of the systolic blood pressure and, especially important in obese people with type 2 diabetes, weight loss.12 Aside from metformin, which occasionally results in modest weight loss, other oral drugs used in treating type 2 diabetes are weight-neutral or can cause weight gain.

Trials of canagliflozin

Nine phase III trials of canagliflozin have enrolled 10,285 patients, in one of the largest clinical trial programs in type 2 diabetes to date.10 Several of these trials evaluated canagliflozin as monotherapy, whereas others assessed its effect as an add-on therapy in combination with another antihyperglycemic agent such as a sulfonylurea, metformin, pioglitazone, or insulin. There has not yet been a trial directly comparing canagliflozin with metformin.

Four of the placebo-controlled trials evaluated canagliflozin as monotherapy, canagliflozin added to metformin alone, canagliflozin added to metformin plus glimepiride, and canagliflozin added to metformin plus pioglitazone.

When canagliflozin was used as monotherapy, hemoglobin A1c levels at 26 weeks were an absolute 0.91% lower in the canagliflozin 100 mg/day group than in the placebo group, and an absolute 1.16% lower in the canagliflozin 300 mg/day group than in the placebo group (P < .001 for both).12 Patients lost 2.8% of their body weight with canagliflozin 100 mg and 3.3% with canagliflozin 300 mg, compared with 0.6% with placebo. Systolic blood pressure fell by a mean of 3.7 mm Hg with the 100-mg dose and by a mean of 5.4 mm Hg with the 300-mg dose compared with placebo (P < .001 for both dose groups).12

When canagliflozin was added to metformin, with glimepiride as the comparator drug, there was a 5.2% weight reduction with the 100-mg dose, a 5.7% reduction with 300 mg, and a 1% gain with glimepiride. Hemoglobin A1c fell about equally in the three groups.11

When canagliflozin was added to metformin and a sulfonylurea, with sitagliptin as the comparator third drug, the 300-mg canagliflozin dosage group had a 2.8% weight reduction.11

WHAT ARE THE ADVERSE EFFECTS?

Overall, canagliflozin seems to be well tolerated. The most common adverse effects reported in the clinical trials were genital yeast infections, urinary tract infections, and increased urination.

Genital yeast infections were more common in women than in men, occurring in 10.4% of women who received canagliflozin 100 mg and in 11.4% of women who received 300 mg, compared with only 3.2% in the placebo group.11

Urinary tract infections occurred in 5.9% of the 100-mg group and in 4.3% of the 300-mg group, compared with 4.0% of the placebo group.11

Postural hypotension. Lowering of blood pressure and symptoms of postural hypotension were also reported, and these may be attributed to the drug’s mild osmotic diuretic effect. The risk of adverse effects of volume depletion was dose-dependent; in patients over age 75, they occurred in 4.9% of those taking 100 mg and in 8.7% of those taking 300 mg, compared with 2.6% of those in the placebo or active-comparator groups.11 Therefore, one should exercise particular caution when starting this drug in the elderly or in patients taking diuretics or multiple antihypertensive drugs.

Hypoglycemia. When canagliflozin was used as monotherapy, the incidence of hypoglycemia over 26 weeks was similar to that with placebo, occurring in 3.6% of the 100-mg group, 3.0% of the 300-mg group, and 2.6% of the placebo group.12 Canagliflozin was associated with fewer episodes of hypoglycemia than were sulfonylureas, and the number of episodes was similar to that in patients taking gliptins. There was a higher overall incidence of hypoglycemia when canagliflozin was used in combination with a sulfonylurea or with insulin than when it was used as monotherapy.11

Hyperkalemia. Patients with moderate renal impairment or who are on potassiumsparing drugs or drugs that interfere with the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system may be at higher risk of hyperkalemia, so close monitoring of potassium is recommended. There was also a dose-dependent increase in serum phosphate and magnesium levels, more notably in patients with moderate renal impairment within the first 3 weeks of starting the drug.11

Patients on canagliflozin who are also taking digoxin, ritonavir, phenytoin, phenobarbital, or rifampin should be closely monitored because of the risk of drug-drug interactions.11 Specifically, there was an increase in mean peak digoxin concentrations when used with canagliflozin 300 mg, and the use of phenytoin, phenobarbital, and ritonavir decreased the efficacy of canagliflozin.

WHAT ARE THE CARDIOVASCULAR RISKS OR LONG-TERM CONCERNS?

Dose-dependent increases in low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) may be seen with canagliflozin. Mean changes from baseline compared with placebo were 4.4 mg/dL (4.5%) with canagliflozin 100 mg and 8.3 mg/dL (8%) with canagliflozin 300 mg.11

There was also an increase in non-high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (non-HDL-C).12 Compared with placebo, mean non-HDL-C levels rose by 2.1 mg/dL (1.5%) with canagliflozin 100 mg and 5.1 mg/dL (3.6%) with 300 mg.11

In the 26-week canagliflozin monotherapy trial, archived blood samples in a small subgroup of patients (n = 349) were measured for apolipoprotein-B, which was found to increase by 1.2% with canagliflozin 100 mg and 3.5% with canagliflozin 300 mg, compared with 0.9% in the placebo group.12

Although small, the increase in LDL-C seen with this drug could be a concern, as diabetic patients are already at higher risk of cardiovascular events. The mechanism of this increase is not yet known, though it may be related to metabolic changes from urinary glucose excretion.12

The Canagliflozin Cardiovascular Assessment Study (CANVAS) is a randomized placebo-controlled trial in more than 4,000 patients with type 2 diabetes who have a history of or are at high risk of cardiovascular events. Currently under way, it is evaluating the occurrence of major adverse cardiovascular events (the primary end point) in patients randomized to receive canagliflozin 100 mg, canagliflozin 300 mg, or placebo once daily for up to 4 years. Secondary end points will be the drug’s effects on fasting plasma insulin and glucose, progression of albuminuria, body weight, blood pressure, HDL-C, LDL-C, bone mineral density, markers of bone turnover, and body composition.10 This trial will run for 9 years, to be completed in 2018.13

The CANVAS investigators have already reported that within the first month of treatment, 13 patients taking canagliflozin suffered a major cardiovascular event, including stroke (one of which was fatal) compared with just one patient taking placebo. These events were not seen after the first month. The hazard ratio for major adverse cardiovascular events within the first 30 days was 6.49, but this dropped to 0.89 after the first 30 days.10

Additional issues that should be addressed in long-term postmarketing studies include possible relationships with cancers and pancreatitis and the safety of the drug in pregnancy and in children with diabetes.10

 

 

WHO IS A CANDIDATE FOR THIS DRUG?

Canagliflozin is approved for use as monotherapy in addition to lifestyle modifications. It is also approved for use with other antihyperglycemic drugs, including metformin.

Obese patients with type 2 diabetes and normal kidney function may have the greatest benefit. Because of canagliflozin’s insulinin-dependent mechanism of action, patients with both early and late type 2 diabetes may benefit from its ability to lower hemoglobin A1c and blood glucose.14

Although it can be used in patients with moderate (but not severe) kidney disease, canagliflozin does not appear to be as effective in these patients, who had higher rates of adverse effects.11 It is not indicated for patients with type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes with ketonuria, or end-stage renal disease (estimated glomerular filtration rate < 45 mL/min or receiving dialysis).11 It also is not yet recommended for use in pregnant women or patients under age 18.

The recommended starting dose of canagliflozin is 100 mg once daily, taken with breakfast. This can be increased to 300 mg once daily if tolerated. However, patients with an estimated glomerular filtration rate of 45 to 60 mL/min should not exceed the 100- mg dose. No dose adjustment is required in patients with mild to moderate hepatic impairment. It is not recommended, however, in patients with severe hepatic impairment.11

Comment. Although canagliflozin is approved as monotherapy, metformin remains my choice for first-line oral therapy. Because canagliflozin is more expensive and its long-term affects are still relatively unknown, I prefer to use it as an adjunct, and believe it will be a useful addition, especially in obese patients who are seeking to lose weight.

WHAT IS THE COST OF THIS DRUG?

The suggested price is $10.53 per tablet (AmerisourceBergen), which is comparable to that of other newer drugs for type 2 diabetes.

THE BOTTOM LINE

The availability of canagliflozin as an additional oral antihyperglycemic option may prove helpful in managing patients with type 2 diabetes who experience adverse effects with other antihyperglycemic drugs.

As with any new drug, questions remain about the long-term risks of canagliflozin. However, it seems to be well tolerated, especially in patients with normal kidney function, and poses a low risk of hypoglycemia. The slight increase in LDL-C may prompt more aggressive lipid management. Whether blood pressure-lowering and weight loss will offset this increase in LDL-C is yet to be determined. Ongoing studies will help to further elucidate whether there is an increased risk of cardiovascular events.

Finally, canagliflozin distinguishes itself from other oral diabetes drugs by its added benefit of weight loss, an appealing side effect, especially in the growing population of obese individuals with type 2 diabetes mellitus.

References
  1. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Diabetes data and trends. www.cdc.gov/diabetes/statistics/. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  2. National Diabetes Information Clearinghouse (NDIC), National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases (NIDDK). National diabetes statistics, 2011. www.diabetes.niddk.nih.gov/dm/pubs/statistics/. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  3. Campbell RK. Fate of the beta-cell in the pathophysiology of type 2 diabetes. J Am Pharm Assoc (2003). 2009; 49(suppl 1):S10S15.
  4. American Diabetes Association. Executive summary: standards of medical care in diabetes—2012. Diabetes Care 2012; 35(suppl 1):S4S10.
  5. Blonde L. Current antihyperglycemic treatment strategies for patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Cleve Clin J Med 2009; 76(suppl 5):S4S11.
  6. Cheung BM, Ong KL, Cherny SS, Sham PC, Tso AW, Lam KS. Diabetes prevalence and therapeutic target achievement in the United States, 1999 to 2006. Am J Med 2009; 122:443453.
  7. Vallon V. The proximal tubule in the pathophysiology of the diabetic kidney. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2011; 300:R1009R1022.
  8. DeFronzo RA, Davidson JA, Del Prato S. The role of the kidneys in glucose homeostasis: a new path towards normalizing glycaemia. Diabetes Obes Metab 2012; 14:514.
  9. Pfister M, Whaley JM, Zhang L, List JF. Inhibition of SGLT2: a novel strategy for treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus. Clin Pharmacol Ther 2011; 89:621625.
  10. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). FDA Briefing Document. NDA 204042. Invokana (canagliflozin) Tablets. www.fda.gov/downloads/AdvisoryCommittees/CommitteesMeetingMaterials/Drugs/EndocrinologicandMetabolicDrugsAdvisoryCommittee/UCM334550.pdf. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  11. INVOKANA (canagliflozin) tablets, for oral use. Prescribing Information. Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. www.janssenpharmaceuticalsinc.com/assets/invokana_prescribing_info.pdf. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  12. Stenlöf K, Cefalu WT, Kim KA, et al. Efficacy and safety of canagliflozin monotherapy in subjects with type 2 diabetes mellitus inadequately controlled with diet and exercise. Diabetes Obes Metab 2013; 15:372382.
  13. US National Institutes of Health. ClinicalTrials.gov. CANVAS—CA Nagliflozin cardio Vascular Assessment Study. http://clinicaltrials.gov/show/NCT01032629. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  14. Devineni D, Morrow L, Hompesch M, et al. Canagliflozin improves glycaemic control over 28 days in subjects with type 2 diabetes not optimally controlled on insulin. Diabetes Obes Metab 2012; 14:539545.
References
  1. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Diabetes data and trends. www.cdc.gov/diabetes/statistics/. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  2. National Diabetes Information Clearinghouse (NDIC), National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases (NIDDK). National diabetes statistics, 2011. www.diabetes.niddk.nih.gov/dm/pubs/statistics/. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  3. Campbell RK. Fate of the beta-cell in the pathophysiology of type 2 diabetes. J Am Pharm Assoc (2003). 2009; 49(suppl 1):S10S15.
  4. American Diabetes Association. Executive summary: standards of medical care in diabetes—2012. Diabetes Care 2012; 35(suppl 1):S4S10.
  5. Blonde L. Current antihyperglycemic treatment strategies for patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Cleve Clin J Med 2009; 76(suppl 5):S4S11.
  6. Cheung BM, Ong KL, Cherny SS, Sham PC, Tso AW, Lam KS. Diabetes prevalence and therapeutic target achievement in the United States, 1999 to 2006. Am J Med 2009; 122:443453.
  7. Vallon V. The proximal tubule in the pathophysiology of the diabetic kidney. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2011; 300:R1009R1022.
  8. DeFronzo RA, Davidson JA, Del Prato S. The role of the kidneys in glucose homeostasis: a new path towards normalizing glycaemia. Diabetes Obes Metab 2012; 14:514.
  9. Pfister M, Whaley JM, Zhang L, List JF. Inhibition of SGLT2: a novel strategy for treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus. Clin Pharmacol Ther 2011; 89:621625.
  10. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). FDA Briefing Document. NDA 204042. Invokana (canagliflozin) Tablets. www.fda.gov/downloads/AdvisoryCommittees/CommitteesMeetingMaterials/Drugs/EndocrinologicandMetabolicDrugsAdvisoryCommittee/UCM334550.pdf. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  11. INVOKANA (canagliflozin) tablets, for oral use. Prescribing Information. Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. www.janssenpharmaceuticalsinc.com/assets/invokana_prescribing_info.pdf. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  12. Stenlöf K, Cefalu WT, Kim KA, et al. Efficacy and safety of canagliflozin monotherapy in subjects with type 2 diabetes mellitus inadequately controlled with diet and exercise. Diabetes Obes Metab 2013; 15:372382.
  13. US National Institutes of Health. ClinicalTrials.gov. CANVAS—CA Nagliflozin cardio Vascular Assessment Study. http://clinicaltrials.gov/show/NCT01032629. Accessed September 6, 2013.
  14. Devineni D, Morrow L, Hompesch M, et al. Canagliflozin improves glycaemic control over 28 days in subjects with type 2 diabetes not optimally controlled on insulin. Diabetes Obes Metab 2012; 14:539545.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Page Number
683-687
Page Number
683-687
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Canagliflozin: Improving diabetes by making urine sweet
Display Headline
Canagliflozin: Improving diabetes by making urine sweet
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Type 2 diabetes is ubiquitous and, despite an abundance of agents, often remains uncontrolled.
  • Canagliflozin and other drugs of its class cause glucose to be spilled in the urine by reducing the amount reabsorbed by the kidney.
  • In clinical trials, canagliflozin lowered hemoglobin A1c levels by approximately 1 absolute percentage point.
  • Beyond the adverse effects to be expected from the mechanism of action of the drug (ie, genital yeast infections, urinary tract infections, and hypotension caused by osmotic diuresis), canagliflozin seems to increase plasma levels of low-density lipoprotein cholesterol. This may be worrisome, as diabetic patients are already at increased risk of cardiovascular disease.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

When people with diabetes go to surgery

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 05/03/2022 - 15:52
Display Headline
When people with diabetes go to surgery

Over the past decade, recommendations about the ideal glucose target in hospitalized diabetic patients have fluctuated. The controversy has extended to diabetic patients in various types of intensive care units and to those headed to the operating room. Although proposals exist on how to manage diabetes in the operating room, including intraoperative insulin infusions, outcomes probably depend more on how glucose is managed during the patient’s postoperative stay in the hospital. For patients who are less critically ill and less medically complex, continuous insulin infusions are used infrequently, and insulin is often prescribed by algorithm or, archaically, by some form of “catch-up” sliding scale. Studies indicate that even the fairly loose glucose target of 70 to 180 mg/dL is achieved consistently in only a few patients.1

In view of a number of observations, including the link between hyperglycemia and postoperative wound infections, studies were designed to test the hypothesis that aggressively keeping glucose levels quite low in critically ill and postoperative diabetic patients would be beneficial. Instead, most of these studies found that overly tight glucose control in these settings led to untoward outcomes—and not only as the result of hypoglycemic episodes. Aiming for a modest serum glucose target of 150 to 200 mg/dL can significantly reduce the postoperative death rate, but the beneficial reduction is no greater if the target is less than 150 mg/dL.

With a looser glucose target, pre- and perioperative management of insulin-dependent diabetic patients can be simplified. Dobri and Lansang discuss the key practical principles of managing insulin before the patient goes to the operating suite. They emphasize relevant pearls of insulin physiology and discuss several scenarios we often encounter.

In fact, the principles they review are equally useful to remember when we admit diabetic patients to the hospital with orders to keep them “npo” while planning and awaiting tests or other procedures. A key take-home point is that severely insulinopenic patients require some exogenous basal insulin, even when not eating.

References
  1. Lopes R, Albrecht A, Williams J, et al. Postoperative glucose control following coronary artery bypass graft surgery: predictors and clinical outcomes. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 61:e1601.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
682
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information
Author and Disclosure Information
Article PDF
Article PDF

Over the past decade, recommendations about the ideal glucose target in hospitalized diabetic patients have fluctuated. The controversy has extended to diabetic patients in various types of intensive care units and to those headed to the operating room. Although proposals exist on how to manage diabetes in the operating room, including intraoperative insulin infusions, outcomes probably depend more on how glucose is managed during the patient’s postoperative stay in the hospital. For patients who are less critically ill and less medically complex, continuous insulin infusions are used infrequently, and insulin is often prescribed by algorithm or, archaically, by some form of “catch-up” sliding scale. Studies indicate that even the fairly loose glucose target of 70 to 180 mg/dL is achieved consistently in only a few patients.1

In view of a number of observations, including the link between hyperglycemia and postoperative wound infections, studies were designed to test the hypothesis that aggressively keeping glucose levels quite low in critically ill and postoperative diabetic patients would be beneficial. Instead, most of these studies found that overly tight glucose control in these settings led to untoward outcomes—and not only as the result of hypoglycemic episodes. Aiming for a modest serum glucose target of 150 to 200 mg/dL can significantly reduce the postoperative death rate, but the beneficial reduction is no greater if the target is less than 150 mg/dL.

With a looser glucose target, pre- and perioperative management of insulin-dependent diabetic patients can be simplified. Dobri and Lansang discuss the key practical principles of managing insulin before the patient goes to the operating suite. They emphasize relevant pearls of insulin physiology and discuss several scenarios we often encounter.

In fact, the principles they review are equally useful to remember when we admit diabetic patients to the hospital with orders to keep them “npo” while planning and awaiting tests or other procedures. A key take-home point is that severely insulinopenic patients require some exogenous basal insulin, even when not eating.

Over the past decade, recommendations about the ideal glucose target in hospitalized diabetic patients have fluctuated. The controversy has extended to diabetic patients in various types of intensive care units and to those headed to the operating room. Although proposals exist on how to manage diabetes in the operating room, including intraoperative insulin infusions, outcomes probably depend more on how glucose is managed during the patient’s postoperative stay in the hospital. For patients who are less critically ill and less medically complex, continuous insulin infusions are used infrequently, and insulin is often prescribed by algorithm or, archaically, by some form of “catch-up” sliding scale. Studies indicate that even the fairly loose glucose target of 70 to 180 mg/dL is achieved consistently in only a few patients.1

In view of a number of observations, including the link between hyperglycemia and postoperative wound infections, studies were designed to test the hypothesis that aggressively keeping glucose levels quite low in critically ill and postoperative diabetic patients would be beneficial. Instead, most of these studies found that overly tight glucose control in these settings led to untoward outcomes—and not only as the result of hypoglycemic episodes. Aiming for a modest serum glucose target of 150 to 200 mg/dL can significantly reduce the postoperative death rate, but the beneficial reduction is no greater if the target is less than 150 mg/dL.

With a looser glucose target, pre- and perioperative management of insulin-dependent diabetic patients can be simplified. Dobri and Lansang discuss the key practical principles of managing insulin before the patient goes to the operating suite. They emphasize relevant pearls of insulin physiology and discuss several scenarios we often encounter.

In fact, the principles they review are equally useful to remember when we admit diabetic patients to the hospital with orders to keep them “npo” while planning and awaiting tests or other procedures. A key take-home point is that severely insulinopenic patients require some exogenous basal insulin, even when not eating.

References
  1. Lopes R, Albrecht A, Williams J, et al. Postoperative glucose control following coronary artery bypass graft surgery: predictors and clinical outcomes. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 61:e1601.
References
  1. Lopes R, Albrecht A, Williams J, et al. Postoperative glucose control following coronary artery bypass graft surgery: predictors and clinical outcomes. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 61:e1601.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Page Number
682
Page Number
682
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
When people with diabetes go to surgery
Display Headline
When people with diabetes go to surgery
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

How should we manage insulin therapy before surgery?

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 05/03/2022 - 15:52
Display Headline
How should we manage insulin therapy before surgery?

Continuing at least part of the basal insulin is the reasonable, physiologic approach to controlling glucose levels before surgery in patients with diabetes. The process involves three basic steps:

  • Ascertaining the type of diabetes
  • Adjusting the basal insulin dosage
  • Stopping the prandial insulin.

The steps are the same whether the surgery is major or minor. These recommendations are based on general principles of insulin action, data from large databases of surgical inpatients, and expert clinical experience translated into standardized protocols.1,2

WHY CONTINUE THE INSULIN?

Stopping or decreasing insulin because of a fear of hypoglycemia is not appropriate, as the resulting hyperglycemia can lead to delayed wound healing, wound infection, fluid and electrolyte shifts, diabetic ketoacidosis, and hyperosmolar states.

Insulin inhibits both gluconeogenesis and conversion of glycogen to glucose, processes that occur regardless of food intake. It also inhibits degradation of fats to fatty acids and of fatty acids to ketones. This is why inadequate insulin dosing can lead to uncontrolled hyperglycemia and even ketoacidosis, and thus why long-acting insulin is needed in a fasting state.

STEP 1: ASCERTAIN THE TYPE OF DIABETES

Does the patient have type 1 or type 2 diabetes, and does that even matter?

The type of diabetes should not matter, since ideally the insulin should be dosed the same for both types. However, the consequences of inappropriate insulin management may be different.

Usually, the type of diabetes can be ascertained by the history. If the patient was diagnosed at age 40 or later and was on oral medication for years before insulin was started, then he or she most likely has type 2. If the patient was younger than 40 at the time of diagnosis, was lean, and was started on insulin within a year of diagnosis, then he or she likely has type 1.

If this information is not available or is unreliable and the patient has been on insulin for many years, we recommend viewing the patient as being insulinopenic, ie, not producing enough insulin endogenously and thus requiring insulin at all times.

Though checking for antibody markers of type 1 diabetes might give a more definitive answer, it is not practical before surgery.

In the setting of surgical stress, withholding the basal insulin preoperatively and just giving a small dose of fast-acting (see Table 1 for the different classes of insulin) or shortacting insulin as part of a sliding scale (ie, insulin given only when the blood glucose reaches a certain high level) can send a patient with type 1 diabetes into diabetic ketoacidosis by the end of the day. This is less likely to occur in a patient with type 2 diabetes with some endogenous insulin secretion.

STEP 2: ADJUST THE BASAL INSULIN

Basal insulin is the insulin that the healthy person’s body produces when fasting. For a diabetic patient already on insulin, basal insulin is insulin injected to prevent ketogenesis, glycogenolysis, and gluconeogenesis in the fasting state.

If the basal insulin is long-acting

Long-acting insulins have a relatively peakless profile and, when properly dosed, should not result in hypoglycemia when a patient is fasting.

Preoperatively, the patient should take it as close as possible to the usual time of injection. This could be at home either at bedtime the night before surgery or the morning of surgery. If there is concern for hypoglycemia, the injection can be given when the patient is at the hospital.

  • If the patient does not tend to have hypoglycemic episodes and the total daily basal insulin dose is roughly the same as the total daily mealtime (prandial) dose (eg, 50% basal, 50% prandial ratio), the full dose of basal insulin can be given.3

Example: If the patient is on insulin glargine 30 U at bedtime and insulin lispro 10 U with each meal and does not have hypoglycemic episodes, then insulin glargine 30 U should be taken at bedtime.

  • If the patient has hypoglycemic episodes at home, then the basal insulin can be reduced by 25%.3

Example: If the patient is on insulin glargine 30 U at bedtime and insulin glulisine 10 U with each meal (appropriate proportion of doses, similar to the example above) but has hypoglycemic episodes at home on this regimen, then only 22 U of insulin glargine should be taken at bedtime.

  • If the patient’s regimen has disproportionately more basal insulin than mealtime insulin, then the total daily doses can be added and half can be given as the basal insulin.

Example: If the patient is on insulin detemir 30 U every morning at 6 am and insulin aspart 6 U with each meal and has no hypoglycemic episodes, then 24 U of insulin detemir should be taken in the morning (ie, half of the total of 30 + 6 + 6 + 6).

  • In the less common scenario of diabetes managed only with basal insulin (no other diabetes injections or oral agents), then half of the dose can be given.
  • If the patient is on twice-daily long-acting basal insulin, then both the dose the night before surgery and the dose the morning of surgery should be adjusted.

 

 

If the basal insulin is intermediate-acting

The intermediate-acting insulin neutral protamine Hagedorn (NPH) is usually given twice a day because of its profile (Table 1).

  • On the night before surgery, the full dose of NPH insulin should be taken, unless the patient will now skip a nighttime meal because of taking nothing by mouth, in which case the dose can be decreased by 25%.1
  • On the morning of surgery, since the patient will be skipping breakfast and probably also lunch, the dose should be reduced by 50%.3,4

Special situation: Premixed insulins

Premixed insulins (70/30, 75/25) are a combination of intermediate-acting insulin and either fast-acting or short-acting insulin. In other words, they are combinations of basal and prandial insulin. Their use is thus not ideal in the preoperative period. There are two options in these situations.

One option is to switch to a regimen that includes long-acting insulin. If the patient is admitted for surgery, then the hospital staff can change the insulin regimen to long-acting basal insulin. A quick formula for conversion is to add all the premixed insulin doses and give half as basal insulin on the morning of surgery, similar to the scenario above for the patient with long-acting basal insulin that was out of proportion to the prandial insulin injections.

For example, if the usual regimen is insulin 70/30 NPH/Regular, 60 U with breakfast, 30 U with dinner, then the patient can take 45 U of insulin glargine (which is half of 60 + 30) in the morning or evening before surgery.

Another option is to adjust the dose of pre-mixed insulin. Sometimes it is not feasible or economical to change the patient’s premixed insulin just before surgery. In these situations, the patient can take half of the morning dose, followed by dextrose-containing intravenous fluids and blood glucose checks.

We recommend preoperatively giving at least part of the patient’s previous basal insulin, regardless of the type of diabetes, the type of surgery, or the fasting period.

STEP 3: STOP THE PRANDIAL INSULIN

Prandial insulin—given before each meal to cover the carbohydrates to be consumed—should be stopped the morning of surgery.3,4

WHAT ABOUT SLIDING SCALE INSULIN?

Using a sliding scale alone has no known benefit. Although it can be a quick fix to correct a high glucose level, it should be added to the basal insulin and not used as the sole insulin therapy. If a sliding scale is used, fast-acting insulin (aspart, glulisine, lispro) is preferred over regular insulin because of the more rapid onset and shorter duration of action.

Patients already using a supplemental insulin scale can apply it to correct a blood glucose above 200 mg/dL on the morning of surgery.

MAINTENANCE FLUIDS

As long as glucose levels are not very elevated (ie, > 200 mg/dL), after 12 hours on a nothing-by-mouth regimen, provide dextrose in the IV fluid to prevent hypoglycemia (eg, the patient received long-acting insulin and the glucose levels are running low) or to prevent starvation ketosis, which may result in ketones in the blood or urine. We recommend 5% dextrose in half-normal (0.45%) saline at 50 to 75 mL/hour as maintenance fluid; the infusion rate should be lower if fluid overload is a concern.

POSTOPERATIVE INSULIN MANAGEMENT

Once patients are discharged and can go back to their previous routine, they can restart their usual insulin regimen the same evening. The prandial insulin will be resumed when the regular diet is reintroduced, and the doses will be adjusted according to food intake.

References
  1. Joshi GP, Chung F, Vann MA, et al; Society for Ambulatory Anesthesia. Society for Ambulatory Anesthesia consensus statement on perioperative blood glucose management in diabetic patients undergoing ambulatory surgery. Anesth Analg 2010; 111:13781387.
  2. DiNardo M, Donihi AC, Forte P, Gieraltowski L, Korytkowski M. Standardized glycemic management and perioperative glycemic outcomes in patients with diabetes mellitus who undergo same-day surgery. Endocr Pract 2011; 17:404411.
  3. Vann MA. Perioperative management of ambulatory surgical patients with diabetes mellitus. Curr Opin Anaesthesiol 2009; 22:718724.
  4. Meneghini LF. Perioperative management of diabetes: translating evidence into practice. Cleve Clin J Med 2009; 76(suppl 4):S53S59.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Georgiana A. Dobri, MD
Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Endocrinology and Metabolism Institute, Cleveland Clinic

M. Cecilia Lansang, MD, MPH
Director, Inpatient Diabetes Services, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Endocrinology and Metabolism Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Associate Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Georgiana A. Dobri, MD, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, F20, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: dobrig@ccf.org

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
702-704
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Georgiana A. Dobri, MD
Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Endocrinology and Metabolism Institute, Cleveland Clinic

M. Cecilia Lansang, MD, MPH
Director, Inpatient Diabetes Services, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Endocrinology and Metabolism Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Associate Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Georgiana A. Dobri, MD, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, F20, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: dobrig@ccf.org

Author and Disclosure Information

Georgiana A. Dobri, MD
Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Endocrinology and Metabolism Institute, Cleveland Clinic

M. Cecilia Lansang, MD, MPH
Director, Inpatient Diabetes Services, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Endocrinology and Metabolism Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Associate Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Georgiana A. Dobri, MD, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, F20, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: dobrig@ccf.org

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Continuing at least part of the basal insulin is the reasonable, physiologic approach to controlling glucose levels before surgery in patients with diabetes. The process involves three basic steps:

  • Ascertaining the type of diabetes
  • Adjusting the basal insulin dosage
  • Stopping the prandial insulin.

The steps are the same whether the surgery is major or minor. These recommendations are based on general principles of insulin action, data from large databases of surgical inpatients, and expert clinical experience translated into standardized protocols.1,2

WHY CONTINUE THE INSULIN?

Stopping or decreasing insulin because of a fear of hypoglycemia is not appropriate, as the resulting hyperglycemia can lead to delayed wound healing, wound infection, fluid and electrolyte shifts, diabetic ketoacidosis, and hyperosmolar states.

Insulin inhibits both gluconeogenesis and conversion of glycogen to glucose, processes that occur regardless of food intake. It also inhibits degradation of fats to fatty acids and of fatty acids to ketones. This is why inadequate insulin dosing can lead to uncontrolled hyperglycemia and even ketoacidosis, and thus why long-acting insulin is needed in a fasting state.

STEP 1: ASCERTAIN THE TYPE OF DIABETES

Does the patient have type 1 or type 2 diabetes, and does that even matter?

The type of diabetes should not matter, since ideally the insulin should be dosed the same for both types. However, the consequences of inappropriate insulin management may be different.

Usually, the type of diabetes can be ascertained by the history. If the patient was diagnosed at age 40 or later and was on oral medication for years before insulin was started, then he or she most likely has type 2. If the patient was younger than 40 at the time of diagnosis, was lean, and was started on insulin within a year of diagnosis, then he or she likely has type 1.

If this information is not available or is unreliable and the patient has been on insulin for many years, we recommend viewing the patient as being insulinopenic, ie, not producing enough insulin endogenously and thus requiring insulin at all times.

Though checking for antibody markers of type 1 diabetes might give a more definitive answer, it is not practical before surgery.

In the setting of surgical stress, withholding the basal insulin preoperatively and just giving a small dose of fast-acting (see Table 1 for the different classes of insulin) or shortacting insulin as part of a sliding scale (ie, insulin given only when the blood glucose reaches a certain high level) can send a patient with type 1 diabetes into diabetic ketoacidosis by the end of the day. This is less likely to occur in a patient with type 2 diabetes with some endogenous insulin secretion.

STEP 2: ADJUST THE BASAL INSULIN

Basal insulin is the insulin that the healthy person’s body produces when fasting. For a diabetic patient already on insulin, basal insulin is insulin injected to prevent ketogenesis, glycogenolysis, and gluconeogenesis in the fasting state.

If the basal insulin is long-acting

Long-acting insulins have a relatively peakless profile and, when properly dosed, should not result in hypoglycemia when a patient is fasting.

Preoperatively, the patient should take it as close as possible to the usual time of injection. This could be at home either at bedtime the night before surgery or the morning of surgery. If there is concern for hypoglycemia, the injection can be given when the patient is at the hospital.

  • If the patient does not tend to have hypoglycemic episodes and the total daily basal insulin dose is roughly the same as the total daily mealtime (prandial) dose (eg, 50% basal, 50% prandial ratio), the full dose of basal insulin can be given.3

Example: If the patient is on insulin glargine 30 U at bedtime and insulin lispro 10 U with each meal and does not have hypoglycemic episodes, then insulin glargine 30 U should be taken at bedtime.

  • If the patient has hypoglycemic episodes at home, then the basal insulin can be reduced by 25%.3

Example: If the patient is on insulin glargine 30 U at bedtime and insulin glulisine 10 U with each meal (appropriate proportion of doses, similar to the example above) but has hypoglycemic episodes at home on this regimen, then only 22 U of insulin glargine should be taken at bedtime.

  • If the patient’s regimen has disproportionately more basal insulin than mealtime insulin, then the total daily doses can be added and half can be given as the basal insulin.

Example: If the patient is on insulin detemir 30 U every morning at 6 am and insulin aspart 6 U with each meal and has no hypoglycemic episodes, then 24 U of insulin detemir should be taken in the morning (ie, half of the total of 30 + 6 + 6 + 6).

  • In the less common scenario of diabetes managed only with basal insulin (no other diabetes injections or oral agents), then half of the dose can be given.
  • If the patient is on twice-daily long-acting basal insulin, then both the dose the night before surgery and the dose the morning of surgery should be adjusted.

 

 

If the basal insulin is intermediate-acting

The intermediate-acting insulin neutral protamine Hagedorn (NPH) is usually given twice a day because of its profile (Table 1).

  • On the night before surgery, the full dose of NPH insulin should be taken, unless the patient will now skip a nighttime meal because of taking nothing by mouth, in which case the dose can be decreased by 25%.1
  • On the morning of surgery, since the patient will be skipping breakfast and probably also lunch, the dose should be reduced by 50%.3,4

Special situation: Premixed insulins

Premixed insulins (70/30, 75/25) are a combination of intermediate-acting insulin and either fast-acting or short-acting insulin. In other words, they are combinations of basal and prandial insulin. Their use is thus not ideal in the preoperative period. There are two options in these situations.

One option is to switch to a regimen that includes long-acting insulin. If the patient is admitted for surgery, then the hospital staff can change the insulin regimen to long-acting basal insulin. A quick formula for conversion is to add all the premixed insulin doses and give half as basal insulin on the morning of surgery, similar to the scenario above for the patient with long-acting basal insulin that was out of proportion to the prandial insulin injections.

For example, if the usual regimen is insulin 70/30 NPH/Regular, 60 U with breakfast, 30 U with dinner, then the patient can take 45 U of insulin glargine (which is half of 60 + 30) in the morning or evening before surgery.

Another option is to adjust the dose of pre-mixed insulin. Sometimes it is not feasible or economical to change the patient’s premixed insulin just before surgery. In these situations, the patient can take half of the morning dose, followed by dextrose-containing intravenous fluids and blood glucose checks.

We recommend preoperatively giving at least part of the patient’s previous basal insulin, regardless of the type of diabetes, the type of surgery, or the fasting period.

STEP 3: STOP THE PRANDIAL INSULIN

Prandial insulin—given before each meal to cover the carbohydrates to be consumed—should be stopped the morning of surgery.3,4

WHAT ABOUT SLIDING SCALE INSULIN?

Using a sliding scale alone has no known benefit. Although it can be a quick fix to correct a high glucose level, it should be added to the basal insulin and not used as the sole insulin therapy. If a sliding scale is used, fast-acting insulin (aspart, glulisine, lispro) is preferred over regular insulin because of the more rapid onset and shorter duration of action.

Patients already using a supplemental insulin scale can apply it to correct a blood glucose above 200 mg/dL on the morning of surgery.

MAINTENANCE FLUIDS

As long as glucose levels are not very elevated (ie, > 200 mg/dL), after 12 hours on a nothing-by-mouth regimen, provide dextrose in the IV fluid to prevent hypoglycemia (eg, the patient received long-acting insulin and the glucose levels are running low) or to prevent starvation ketosis, which may result in ketones in the blood or urine. We recommend 5% dextrose in half-normal (0.45%) saline at 50 to 75 mL/hour as maintenance fluid; the infusion rate should be lower if fluid overload is a concern.

POSTOPERATIVE INSULIN MANAGEMENT

Once patients are discharged and can go back to their previous routine, they can restart their usual insulin regimen the same evening. The prandial insulin will be resumed when the regular diet is reintroduced, and the doses will be adjusted according to food intake.

Continuing at least part of the basal insulin is the reasonable, physiologic approach to controlling glucose levels before surgery in patients with diabetes. The process involves three basic steps:

  • Ascertaining the type of diabetes
  • Adjusting the basal insulin dosage
  • Stopping the prandial insulin.

The steps are the same whether the surgery is major or minor. These recommendations are based on general principles of insulin action, data from large databases of surgical inpatients, and expert clinical experience translated into standardized protocols.1,2

WHY CONTINUE THE INSULIN?

Stopping or decreasing insulin because of a fear of hypoglycemia is not appropriate, as the resulting hyperglycemia can lead to delayed wound healing, wound infection, fluid and electrolyte shifts, diabetic ketoacidosis, and hyperosmolar states.

Insulin inhibits both gluconeogenesis and conversion of glycogen to glucose, processes that occur regardless of food intake. It also inhibits degradation of fats to fatty acids and of fatty acids to ketones. This is why inadequate insulin dosing can lead to uncontrolled hyperglycemia and even ketoacidosis, and thus why long-acting insulin is needed in a fasting state.

STEP 1: ASCERTAIN THE TYPE OF DIABETES

Does the patient have type 1 or type 2 diabetes, and does that even matter?

The type of diabetes should not matter, since ideally the insulin should be dosed the same for both types. However, the consequences of inappropriate insulin management may be different.

Usually, the type of diabetes can be ascertained by the history. If the patient was diagnosed at age 40 or later and was on oral medication for years before insulin was started, then he or she most likely has type 2. If the patient was younger than 40 at the time of diagnosis, was lean, and was started on insulin within a year of diagnosis, then he or she likely has type 1.

If this information is not available or is unreliable and the patient has been on insulin for many years, we recommend viewing the patient as being insulinopenic, ie, not producing enough insulin endogenously and thus requiring insulin at all times.

Though checking for antibody markers of type 1 diabetes might give a more definitive answer, it is not practical before surgery.

In the setting of surgical stress, withholding the basal insulin preoperatively and just giving a small dose of fast-acting (see Table 1 for the different classes of insulin) or shortacting insulin as part of a sliding scale (ie, insulin given only when the blood glucose reaches a certain high level) can send a patient with type 1 diabetes into diabetic ketoacidosis by the end of the day. This is less likely to occur in a patient with type 2 diabetes with some endogenous insulin secretion.

STEP 2: ADJUST THE BASAL INSULIN

Basal insulin is the insulin that the healthy person’s body produces when fasting. For a diabetic patient already on insulin, basal insulin is insulin injected to prevent ketogenesis, glycogenolysis, and gluconeogenesis in the fasting state.

If the basal insulin is long-acting

Long-acting insulins have a relatively peakless profile and, when properly dosed, should not result in hypoglycemia when a patient is fasting.

Preoperatively, the patient should take it as close as possible to the usual time of injection. This could be at home either at bedtime the night before surgery or the morning of surgery. If there is concern for hypoglycemia, the injection can be given when the patient is at the hospital.

  • If the patient does not tend to have hypoglycemic episodes and the total daily basal insulin dose is roughly the same as the total daily mealtime (prandial) dose (eg, 50% basal, 50% prandial ratio), the full dose of basal insulin can be given.3

Example: If the patient is on insulin glargine 30 U at bedtime and insulin lispro 10 U with each meal and does not have hypoglycemic episodes, then insulin glargine 30 U should be taken at bedtime.

  • If the patient has hypoglycemic episodes at home, then the basal insulin can be reduced by 25%.3

Example: If the patient is on insulin glargine 30 U at bedtime and insulin glulisine 10 U with each meal (appropriate proportion of doses, similar to the example above) but has hypoglycemic episodes at home on this regimen, then only 22 U of insulin glargine should be taken at bedtime.

  • If the patient’s regimen has disproportionately more basal insulin than mealtime insulin, then the total daily doses can be added and half can be given as the basal insulin.

Example: If the patient is on insulin detemir 30 U every morning at 6 am and insulin aspart 6 U with each meal and has no hypoglycemic episodes, then 24 U of insulin detemir should be taken in the morning (ie, half of the total of 30 + 6 + 6 + 6).

  • In the less common scenario of diabetes managed only with basal insulin (no other diabetes injections or oral agents), then half of the dose can be given.
  • If the patient is on twice-daily long-acting basal insulin, then both the dose the night before surgery and the dose the morning of surgery should be adjusted.

 

 

If the basal insulin is intermediate-acting

The intermediate-acting insulin neutral protamine Hagedorn (NPH) is usually given twice a day because of its profile (Table 1).

  • On the night before surgery, the full dose of NPH insulin should be taken, unless the patient will now skip a nighttime meal because of taking nothing by mouth, in which case the dose can be decreased by 25%.1
  • On the morning of surgery, since the patient will be skipping breakfast and probably also lunch, the dose should be reduced by 50%.3,4

Special situation: Premixed insulins

Premixed insulins (70/30, 75/25) are a combination of intermediate-acting insulin and either fast-acting or short-acting insulin. In other words, they are combinations of basal and prandial insulin. Their use is thus not ideal in the preoperative period. There are two options in these situations.

One option is to switch to a regimen that includes long-acting insulin. If the patient is admitted for surgery, then the hospital staff can change the insulin regimen to long-acting basal insulin. A quick formula for conversion is to add all the premixed insulin doses and give half as basal insulin on the morning of surgery, similar to the scenario above for the patient with long-acting basal insulin that was out of proportion to the prandial insulin injections.

For example, if the usual regimen is insulin 70/30 NPH/Regular, 60 U with breakfast, 30 U with dinner, then the patient can take 45 U of insulin glargine (which is half of 60 + 30) in the morning or evening before surgery.

Another option is to adjust the dose of pre-mixed insulin. Sometimes it is not feasible or economical to change the patient’s premixed insulin just before surgery. In these situations, the patient can take half of the morning dose, followed by dextrose-containing intravenous fluids and blood glucose checks.

We recommend preoperatively giving at least part of the patient’s previous basal insulin, regardless of the type of diabetes, the type of surgery, or the fasting period.

STEP 3: STOP THE PRANDIAL INSULIN

Prandial insulin—given before each meal to cover the carbohydrates to be consumed—should be stopped the morning of surgery.3,4

WHAT ABOUT SLIDING SCALE INSULIN?

Using a sliding scale alone has no known benefit. Although it can be a quick fix to correct a high glucose level, it should be added to the basal insulin and not used as the sole insulin therapy. If a sliding scale is used, fast-acting insulin (aspart, glulisine, lispro) is preferred over regular insulin because of the more rapid onset and shorter duration of action.

Patients already using a supplemental insulin scale can apply it to correct a blood glucose above 200 mg/dL on the morning of surgery.

MAINTENANCE FLUIDS

As long as glucose levels are not very elevated (ie, > 200 mg/dL), after 12 hours on a nothing-by-mouth regimen, provide dextrose in the IV fluid to prevent hypoglycemia (eg, the patient received long-acting insulin and the glucose levels are running low) or to prevent starvation ketosis, which may result in ketones in the blood or urine. We recommend 5% dextrose in half-normal (0.45%) saline at 50 to 75 mL/hour as maintenance fluid; the infusion rate should be lower if fluid overload is a concern.

POSTOPERATIVE INSULIN MANAGEMENT

Once patients are discharged and can go back to their previous routine, they can restart their usual insulin regimen the same evening. The prandial insulin will be resumed when the regular diet is reintroduced, and the doses will be adjusted according to food intake.

References
  1. Joshi GP, Chung F, Vann MA, et al; Society for Ambulatory Anesthesia. Society for Ambulatory Anesthesia consensus statement on perioperative blood glucose management in diabetic patients undergoing ambulatory surgery. Anesth Analg 2010; 111:13781387.
  2. DiNardo M, Donihi AC, Forte P, Gieraltowski L, Korytkowski M. Standardized glycemic management and perioperative glycemic outcomes in patients with diabetes mellitus who undergo same-day surgery. Endocr Pract 2011; 17:404411.
  3. Vann MA. Perioperative management of ambulatory surgical patients with diabetes mellitus. Curr Opin Anaesthesiol 2009; 22:718724.
  4. Meneghini LF. Perioperative management of diabetes: translating evidence into practice. Cleve Clin J Med 2009; 76(suppl 4):S53S59.
References
  1. Joshi GP, Chung F, Vann MA, et al; Society for Ambulatory Anesthesia. Society for Ambulatory Anesthesia consensus statement on perioperative blood glucose management in diabetic patients undergoing ambulatory surgery. Anesth Analg 2010; 111:13781387.
  2. DiNardo M, Donihi AC, Forte P, Gieraltowski L, Korytkowski M. Standardized glycemic management and perioperative glycemic outcomes in patients with diabetes mellitus who undergo same-day surgery. Endocr Pract 2011; 17:404411.
  3. Vann MA. Perioperative management of ambulatory surgical patients with diabetes mellitus. Curr Opin Anaesthesiol 2009; 22:718724.
  4. Meneghini LF. Perioperative management of diabetes: translating evidence into practice. Cleve Clin J Med 2009; 76(suppl 4):S53S59.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(11)
Page Number
702-704
Page Number
702-704
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
How should we manage insulin therapy before surgery?
Display Headline
How should we manage insulin therapy before surgery?
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Hepatocellular carcinoma: Options for diagnosing and managing a deadly disease

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 09/25/2017 - 14:09
Display Headline
Hepatocellular carcinoma: Options for diagnosing and managing a deadly disease

Hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) is a common cause of death worldwide. However, it can be detected early in high-risk individuals by using effective screening strategies, resulting in the ability to provide curative treatment.

Here, we review the risk factors for HCC, strategies for surveillance and diagnosis, and therapies that can be used.

EPIDEMIOLOGY

HCC is the most common primary malignancy of the liver. Overall, it is the fifth most common type of cancer in men and the seventh most common in women.1

Cirrhosis is present in 80% to 90% of patients with HCC.

Male sex. The male-to-female ratio is from 2:1 to 4:1, depending on the region.2 In the United States, the overall male-to-female ratio has been reported2 as 2.4:1. In another report,3 the incidence rate of HCC per 100,000 person-years was 3.7 for men and 2.0 for women.

Reproduced from Altekruse SF, et al. Hepatocellular carcinoma incidence, mortality, and survival trends in the United States from 1975 to 2005. J Clin Oncol 2009; 27:1485–1491, with permission from the American Society of Clinical Oncology.
Figure 1. Annual age-adjusted incidence rates per 100,000 of hepatocellular carcinoma in the United States, based on data from the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results registries. The arrow indicates a change in the overall trend.

Geographic areas with a high incidence of HCC include sub-Saharan Africa and eastern Asia, whereas Canada and the United States are low-incidence areas. The difference has been because of a lower prevalence of hepatitis B virus infection in North America. However, recent data show a downward trend in incidence of HCC in eastern Asia and an upward trend in North America (Figure 1).3,4

Viral hepatitis (ie, hepatitis B or hepatitis C) is the main risk factor for cirrhosis and HCC.

Diabetes mellitus can predispose to nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, which can subsequently progress to cirrhosis. Thus, it increases the risk of HCC.

Obesity increases the risk of death from liver cancer, with obese people (body mass index ≥ 30 kg/m2) having a higher HCC-related death rate than leaner individuals.5 And as obesity becomes more prevalent, the number of deaths from HCC could increase.

Other diseases that predispose to HCC include alcohol abuse, hereditary hemochromatosis, alpha-1-antitrypsin deficiency, and glycogen storage disease.

SURVEILLANCE OF PATIENTS AT RISK

Patients at high risk of developing liver cancer require frequent screening (Table 1).

Patients with cirrhosis. Sarasin et al6 calculated that surveillance is cost-effective and increases the odds of survival in patients with cirrhosis if the incidence of HCC exceeds 1.5% per year (which it does). In view of this finding, all patients with cirrhosis should be screened every 6 months, irrespective of the cause of the cirrhosis.

Hepatitis B carriers. Surveillance is also indicated in some hepatitis B carriers (Table 1), eg, those with a family history of HCC in a first-degree relative (an independent risk factor for developing the disease in this group).7 Also, Africans with hepatitis B tend to develop HCC early in life.8 Though it has been recommended that surveillance be started at a younger age in these patients,9 the age at which it should begin has not been clearly established. In addition, it is not clear if black people born outside Africa are at higher risk.

Benefit of surveillance

HCC surveillance has shown to lower the death rate. A randomized controlled trial in China compared screening (with abdominal ultrasonography and alpha-fetoprotein levels) vs no screening in patients with hepatitis B. It showed that screening led to a 37% decrease in the death rate.12 Studies have also established that patients with early-stage HCC have a better survival rate than patients with more-advanced disease.10,11 This survival benefit is largely explained by the availability of effective treatments for early-stage cancer, including liver transplantation. Therefore, early-stage asymptomatic patients diagnosed by a surveillance program should have a better survival rate than symptomatic patients.

 

 

Surveillance methods

The tests most often used in surveillance for HCC are serum alpha-fetoprotein levels and liver ultrasonography.

Serum alpha-fetoprotein levels by themselves have not been shown to be useful, whereas the combination of alpha-fetoprotein levels and ultrasonography has been shown to reduce the death rate when used for surveillance in a randomized trial.12 A 2012 study reported that the combination of alpha-fetoprotein testing and ultrasonography had a higher sensitivity (90%) than ultrasonography alone (58%), but at the expense of a lower specificity.13

Alpha-fetoprotein has a low sensitivity (ie, 54%) for HCC.14 Tumor size is one of the factors limiting the sensitivity of alpha-fetoprotein, 14 and this would imply that this test may not be helpful in detecting HCC at an early stage. Alpha-fetoprotein L3, an isoform of alpha-fetoprotein, may be helpful in patients with alpha-fetoprotein levels in the intermediate range, and it is currently being studied.

Liver ultrasonography is operator-dependent, and it may not be as accurate in overweight or obese people.

Computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) are not recommended for surveillance. Serial CT poses risks of radiation-induced damage, contrast-related anaphylaxis, and renal failure, and MRI is not cost-effective and can also lead to gadolinium-induced nephrogenic systemic fibrosis in patients with renal failure.

Currently, the American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases9 recommends ultrasonography only, every 6 months, for surveillance for HCC. However, it may be premature to conclude that alpha-fetoprotein measurement is no longer required for surveillance, and if new data emerge that support its role, it may be reincorporated into the guidelines.

DIAGNOSING HEPATOCELLULAR CARCINOMA

Lesions larger than 1 cm on ultrasonography

The finding of a liver lesion larger than 1 cm on ultrasonography during surveillance warrants further testing.

Figure 2. Left, arterial hyperenhancement of hepatocellular carcinoma seen on dynamic computed tomography. Right, venous-phase washout of contrast medium.

Noninvasive testing with four-phase multidetector CT or dynamic contrast-enhanced MRI is the next step. Typical findings on either of these imaging studies are sufficient to make a diagnosis of HCC, as they have a high specificity and positive predictive value.15 Arterial hyperenhancement with a venous-phase or delayed-phase washout of contrast medium confirms the diagnosis  (Figure 2).9 If one of the two imaging studies is typical for HCC, liver biopsy is not needed.

Other imaging studies, including contrast-enhanced ultrasonography, have not been shown to be specific for this diagnosis.16

Liver biopsy is indicated in patients in whom the imaging findings are atypical for HCC.9,17 Biopsy has very good sensitivity and specificity for cancer, but false-negative findings do occur.18 Therefore, a negative biopsy does not entirely exclude HCC. In this situation, patients should be followed by serial ultrasonography, and any further growth or change in character should be reevaluated.

Lesions smaller than 1 cm

For lesions smaller than 1 cm, the incidence of HCC is low, and currently available diagnostic tests are not reliable.15,19 Lesions of this size should be followed by serial ultrasonography every 3 to 4 months until they either enlarge to greater than 1 cm or remain stable at 2 years.9 If they remain stable at the end of 2 years, regular surveillance ultrasonography once every 6 months can be continued.

CURATIVE AND PALLIATIVE THERAPIES

Therapies for HCC (Table 2) can be divided into two categories: curative and palliative.

Curative treatments include surgical resection, liver transplantation, and radiofrequency ablation. All other treatments are palliative, including transarterial chemoembolization and medical therapy with sorafenib.

The choice of treatment depends on the characteristics of the tumor, the degree of liver dysfunction, and the patient’s current level of function. The Barcelona Clinic Liver Cancer classification is widely used in making these decisions, as it incorporates both clinical features and tumor stage.9 Figure 3 shows a simplified management algorithm.

SURGICAL RESECTION

Figure 3. Simplified management algorithm for hepatocellular carcinoma.

Surgical resection is the preferred treatment for patients who have a solitary HCC lesion without cirrhosis.9 It is also indicated in patients with well-compensated cirrhosis who have normal portal pressure, a normal serum bilirubin level, and a platelet count greater than 100 × 109/L.20,21 In such patients, the 5-year survival rate is about 74%, compared with 25% in patients with portal hypertension and serum bilirubin levels higher than 1 mg/dL.21

Surgical resection is not recommended for patients with decompensated cirrhosis, as it can worsen liver function postoperatively and increase the risk of death.19,20 In Western countries, where cirrhosis from hepatitis C is the commonest cause of HCC, most patients have poorly preserved hepatic function at the time of diagnosis, leaving only a minority of patients as candidates for surgical resection.

After surgical resection of HCC, the recurrence rate can be as high as 70% to 80% at 5 years.22,23 Studies have consistently found larger tumor size and vascular invasion to be factors that predict recurrence.24,25 Vascular invasion was also found to predict poor survival after recurrence.24 Studies have so far not shown any conclusive benefit from post-surgical adjuvant chemotherapy in reducing the rate of recurrence of HCC.26,27

How to treat recurrent HCC after surgical resection has not been clearly established. Radiofrequency ablation, transarterial chemoembolization, repeat resection, and liver transplantation have all improved survival when used alone or in combination.28 However, randomized controlled trials are needed to establish the effective treatment strategy and the benefit of multimodal treatment of recurrent HCC.

 

 

LIVER TRANSPLANTATION

Orthotopic liver transplantation is the preferred treatment for patients with HCC complicated by cirrhosis and portal hypertension. It has the advantage not only of being potentially curative, but also of overcoming liver cirrhosis by replacing the liver.

To qualify for liver transplantation, patients must meet the Milan criteria (ie, have a single nodule less than 5 cm in diameter or up to three nodules, with the largest being less than 3 cm in diameter, with no evidence of vascular invasion or distant metastasis). These patients have an expected 4-year survival rate of 85% and a recurrence-free survival rate of 92% after transplantation, compared with 50% and 59%, respectively, in patients whose tumors exceeded these criteria.29

Some believe that the Milan criteria are too restrictive and could be expanded. Yao et al at the University of California-San Francisco30 reported that patients with HCC meeting the criteria of having a solitary tumor smaller than 6.5 cm or having up to three nodules, with the largest smaller than 4.5 cm, and total tumor diameter less than 8 cm, had survival rates of 90% at 1 year and 75.2% at 5 years after liver transplantation, compared with 50% at 1 year for patients with tumors exceeding these limits. (These have come to be known as the UCSF criteria.) However, the United Network for Organ Sharing (UNOS) has not adopted these expanded criteria. UNOS has a point system for allocating livers for transplant called the Model for End-Stage Liver Disease (MELD). Patients who meet the Milan criteria receive extra points, putting them higher on the transplant list. This allows for early transplantation, thus reducing tumor progression and dropout from the transplant list. UNOS allocates a MELD score of 22 to all patients who meet the Milan criteria, and the score is further adjusted once every 3 months to reflect a 10% increase in the mortality rate. However, patients who have a single lesion smaller than 2 cm and are candidates for liver transplantation are not assigned additional MELD points per UNOS policy, as the risk of tumor progression beyond the Milan criteria in these patients is deemed to be low.

Therapies while awaiting transplantation

Even if they receive additional MELD points to give them priority on the waiting list, patients face a considerable wait before transplantation because of the limited availability of donor organs. In the interim, they have a risk of tumor progression beyond the Milan criteria and subsequent dropout from the transplant list.31 Patients on the waiting list may therefore undergo a locoregional therapy such as transarterial chemoembolization or radiofrequency ablation as bridging therapy.

These therapies have been shown to decrease dropout from the waiting list.31 A prospective study showed that in 48 patients who underwent transarterial chemoembolization while awaiting liver transplantation, none had tumor progression, and 41 did receive a transplant, with excellent posttransplantation survival rates.32 Similarly, radioembolization using yttrium-90-labeled microspheres or radiofrequency ablation while on the waiting list has been shown to significantly decrease the rate of dropout, with good posttransplantation outcomes.33,34

However, in spite of these benefits, these bridging therapies do not increase survival rates after transplantation. It is also unclear whether they are useful in regions with short waiting times for liver transplantation.

Adjuvant systemic chemotherapy has not been shown to improve survival in patients undergoing liver transplantation. For example, in a randomized controlled trial of doxorubicin given before, during, and after surgery, the survival rate at 5 years was 38% with doxorubicin and 40% without.35

ABLATIVE LOCOREGIONAL THERAPIES

Locoregional therapies play an important role in managing HCC. They are classified as ablative and perfusion-based.

Ablative locoregional therapies include chemical modalities such as percutaneous ethanol injection; thermal therapies such as radiofrequency ablation, microwave ablation, laser ablation, and cryotherapy; and newer methods such as irreversible electroporation and light-activated drug therapy. Of these, radiofrequency ablation is the most widely used.

Radiofrequency ablation

Radiofrequency ablation induces thermal injury, resulting in tumor necrosis. It can be used as an alternative to surgery in patients who have a single HCC lesion less than 3 to 5 cm in diameter, confined to the liver, and in a site amenable to this procedure and who have a reasonable coagulation profile. The procedure can be performed percutaneously or via laparoscopy.

Radiofrequency ablation is contraindicated in patients with decompensated cirrhosis, Child-Pugh class C cirrhosis (the most severe category), vascular or bile duct invasion, extrahepatic disease, or lesions that are not accessible or are adjacent to structures such as the gall bladder, bowel, stomach, or diaphragm.

Radiofrequency ablation has been compared with surgical resection in patients who had small tumors. Though a randomized controlled trial did not show any difference between the two treatment groups in terms of survival at 5 years and recurrence rates,36 a meta-analysis showed that overall survival rates at 3 years and 5 years were significantly higher with surgical resection than with radiofrequency ablation.37 Patients also had a higher rate of local recurrence with radiofrequency ablation than with surgical resection.37 In addition, radiofrequency ablation has been shown to be effective only in small tumors and does not perform as well in lesions larger than 2 or 3 cm.

Thus, based on current evidence, surgical resection is preferable to radiofrequency ablation as first-line treatment. The latter, however, is also used as a bridging therapy in patients awaiting liver transplantation.

Percutaneous ethanol injection

Percutaneous ethanol injection is used less frequently than radiofrequency ablation, as studies have shown the latter to be superior in regard to local recurrence-free survival rates.38 However, percutaneous ethanol injection is used instead of radiofrequency ablation in a small number of patients, when the lesion is very close to organs such as the bile duct (which could be damaged by radiofrequency ablation) or the large vessels (which may make radiofrequency ablation less effective, since heat may dissipate as a result of excessive blood flow in this region).

Microwave ablation

Microwave ablation is an emerging therapy for HCC. Its advantage over radiofrequency ablation is that its use is not limited by blood vessels in close proximity to the ablation site.

Earlier studies did not show microwave ablation to be superior to radiofrequency ablation.39,40 However, current studies involving newer techniques of microwave ablation are more promising.41

 

 

PERFUSION-BASED LOCOREGIONAL THERAPIES

Perfusion-based locoregional therapies deliver embolic particles, chemotherapeutic agents, or radioactive materials into the artery feeding the tumor. The portal blood flow allows for preservation of vital liver tissue during arterial embolization of liver tumors. Perfusionbased therapies include transarterial chemoembolization, transarterial chemoembolization with doxorubicin-eluting beads (DEB-TACE), “bland” embolization, and radioembolization.

Transarterial chemoembolization

Transarterial chemoembolization is a minimally invasive procedure in which the hepatic artery is cannulated through a percutaneous puncture, the branches of the hepatic artery supplying the tumor are identified, and then embolic particles and chemotherapeutic agents are injected. This serves a dual purpose: it embolizes the feeding vessel that supplies the tumor, causing tumor necrosis, and it focuses the chemotherapy on the tumor and thus minimizes the systemic effects of the chemotherapeutic agent.

This therapy is contraindicated in patients with portal vein thrombosis, advanced liver dysfunction, or a transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt. Side effects of the procedure include a postembolization syndrome of abdominal pain and fever (occurring in about 50% of patients from ischemic injury to the liver), hepatic abscesses, injury to the hepatic artery, development of ascites, liver dysfunction, and contrast-induced renal failure.

In addition to bridging patients to liver transplantation, transarterial chemoembolization is recommended as palliative treatment to prolong survival in patients with HCC who are not candidates for liver transplantation, surgical resection, or radiofrequency ablation.9,42 Patients who have Child-Pugh grade A or B cirrhosis but do not have main portal vein thrombosis or extrahepatic spread are candidates for this therapy. Patients such as these who undergo this therapy have a better survival rate at 2 years compared with untreated patients.43,44

Transarterial chemoembolization has also been used to reduce the size of (ie, to “downstage”) tumors that are outside the Milan criteria in patients who are otherwise candidates for liver transplantation. It induces tumor necrosis and has been shown to decrease the tumor size in a selected group of patients and to bring them within the Milan criteria, thus potentially enabling them to be put on the transplant list.45 Studies have shown that patients who receive a transplant after successful down-staging may achieve a 5-year survival rate comparable with that of patients who were initially within the Milan criteria and received a transplant without the need for down-staging.45 However, factors that predict successful down-staging have not been clearly established.

Newer techniques have been developed. A randomized controlled trial found transarterial chemoembolization with doxorubicin-eluting beads to be safer and better tolerated than conventional transarterial chemembolization.46

Bland embolization is transarterial embolization without chemotherapeutic agents and is performed in patients with significant liver dysfunction who might not tolerate chemotherapy. The benefits of this approach are yet to be determined.

Radioembolization

Radioembolization with yttrium-90 microspheres has recently been introduced as an alternative to transarterial chemoembolization, especially in patients with portal vein thrombosis, a portocaval shunt, or a transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt.

In observational studies, radioembolization was as effective as transarterial chemoembolization, with a similar survival benefit.47 However, significant pulmonary shunting must be ruled out before radioembolization, as it would lead to radiation-induced pulmonary disease. Randomized controlled trials are under way to compare the efficacy of the two methods.

CHEMOTHERAPY

Sorafenib

Sorafenib is an oral antiangiogenic agent. A kinase inhibitor, it interacts with multiple intracellular and cell-surface kinases, including vascular endothelial growth factor receptor, platelet-derived growth factor receptor, and Raf proto-oncogene, inhibiting tumor cell proliferation and angiogenesis.

Sorafenib has been shown to prolong survival in patients with advanced-stage HCC.48 A randomized placebo-controlled trial in patients with Child-Pugh grade A cirrhosis and advanced HCC who had not received chemotherapy showed that sorafenib increased the life expectancy by nearly 3 months compared with placebo.47 Sorafenib therapy is very expensive, but it is usually covered by insurance.

Sorafenib is recommended in patients who have advanced HCC with vascular invasion, extrahepatic dissemination, or minimal constitutional symptoms. It is not recommended for patients with severe advanced liver disease who have moderate to severe tumor-related constitutional symptoms or Child-Pugh grade C cirrhosis, or for patients with a life expectancy of less than 3 months.

The most common side effects of sorafenib are diarrhea, weight loss, and skin reactions on the hands and feet. These commonly lead to decreased tolerability and dose reductions.47 Doses should be adjusted on the basis of the bilirubin and albumin levels.49

Other chemotherapeutic agents

Several molecular targeted agents are undergoing clinical trials for the treatment of HCC. These include bevacizumab, erlotinib, brivanib, and ramucirumab. Chemotherapeutic agents such as doxorubicin and everolimus are also being studied.

PALLIATIVE TREATMENT

Patients with end-stage HCC with moderate to severe constitutional symptoms, extrahepatic disease progression, and decompensated liver disease have a survival of less than 3 months and are treated for pain and symptom control.9

References
  1. Ferlay J, Shin HR, Bray F, Forman D, Mathers C, Parkin DM. Estimates of worldwide burden of cancer in 2008: GLOBOCAN 2008. Int J Cancer 2010; 127:28932917.
  2. El-Serag HB, Rudolph KL. Hepatocellular carcinoma: epidemiology and molecular carcinogenesis. Gastroenterology 2007; 132:25572576.
  3. El-Serag HB. Epidemiology of viral hepatitis and hepatocellular carcinoma. Gastroenterology 2012; 142:12641273.e1.
  4. Altekruse SF, McGlynn KA, Reichman ME. Hepatocellular carcinoma incidence, mortality, and survival trends in the United States from 1975 to 2005. J Clin Oncol 2009; 27:14851491.
  5. Calle EE, Rodriguez C, Walker-Thurmond K, Thun MJ. Overweight, obesity, and mortality from cancer in a prospectively studied cohort of US adults. N Engl J Med 2003; 348:16251638.
  6. Sarasin FP, Giostra E, Hadengue A. Cost-effectiveness of screening for detection of small hepatocellular carcinoma in western patients with Child-Pugh class A cirrhosis. Am J Med 1996; 101:422434.
  7. Yu MW, Chang HC, Liaw YF, et al. Familial risk of hepatocellular carcinoma among chronic hepatitis B carriers and their relatives. J Natl Cancer Inst 2000; 92:11591164.
  8. Kew MC, Macerollo P. Effect of age on the etiologic role of the hepatitis B virus in hepatocellular carcinoma in blacks. Gastroenterology 1988; 94:439442.
  9. Bruix J, Sherman M; American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases. Management of hepatocellular carcinoma: an update. Hepatology 2011; 53:10201022.
  10. Bruix J, Llovet JM. Major achievements in hepatocellular carcinoma. Lancet 2009; 373:614616.
  11. Gómez-Rodríguez R, Romero-Gutiérrez M, Artaza-Varasa T, et al. The value of the Barcelona Clinic Liver Cancer and alpha-fetoprotein in the prognosis of hepatocellular carcinoma. Rev Esp Enferm Dig 2012; 104:298304.
  12. Zhang BH, Yang BH, Tang ZY. Randomized controlled trial of screening for hepatocellular carcinoma. J Cancer Res Clin Oncol 2004; 130:417422.
  13. Giannini EG, Erroi V, Trevisani F. Effectiveness of a-fetoprotein for hepatocellular carcinoma surveillance: the return of the living-dead? Expert Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol 2012; 6:441444.
  14. Farinati F, Marino D, De Giorgio M, et al. Diagnostic and prognostic role of alpha-fetoprotein in hepatocellular carcinoma: both or neither? Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101:524532.
  15. Forner A, Vilana R, Ayuso C, et al. Diagnosis of hepatic nodules 20 mm or smaller in cirrhosis: prospective validation of the noninvasive diagnostic criteria for hepatocellular carcinoma. Hepatology 2008; 47:97104.
  16. Vilana R, Forner A, Bianchi L, et al. Intrahepatic peripheral cholangiocarcinoma in cirrhosis patients may display a vascular pattern similar to hepatocellular carcinoma on contrast-enhanced ultrasound. Hepatology 2010; 51:20202029.
  17. Kojiro M. Pathological diagnosis at early stage: reaching international consensus. Oncology 2010; 78(suppl 1):3135.
  18. Schölmerich J, Schacherer D. Diagnostic biopsy for hepatocellular carcinoma in cirrhosis: useful, necessary, dangerous, or academic sport? Gut 2004; 53:12241226.
  19. Durand F, Regimbeau JM, Belghiti J, et al. Assessment of the benefits and risks of percutaneous biopsy before surgical resection of hepatocellular carcinoma. J Hepatol 2001; 35:254258.
  20. Bruix J, Castells A, Bosch J, et al. Surgical resection of hepatocellular carcinoma in cirrhotic patients: prognostic value of preoperative portal pressure. Gastroenterology 1996; 111:10181022.
  21. Llovet JM, Fuster J, Bruix J. Intention-to-treat analysis of surgical treatment for early hepatocellular carcinoma: resection versus transplantation. Hepatology 1999; 30:14341440.
  22. Nagasue N, Uchida M, Makino Y, et al. Incidence and factors associated with intrahepatic recurrence following resection of hepatocellular carcinoma. Gastroenterology 1993; 105:488494.
  23. Arii S, Tanaka J, Yamazoe Y, et al. Predictive factors for intrahepatic recurrence of hepatocellular carcinoma after partial hepatectomy. Cancer 1992; 69:913919.
  24. Cha C, Fong Y, Jarnagin WR, Blumgart LH, DeMatteo RP. Predictors and patterns of recurrence after resection of hepatocellular carcinoma. J Am Coll Surg 2003; 197:753758.
  25. Shah SA, Cleary SP, Wei AC, et al. Recurrence after liver resection for hepatocellular carcinoma: risk factors, treatment, and outcomes. Surgery 2007; 141:330339.
  26. Kohno H, Nagasue N, Hayashi T, et al. Postoperative adjuvant chemotherapy after radical hepatic resection for hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC). Hepatogastroenterology 1996; 43:14051409.
  27. Ono T, Nagasue N, Kohno H, et al. Adjuvant chemotherapy with epirubicin and carmofur after radical resection of hepatocellular carcinoma: a prospective randomized study. Semin Oncol 1997; 24(suppl 6):S625.
  28. Poon RT, Fan ST, Lo CM, Liu CL, Wong J. Intrahepatic recurrence after curative resection of hepatocellular carcinoma: Long-term results of treatment and prognostic factors. Ann Surg 1999; 229:216222.
  29. Mazzaferro V, Regalia E, Doci R, et al. Liver transplantation for the treatment of small hepatocellular carcinomas in patients with cirrhosis. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:693699.
  30. Yao FY, Ferrell L, Bass NM, et al. Liver transplantation for hepatocellular carcinoma: expansion of the tumor size limits does not adversely impact survival. Hepatology 2001; 33:13941403.
  31. Majno P, Lencioni R, Mornex F, Girard N, Poon RT, Cherqui D. Is the treatment of hepatocellular carcinoma on the waiting list necessary? Liver Transpl 2011; 17(suppl 2):S98S108.
  32. Graziadei IW, Sandmueller H, Waldenberger P, et al. Chemoembolization followed by liver transplantation for hepatocellular carcinoma impedes tumor progression while on the waiting list and leads to excellent outcome. Liver Transpl 2003; 9:557563.
  33. Kulik LM, Atassi B, van Holsbeeck L, et al. Yttrium-90 microspheres (TheraSphere) treatment of unresectable hepatocellular carcinoma: downstaging to resection, RFA and bridge to transplantation. J Surg Oncol 2006; 94:572586.
  34. Lu DS, Yu NC, Raman SS, et al. Percutaneous radiofrequency ablation of hepatocellular carcinoma as a bridge to liver transplantation. Hepatology 2005; 41:11301137.
  35. Pokorny H, Gnant M, Rasoul-Rockenschaub S, et al. Does additional doxorubicin chemotherapy improve outcome in patients with hepatocellular carcinoma treated by liver transplantation? Am J Transplant 2005; 5:788794.
  36. Feng K, Yan J, Li X, et al. A randomized controlled trial of radiofrequency ablation and surgical resection in the treatment of small hepatocellular carcinoma. J Hepatol 2012; 57:794802.
  37. Zhou Y, Zhao Y, Li B, et al. Meta-analysis of radiofrequency ablation versus hepatic resection for small hepatocellular carcinoma. BMC Gastroenterol 2010; 10:78.
  38. Lencioni RA, Allgaier HP, Cioni D, et al. Small hepatocellular carcinoma in cirrhosis: Randomized comparison of radiofrequency thermal ablation versus percutaneous ethanol injection. Radiology 2003; 228:235240.
  39. Ohmoto K, Yoshioka N, Tomiyama Y, et al. Comparison of therapeutic effects between radiofrequency ablation and percutaneous microwave coagulation therapy for small hepatocellular carcinomas. J Gastroenterol Hepatol 2009; 24:223227.
  40. Shibata T, Iimuro Y, Yamamoto Y, et al. Small hepatocellular carcinoma: comparison of radiofrequency ablation and percutaneous microwave coagulation therapy. Radiology 2002; 223:331337.
  41. Qian GJ, Wang N, Shen Q, et al. Efficacy of microwave versus radiofrequency ablation for treatment of small hepatocellular carcinoma: Experimental and clinical studies. Eur Radiol 2012; 22:19831990.
  42. Burrel M, Reig M, Forner A, et al. Survival of patients with hepatocellular carcinoma treated by transarterial chemoembolisation (TACE) using drug eluting beads. Implications for clinical practice and trial design. J Hepatol 2012; 56:13301335.
  43. Cammà C, Schepis F, Orlando A, et al. Transarterial chemoembolization for unresectable hepatocellular carcinoma: meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Radiology 2002; 224:4754.
  44. Llovet JM, Bruix J. Systematic review of randomized trials for unresectable hepatocellular carcinoma: chemoembolization improves survival. Hepatology 2003; 37:429442.
  45. Yao FY, Kerlan RK, Hirose R, et al. Excellent outcome following down-staging of hepatocellular carcinoma prior to liver transplantation: an intention-to-treat analysis. Hepatology 2008; 48:819827.
  46. Ferrer Puchol MD, la Parra C, Esteban E, et al. Comparison of doxorubicin-eluting bead transarterial chemoembolization (DEBTACE) with conventional transarterial chemoembolization (TACE) for the treatment of hepatocellular carcinoma (article in Spanish). Radiologia 2011; 53:246253.
  47. Salem R, Lewandowski RJ, Kulik L, et al. Radioembolization results in longer time-to-progression and reduced toxicity compared with chemoembolization in patients with hepatocellular carcinoma. Gastroenterology 2011; 140:497507.e2.
  48. Llovet JM, Ricci S, Mazzaferro V, et al; SHARP Investigators Study Group. Sorafenib in advanced hepatocellular carcinoma. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:378390.
  49. Miller AA, Murry DJ, Owzar K, et al. Phase I and pharmacokinetic study of sorafenib in patients with hepatic or renal dysfunction: CALGB 60301. J Clin Oncol 2009; 27:18001805.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Arvind R. Murali, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, John H. Stroger Jr. Hospital of Cook County, Chicago, IL

Carlos Romero-Marrero, MD
Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Federico Aucejo, MD
Department of Hepato-pancreatobiliary and Transplant Surgery, Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

K.V. Narayanan Menon, MD
Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: K.V. Narayanan Menon, MD, Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, A51, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: menonk@ccf.org

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
645-653
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Arvind R. Murali, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, John H. Stroger Jr. Hospital of Cook County, Chicago, IL

Carlos Romero-Marrero, MD
Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Federico Aucejo, MD
Department of Hepato-pancreatobiliary and Transplant Surgery, Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

K.V. Narayanan Menon, MD
Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: K.V. Narayanan Menon, MD, Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, A51, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: menonk@ccf.org

Author and Disclosure Information

Arvind R. Murali, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, John H. Stroger Jr. Hospital of Cook County, Chicago, IL

Carlos Romero-Marrero, MD
Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Federico Aucejo, MD
Department of Hepato-pancreatobiliary and Transplant Surgery, Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

K.V. Narayanan Menon, MD
Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: K.V. Narayanan Menon, MD, Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, A51, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: menonk@ccf.org

Article PDF
Article PDF

Hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) is a common cause of death worldwide. However, it can be detected early in high-risk individuals by using effective screening strategies, resulting in the ability to provide curative treatment.

Here, we review the risk factors for HCC, strategies for surveillance and diagnosis, and therapies that can be used.

EPIDEMIOLOGY

HCC is the most common primary malignancy of the liver. Overall, it is the fifth most common type of cancer in men and the seventh most common in women.1

Cirrhosis is present in 80% to 90% of patients with HCC.

Male sex. The male-to-female ratio is from 2:1 to 4:1, depending on the region.2 In the United States, the overall male-to-female ratio has been reported2 as 2.4:1. In another report,3 the incidence rate of HCC per 100,000 person-years was 3.7 for men and 2.0 for women.

Reproduced from Altekruse SF, et al. Hepatocellular carcinoma incidence, mortality, and survival trends in the United States from 1975 to 2005. J Clin Oncol 2009; 27:1485–1491, with permission from the American Society of Clinical Oncology.
Figure 1. Annual age-adjusted incidence rates per 100,000 of hepatocellular carcinoma in the United States, based on data from the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results registries. The arrow indicates a change in the overall trend.

Geographic areas with a high incidence of HCC include sub-Saharan Africa and eastern Asia, whereas Canada and the United States are low-incidence areas. The difference has been because of a lower prevalence of hepatitis B virus infection in North America. However, recent data show a downward trend in incidence of HCC in eastern Asia and an upward trend in North America (Figure 1).3,4

Viral hepatitis (ie, hepatitis B or hepatitis C) is the main risk factor for cirrhosis and HCC.

Diabetes mellitus can predispose to nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, which can subsequently progress to cirrhosis. Thus, it increases the risk of HCC.

Obesity increases the risk of death from liver cancer, with obese people (body mass index ≥ 30 kg/m2) having a higher HCC-related death rate than leaner individuals.5 And as obesity becomes more prevalent, the number of deaths from HCC could increase.

Other diseases that predispose to HCC include alcohol abuse, hereditary hemochromatosis, alpha-1-antitrypsin deficiency, and glycogen storage disease.

SURVEILLANCE OF PATIENTS AT RISK

Patients at high risk of developing liver cancer require frequent screening (Table 1).

Patients with cirrhosis. Sarasin et al6 calculated that surveillance is cost-effective and increases the odds of survival in patients with cirrhosis if the incidence of HCC exceeds 1.5% per year (which it does). In view of this finding, all patients with cirrhosis should be screened every 6 months, irrespective of the cause of the cirrhosis.

Hepatitis B carriers. Surveillance is also indicated in some hepatitis B carriers (Table 1), eg, those with a family history of HCC in a first-degree relative (an independent risk factor for developing the disease in this group).7 Also, Africans with hepatitis B tend to develop HCC early in life.8 Though it has been recommended that surveillance be started at a younger age in these patients,9 the age at which it should begin has not been clearly established. In addition, it is not clear if black people born outside Africa are at higher risk.

Benefit of surveillance

HCC surveillance has shown to lower the death rate. A randomized controlled trial in China compared screening (with abdominal ultrasonography and alpha-fetoprotein levels) vs no screening in patients with hepatitis B. It showed that screening led to a 37% decrease in the death rate.12 Studies have also established that patients with early-stage HCC have a better survival rate than patients with more-advanced disease.10,11 This survival benefit is largely explained by the availability of effective treatments for early-stage cancer, including liver transplantation. Therefore, early-stage asymptomatic patients diagnosed by a surveillance program should have a better survival rate than symptomatic patients.

 

 

Surveillance methods

The tests most often used in surveillance for HCC are serum alpha-fetoprotein levels and liver ultrasonography.

Serum alpha-fetoprotein levels by themselves have not been shown to be useful, whereas the combination of alpha-fetoprotein levels and ultrasonography has been shown to reduce the death rate when used for surveillance in a randomized trial.12 A 2012 study reported that the combination of alpha-fetoprotein testing and ultrasonography had a higher sensitivity (90%) than ultrasonography alone (58%), but at the expense of a lower specificity.13

Alpha-fetoprotein has a low sensitivity (ie, 54%) for HCC.14 Tumor size is one of the factors limiting the sensitivity of alpha-fetoprotein, 14 and this would imply that this test may not be helpful in detecting HCC at an early stage. Alpha-fetoprotein L3, an isoform of alpha-fetoprotein, may be helpful in patients with alpha-fetoprotein levels in the intermediate range, and it is currently being studied.

Liver ultrasonography is operator-dependent, and it may not be as accurate in overweight or obese people.

Computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) are not recommended for surveillance. Serial CT poses risks of radiation-induced damage, contrast-related anaphylaxis, and renal failure, and MRI is not cost-effective and can also lead to gadolinium-induced nephrogenic systemic fibrosis in patients with renal failure.

Currently, the American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases9 recommends ultrasonography only, every 6 months, for surveillance for HCC. However, it may be premature to conclude that alpha-fetoprotein measurement is no longer required for surveillance, and if new data emerge that support its role, it may be reincorporated into the guidelines.

DIAGNOSING HEPATOCELLULAR CARCINOMA

Lesions larger than 1 cm on ultrasonography

The finding of a liver lesion larger than 1 cm on ultrasonography during surveillance warrants further testing.

Figure 2. Left, arterial hyperenhancement of hepatocellular carcinoma seen on dynamic computed tomography. Right, venous-phase washout of contrast medium.

Noninvasive testing with four-phase multidetector CT or dynamic contrast-enhanced MRI is the next step. Typical findings on either of these imaging studies are sufficient to make a diagnosis of HCC, as they have a high specificity and positive predictive value.15 Arterial hyperenhancement with a venous-phase or delayed-phase washout of contrast medium confirms the diagnosis  (Figure 2).9 If one of the two imaging studies is typical for HCC, liver biopsy is not needed.

Other imaging studies, including contrast-enhanced ultrasonography, have not been shown to be specific for this diagnosis.16

Liver biopsy is indicated in patients in whom the imaging findings are atypical for HCC.9,17 Biopsy has very good sensitivity and specificity for cancer, but false-negative findings do occur.18 Therefore, a negative biopsy does not entirely exclude HCC. In this situation, patients should be followed by serial ultrasonography, and any further growth or change in character should be reevaluated.

Lesions smaller than 1 cm

For lesions smaller than 1 cm, the incidence of HCC is low, and currently available diagnostic tests are not reliable.15,19 Lesions of this size should be followed by serial ultrasonography every 3 to 4 months until they either enlarge to greater than 1 cm or remain stable at 2 years.9 If they remain stable at the end of 2 years, regular surveillance ultrasonography once every 6 months can be continued.

CURATIVE AND PALLIATIVE THERAPIES

Therapies for HCC (Table 2) can be divided into two categories: curative and palliative.

Curative treatments include surgical resection, liver transplantation, and radiofrequency ablation. All other treatments are palliative, including transarterial chemoembolization and medical therapy with sorafenib.

The choice of treatment depends on the characteristics of the tumor, the degree of liver dysfunction, and the patient’s current level of function. The Barcelona Clinic Liver Cancer classification is widely used in making these decisions, as it incorporates both clinical features and tumor stage.9 Figure 3 shows a simplified management algorithm.

SURGICAL RESECTION

Figure 3. Simplified management algorithm for hepatocellular carcinoma.

Surgical resection is the preferred treatment for patients who have a solitary HCC lesion without cirrhosis.9 It is also indicated in patients with well-compensated cirrhosis who have normal portal pressure, a normal serum bilirubin level, and a platelet count greater than 100 × 109/L.20,21 In such patients, the 5-year survival rate is about 74%, compared with 25% in patients with portal hypertension and serum bilirubin levels higher than 1 mg/dL.21

Surgical resection is not recommended for patients with decompensated cirrhosis, as it can worsen liver function postoperatively and increase the risk of death.19,20 In Western countries, where cirrhosis from hepatitis C is the commonest cause of HCC, most patients have poorly preserved hepatic function at the time of diagnosis, leaving only a minority of patients as candidates for surgical resection.

After surgical resection of HCC, the recurrence rate can be as high as 70% to 80% at 5 years.22,23 Studies have consistently found larger tumor size and vascular invasion to be factors that predict recurrence.24,25 Vascular invasion was also found to predict poor survival after recurrence.24 Studies have so far not shown any conclusive benefit from post-surgical adjuvant chemotherapy in reducing the rate of recurrence of HCC.26,27

How to treat recurrent HCC after surgical resection has not been clearly established. Radiofrequency ablation, transarterial chemoembolization, repeat resection, and liver transplantation have all improved survival when used alone or in combination.28 However, randomized controlled trials are needed to establish the effective treatment strategy and the benefit of multimodal treatment of recurrent HCC.

 

 

LIVER TRANSPLANTATION

Orthotopic liver transplantation is the preferred treatment for patients with HCC complicated by cirrhosis and portal hypertension. It has the advantage not only of being potentially curative, but also of overcoming liver cirrhosis by replacing the liver.

To qualify for liver transplantation, patients must meet the Milan criteria (ie, have a single nodule less than 5 cm in diameter or up to three nodules, with the largest being less than 3 cm in diameter, with no evidence of vascular invasion or distant metastasis). These patients have an expected 4-year survival rate of 85% and a recurrence-free survival rate of 92% after transplantation, compared with 50% and 59%, respectively, in patients whose tumors exceeded these criteria.29

Some believe that the Milan criteria are too restrictive and could be expanded. Yao et al at the University of California-San Francisco30 reported that patients with HCC meeting the criteria of having a solitary tumor smaller than 6.5 cm or having up to three nodules, with the largest smaller than 4.5 cm, and total tumor diameter less than 8 cm, had survival rates of 90% at 1 year and 75.2% at 5 years after liver transplantation, compared with 50% at 1 year for patients with tumors exceeding these limits. (These have come to be known as the UCSF criteria.) However, the United Network for Organ Sharing (UNOS) has not adopted these expanded criteria. UNOS has a point system for allocating livers for transplant called the Model for End-Stage Liver Disease (MELD). Patients who meet the Milan criteria receive extra points, putting them higher on the transplant list. This allows for early transplantation, thus reducing tumor progression and dropout from the transplant list. UNOS allocates a MELD score of 22 to all patients who meet the Milan criteria, and the score is further adjusted once every 3 months to reflect a 10% increase in the mortality rate. However, patients who have a single lesion smaller than 2 cm and are candidates for liver transplantation are not assigned additional MELD points per UNOS policy, as the risk of tumor progression beyond the Milan criteria in these patients is deemed to be low.

Therapies while awaiting transplantation

Even if they receive additional MELD points to give them priority on the waiting list, patients face a considerable wait before transplantation because of the limited availability of donor organs. In the interim, they have a risk of tumor progression beyond the Milan criteria and subsequent dropout from the transplant list.31 Patients on the waiting list may therefore undergo a locoregional therapy such as transarterial chemoembolization or radiofrequency ablation as bridging therapy.

These therapies have been shown to decrease dropout from the waiting list.31 A prospective study showed that in 48 patients who underwent transarterial chemoembolization while awaiting liver transplantation, none had tumor progression, and 41 did receive a transplant, with excellent posttransplantation survival rates.32 Similarly, radioembolization using yttrium-90-labeled microspheres or radiofrequency ablation while on the waiting list has been shown to significantly decrease the rate of dropout, with good posttransplantation outcomes.33,34

However, in spite of these benefits, these bridging therapies do not increase survival rates after transplantation. It is also unclear whether they are useful in regions with short waiting times for liver transplantation.

Adjuvant systemic chemotherapy has not been shown to improve survival in patients undergoing liver transplantation. For example, in a randomized controlled trial of doxorubicin given before, during, and after surgery, the survival rate at 5 years was 38% with doxorubicin and 40% without.35

ABLATIVE LOCOREGIONAL THERAPIES

Locoregional therapies play an important role in managing HCC. They are classified as ablative and perfusion-based.

Ablative locoregional therapies include chemical modalities such as percutaneous ethanol injection; thermal therapies such as radiofrequency ablation, microwave ablation, laser ablation, and cryotherapy; and newer methods such as irreversible electroporation and light-activated drug therapy. Of these, radiofrequency ablation is the most widely used.

Radiofrequency ablation

Radiofrequency ablation induces thermal injury, resulting in tumor necrosis. It can be used as an alternative to surgery in patients who have a single HCC lesion less than 3 to 5 cm in diameter, confined to the liver, and in a site amenable to this procedure and who have a reasonable coagulation profile. The procedure can be performed percutaneously or via laparoscopy.

Radiofrequency ablation is contraindicated in patients with decompensated cirrhosis, Child-Pugh class C cirrhosis (the most severe category), vascular or bile duct invasion, extrahepatic disease, or lesions that are not accessible or are adjacent to structures such as the gall bladder, bowel, stomach, or diaphragm.

Radiofrequency ablation has been compared with surgical resection in patients who had small tumors. Though a randomized controlled trial did not show any difference between the two treatment groups in terms of survival at 5 years and recurrence rates,36 a meta-analysis showed that overall survival rates at 3 years and 5 years were significantly higher with surgical resection than with radiofrequency ablation.37 Patients also had a higher rate of local recurrence with radiofrequency ablation than with surgical resection.37 In addition, radiofrequency ablation has been shown to be effective only in small tumors and does not perform as well in lesions larger than 2 or 3 cm.

Thus, based on current evidence, surgical resection is preferable to radiofrequency ablation as first-line treatment. The latter, however, is also used as a bridging therapy in patients awaiting liver transplantation.

Percutaneous ethanol injection

Percutaneous ethanol injection is used less frequently than radiofrequency ablation, as studies have shown the latter to be superior in regard to local recurrence-free survival rates.38 However, percutaneous ethanol injection is used instead of radiofrequency ablation in a small number of patients, when the lesion is very close to organs such as the bile duct (which could be damaged by radiofrequency ablation) or the large vessels (which may make radiofrequency ablation less effective, since heat may dissipate as a result of excessive blood flow in this region).

Microwave ablation

Microwave ablation is an emerging therapy for HCC. Its advantage over radiofrequency ablation is that its use is not limited by blood vessels in close proximity to the ablation site.

Earlier studies did not show microwave ablation to be superior to radiofrequency ablation.39,40 However, current studies involving newer techniques of microwave ablation are more promising.41

 

 

PERFUSION-BASED LOCOREGIONAL THERAPIES

Perfusion-based locoregional therapies deliver embolic particles, chemotherapeutic agents, or radioactive materials into the artery feeding the tumor. The portal blood flow allows for preservation of vital liver tissue during arterial embolization of liver tumors. Perfusionbased therapies include transarterial chemoembolization, transarterial chemoembolization with doxorubicin-eluting beads (DEB-TACE), “bland” embolization, and radioembolization.

Transarterial chemoembolization

Transarterial chemoembolization is a minimally invasive procedure in which the hepatic artery is cannulated through a percutaneous puncture, the branches of the hepatic artery supplying the tumor are identified, and then embolic particles and chemotherapeutic agents are injected. This serves a dual purpose: it embolizes the feeding vessel that supplies the tumor, causing tumor necrosis, and it focuses the chemotherapy on the tumor and thus minimizes the systemic effects of the chemotherapeutic agent.

This therapy is contraindicated in patients with portal vein thrombosis, advanced liver dysfunction, or a transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt. Side effects of the procedure include a postembolization syndrome of abdominal pain and fever (occurring in about 50% of patients from ischemic injury to the liver), hepatic abscesses, injury to the hepatic artery, development of ascites, liver dysfunction, and contrast-induced renal failure.

In addition to bridging patients to liver transplantation, transarterial chemoembolization is recommended as palliative treatment to prolong survival in patients with HCC who are not candidates for liver transplantation, surgical resection, or radiofrequency ablation.9,42 Patients who have Child-Pugh grade A or B cirrhosis but do not have main portal vein thrombosis or extrahepatic spread are candidates for this therapy. Patients such as these who undergo this therapy have a better survival rate at 2 years compared with untreated patients.43,44

Transarterial chemoembolization has also been used to reduce the size of (ie, to “downstage”) tumors that are outside the Milan criteria in patients who are otherwise candidates for liver transplantation. It induces tumor necrosis and has been shown to decrease the tumor size in a selected group of patients and to bring them within the Milan criteria, thus potentially enabling them to be put on the transplant list.45 Studies have shown that patients who receive a transplant after successful down-staging may achieve a 5-year survival rate comparable with that of patients who were initially within the Milan criteria and received a transplant without the need for down-staging.45 However, factors that predict successful down-staging have not been clearly established.

Newer techniques have been developed. A randomized controlled trial found transarterial chemoembolization with doxorubicin-eluting beads to be safer and better tolerated than conventional transarterial chemembolization.46

Bland embolization is transarterial embolization without chemotherapeutic agents and is performed in patients with significant liver dysfunction who might not tolerate chemotherapy. The benefits of this approach are yet to be determined.

Radioembolization

Radioembolization with yttrium-90 microspheres has recently been introduced as an alternative to transarterial chemoembolization, especially in patients with portal vein thrombosis, a portocaval shunt, or a transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt.

In observational studies, radioembolization was as effective as transarterial chemoembolization, with a similar survival benefit.47 However, significant pulmonary shunting must be ruled out before radioembolization, as it would lead to radiation-induced pulmonary disease. Randomized controlled trials are under way to compare the efficacy of the two methods.

CHEMOTHERAPY

Sorafenib

Sorafenib is an oral antiangiogenic agent. A kinase inhibitor, it interacts with multiple intracellular and cell-surface kinases, including vascular endothelial growth factor receptor, platelet-derived growth factor receptor, and Raf proto-oncogene, inhibiting tumor cell proliferation and angiogenesis.

Sorafenib has been shown to prolong survival in patients with advanced-stage HCC.48 A randomized placebo-controlled trial in patients with Child-Pugh grade A cirrhosis and advanced HCC who had not received chemotherapy showed that sorafenib increased the life expectancy by nearly 3 months compared with placebo.47 Sorafenib therapy is very expensive, but it is usually covered by insurance.

Sorafenib is recommended in patients who have advanced HCC with vascular invasion, extrahepatic dissemination, or minimal constitutional symptoms. It is not recommended for patients with severe advanced liver disease who have moderate to severe tumor-related constitutional symptoms or Child-Pugh grade C cirrhosis, or for patients with a life expectancy of less than 3 months.

The most common side effects of sorafenib are diarrhea, weight loss, and skin reactions on the hands and feet. These commonly lead to decreased tolerability and dose reductions.47 Doses should be adjusted on the basis of the bilirubin and albumin levels.49

Other chemotherapeutic agents

Several molecular targeted agents are undergoing clinical trials for the treatment of HCC. These include bevacizumab, erlotinib, brivanib, and ramucirumab. Chemotherapeutic agents such as doxorubicin and everolimus are also being studied.

PALLIATIVE TREATMENT

Patients with end-stage HCC with moderate to severe constitutional symptoms, extrahepatic disease progression, and decompensated liver disease have a survival of less than 3 months and are treated for pain and symptom control.9

Hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) is a common cause of death worldwide. However, it can be detected early in high-risk individuals by using effective screening strategies, resulting in the ability to provide curative treatment.

Here, we review the risk factors for HCC, strategies for surveillance and diagnosis, and therapies that can be used.

EPIDEMIOLOGY

HCC is the most common primary malignancy of the liver. Overall, it is the fifth most common type of cancer in men and the seventh most common in women.1

Cirrhosis is present in 80% to 90% of patients with HCC.

Male sex. The male-to-female ratio is from 2:1 to 4:1, depending on the region.2 In the United States, the overall male-to-female ratio has been reported2 as 2.4:1. In another report,3 the incidence rate of HCC per 100,000 person-years was 3.7 for men and 2.0 for women.

Reproduced from Altekruse SF, et al. Hepatocellular carcinoma incidence, mortality, and survival trends in the United States from 1975 to 2005. J Clin Oncol 2009; 27:1485–1491, with permission from the American Society of Clinical Oncology.
Figure 1. Annual age-adjusted incidence rates per 100,000 of hepatocellular carcinoma in the United States, based on data from the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results registries. The arrow indicates a change in the overall trend.

Geographic areas with a high incidence of HCC include sub-Saharan Africa and eastern Asia, whereas Canada and the United States are low-incidence areas. The difference has been because of a lower prevalence of hepatitis B virus infection in North America. However, recent data show a downward trend in incidence of HCC in eastern Asia and an upward trend in North America (Figure 1).3,4

Viral hepatitis (ie, hepatitis B or hepatitis C) is the main risk factor for cirrhosis and HCC.

Diabetes mellitus can predispose to nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, which can subsequently progress to cirrhosis. Thus, it increases the risk of HCC.

Obesity increases the risk of death from liver cancer, with obese people (body mass index ≥ 30 kg/m2) having a higher HCC-related death rate than leaner individuals.5 And as obesity becomes more prevalent, the number of deaths from HCC could increase.

Other diseases that predispose to HCC include alcohol abuse, hereditary hemochromatosis, alpha-1-antitrypsin deficiency, and glycogen storage disease.

SURVEILLANCE OF PATIENTS AT RISK

Patients at high risk of developing liver cancer require frequent screening (Table 1).

Patients with cirrhosis. Sarasin et al6 calculated that surveillance is cost-effective and increases the odds of survival in patients with cirrhosis if the incidence of HCC exceeds 1.5% per year (which it does). In view of this finding, all patients with cirrhosis should be screened every 6 months, irrespective of the cause of the cirrhosis.

Hepatitis B carriers. Surveillance is also indicated in some hepatitis B carriers (Table 1), eg, those with a family history of HCC in a first-degree relative (an independent risk factor for developing the disease in this group).7 Also, Africans with hepatitis B tend to develop HCC early in life.8 Though it has been recommended that surveillance be started at a younger age in these patients,9 the age at which it should begin has not been clearly established. In addition, it is not clear if black people born outside Africa are at higher risk.

Benefit of surveillance

HCC surveillance has shown to lower the death rate. A randomized controlled trial in China compared screening (with abdominal ultrasonography and alpha-fetoprotein levels) vs no screening in patients with hepatitis B. It showed that screening led to a 37% decrease in the death rate.12 Studies have also established that patients with early-stage HCC have a better survival rate than patients with more-advanced disease.10,11 This survival benefit is largely explained by the availability of effective treatments for early-stage cancer, including liver transplantation. Therefore, early-stage asymptomatic patients diagnosed by a surveillance program should have a better survival rate than symptomatic patients.

 

 

Surveillance methods

The tests most often used in surveillance for HCC are serum alpha-fetoprotein levels and liver ultrasonography.

Serum alpha-fetoprotein levels by themselves have not been shown to be useful, whereas the combination of alpha-fetoprotein levels and ultrasonography has been shown to reduce the death rate when used for surveillance in a randomized trial.12 A 2012 study reported that the combination of alpha-fetoprotein testing and ultrasonography had a higher sensitivity (90%) than ultrasonography alone (58%), but at the expense of a lower specificity.13

Alpha-fetoprotein has a low sensitivity (ie, 54%) for HCC.14 Tumor size is one of the factors limiting the sensitivity of alpha-fetoprotein, 14 and this would imply that this test may not be helpful in detecting HCC at an early stage. Alpha-fetoprotein L3, an isoform of alpha-fetoprotein, may be helpful in patients with alpha-fetoprotein levels in the intermediate range, and it is currently being studied.

Liver ultrasonography is operator-dependent, and it may not be as accurate in overweight or obese people.

Computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) are not recommended for surveillance. Serial CT poses risks of radiation-induced damage, contrast-related anaphylaxis, and renal failure, and MRI is not cost-effective and can also lead to gadolinium-induced nephrogenic systemic fibrosis in patients with renal failure.

Currently, the American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases9 recommends ultrasonography only, every 6 months, for surveillance for HCC. However, it may be premature to conclude that alpha-fetoprotein measurement is no longer required for surveillance, and if new data emerge that support its role, it may be reincorporated into the guidelines.

DIAGNOSING HEPATOCELLULAR CARCINOMA

Lesions larger than 1 cm on ultrasonography

The finding of a liver lesion larger than 1 cm on ultrasonography during surveillance warrants further testing.

Figure 2. Left, arterial hyperenhancement of hepatocellular carcinoma seen on dynamic computed tomography. Right, venous-phase washout of contrast medium.

Noninvasive testing with four-phase multidetector CT or dynamic contrast-enhanced MRI is the next step. Typical findings on either of these imaging studies are sufficient to make a diagnosis of HCC, as they have a high specificity and positive predictive value.15 Arterial hyperenhancement with a venous-phase or delayed-phase washout of contrast medium confirms the diagnosis  (Figure 2).9 If one of the two imaging studies is typical for HCC, liver biopsy is not needed.

Other imaging studies, including contrast-enhanced ultrasonography, have not been shown to be specific for this diagnosis.16

Liver biopsy is indicated in patients in whom the imaging findings are atypical for HCC.9,17 Biopsy has very good sensitivity and specificity for cancer, but false-negative findings do occur.18 Therefore, a negative biopsy does not entirely exclude HCC. In this situation, patients should be followed by serial ultrasonography, and any further growth or change in character should be reevaluated.

Lesions smaller than 1 cm

For lesions smaller than 1 cm, the incidence of HCC is low, and currently available diagnostic tests are not reliable.15,19 Lesions of this size should be followed by serial ultrasonography every 3 to 4 months until they either enlarge to greater than 1 cm or remain stable at 2 years.9 If they remain stable at the end of 2 years, regular surveillance ultrasonography once every 6 months can be continued.

CURATIVE AND PALLIATIVE THERAPIES

Therapies for HCC (Table 2) can be divided into two categories: curative and palliative.

Curative treatments include surgical resection, liver transplantation, and radiofrequency ablation. All other treatments are palliative, including transarterial chemoembolization and medical therapy with sorafenib.

The choice of treatment depends on the characteristics of the tumor, the degree of liver dysfunction, and the patient’s current level of function. The Barcelona Clinic Liver Cancer classification is widely used in making these decisions, as it incorporates both clinical features and tumor stage.9 Figure 3 shows a simplified management algorithm.

SURGICAL RESECTION

Figure 3. Simplified management algorithm for hepatocellular carcinoma.

Surgical resection is the preferred treatment for patients who have a solitary HCC lesion without cirrhosis.9 It is also indicated in patients with well-compensated cirrhosis who have normal portal pressure, a normal serum bilirubin level, and a platelet count greater than 100 × 109/L.20,21 In such patients, the 5-year survival rate is about 74%, compared with 25% in patients with portal hypertension and serum bilirubin levels higher than 1 mg/dL.21

Surgical resection is not recommended for patients with decompensated cirrhosis, as it can worsen liver function postoperatively and increase the risk of death.19,20 In Western countries, where cirrhosis from hepatitis C is the commonest cause of HCC, most patients have poorly preserved hepatic function at the time of diagnosis, leaving only a minority of patients as candidates for surgical resection.

After surgical resection of HCC, the recurrence rate can be as high as 70% to 80% at 5 years.22,23 Studies have consistently found larger tumor size and vascular invasion to be factors that predict recurrence.24,25 Vascular invasion was also found to predict poor survival after recurrence.24 Studies have so far not shown any conclusive benefit from post-surgical adjuvant chemotherapy in reducing the rate of recurrence of HCC.26,27

How to treat recurrent HCC after surgical resection has not been clearly established. Radiofrequency ablation, transarterial chemoembolization, repeat resection, and liver transplantation have all improved survival when used alone or in combination.28 However, randomized controlled trials are needed to establish the effective treatment strategy and the benefit of multimodal treatment of recurrent HCC.

 

 

LIVER TRANSPLANTATION

Orthotopic liver transplantation is the preferred treatment for patients with HCC complicated by cirrhosis and portal hypertension. It has the advantage not only of being potentially curative, but also of overcoming liver cirrhosis by replacing the liver.

To qualify for liver transplantation, patients must meet the Milan criteria (ie, have a single nodule less than 5 cm in diameter or up to three nodules, with the largest being less than 3 cm in diameter, with no evidence of vascular invasion or distant metastasis). These patients have an expected 4-year survival rate of 85% and a recurrence-free survival rate of 92% after transplantation, compared with 50% and 59%, respectively, in patients whose tumors exceeded these criteria.29

Some believe that the Milan criteria are too restrictive and could be expanded. Yao et al at the University of California-San Francisco30 reported that patients with HCC meeting the criteria of having a solitary tumor smaller than 6.5 cm or having up to three nodules, with the largest smaller than 4.5 cm, and total tumor diameter less than 8 cm, had survival rates of 90% at 1 year and 75.2% at 5 years after liver transplantation, compared with 50% at 1 year for patients with tumors exceeding these limits. (These have come to be known as the UCSF criteria.) However, the United Network for Organ Sharing (UNOS) has not adopted these expanded criteria. UNOS has a point system for allocating livers for transplant called the Model for End-Stage Liver Disease (MELD). Patients who meet the Milan criteria receive extra points, putting them higher on the transplant list. This allows for early transplantation, thus reducing tumor progression and dropout from the transplant list. UNOS allocates a MELD score of 22 to all patients who meet the Milan criteria, and the score is further adjusted once every 3 months to reflect a 10% increase in the mortality rate. However, patients who have a single lesion smaller than 2 cm and are candidates for liver transplantation are not assigned additional MELD points per UNOS policy, as the risk of tumor progression beyond the Milan criteria in these patients is deemed to be low.

Therapies while awaiting transplantation

Even if they receive additional MELD points to give them priority on the waiting list, patients face a considerable wait before transplantation because of the limited availability of donor organs. In the interim, they have a risk of tumor progression beyond the Milan criteria and subsequent dropout from the transplant list.31 Patients on the waiting list may therefore undergo a locoregional therapy such as transarterial chemoembolization or radiofrequency ablation as bridging therapy.

These therapies have been shown to decrease dropout from the waiting list.31 A prospective study showed that in 48 patients who underwent transarterial chemoembolization while awaiting liver transplantation, none had tumor progression, and 41 did receive a transplant, with excellent posttransplantation survival rates.32 Similarly, radioembolization using yttrium-90-labeled microspheres or radiofrequency ablation while on the waiting list has been shown to significantly decrease the rate of dropout, with good posttransplantation outcomes.33,34

However, in spite of these benefits, these bridging therapies do not increase survival rates after transplantation. It is also unclear whether they are useful in regions with short waiting times for liver transplantation.

Adjuvant systemic chemotherapy has not been shown to improve survival in patients undergoing liver transplantation. For example, in a randomized controlled trial of doxorubicin given before, during, and after surgery, the survival rate at 5 years was 38% with doxorubicin and 40% without.35

ABLATIVE LOCOREGIONAL THERAPIES

Locoregional therapies play an important role in managing HCC. They are classified as ablative and perfusion-based.

Ablative locoregional therapies include chemical modalities such as percutaneous ethanol injection; thermal therapies such as radiofrequency ablation, microwave ablation, laser ablation, and cryotherapy; and newer methods such as irreversible electroporation and light-activated drug therapy. Of these, radiofrequency ablation is the most widely used.

Radiofrequency ablation

Radiofrequency ablation induces thermal injury, resulting in tumor necrosis. It can be used as an alternative to surgery in patients who have a single HCC lesion less than 3 to 5 cm in diameter, confined to the liver, and in a site amenable to this procedure and who have a reasonable coagulation profile. The procedure can be performed percutaneously or via laparoscopy.

Radiofrequency ablation is contraindicated in patients with decompensated cirrhosis, Child-Pugh class C cirrhosis (the most severe category), vascular or bile duct invasion, extrahepatic disease, or lesions that are not accessible or are adjacent to structures such as the gall bladder, bowel, stomach, or diaphragm.

Radiofrequency ablation has been compared with surgical resection in patients who had small tumors. Though a randomized controlled trial did not show any difference between the two treatment groups in terms of survival at 5 years and recurrence rates,36 a meta-analysis showed that overall survival rates at 3 years and 5 years were significantly higher with surgical resection than with radiofrequency ablation.37 Patients also had a higher rate of local recurrence with radiofrequency ablation than with surgical resection.37 In addition, radiofrequency ablation has been shown to be effective only in small tumors and does not perform as well in lesions larger than 2 or 3 cm.

Thus, based on current evidence, surgical resection is preferable to radiofrequency ablation as first-line treatment. The latter, however, is also used as a bridging therapy in patients awaiting liver transplantation.

Percutaneous ethanol injection

Percutaneous ethanol injection is used less frequently than radiofrequency ablation, as studies have shown the latter to be superior in regard to local recurrence-free survival rates.38 However, percutaneous ethanol injection is used instead of radiofrequency ablation in a small number of patients, when the lesion is very close to organs such as the bile duct (which could be damaged by radiofrequency ablation) or the large vessels (which may make radiofrequency ablation less effective, since heat may dissipate as a result of excessive blood flow in this region).

Microwave ablation

Microwave ablation is an emerging therapy for HCC. Its advantage over radiofrequency ablation is that its use is not limited by blood vessels in close proximity to the ablation site.

Earlier studies did not show microwave ablation to be superior to radiofrequency ablation.39,40 However, current studies involving newer techniques of microwave ablation are more promising.41

 

 

PERFUSION-BASED LOCOREGIONAL THERAPIES

Perfusion-based locoregional therapies deliver embolic particles, chemotherapeutic agents, or radioactive materials into the artery feeding the tumor. The portal blood flow allows for preservation of vital liver tissue during arterial embolization of liver tumors. Perfusionbased therapies include transarterial chemoembolization, transarterial chemoembolization with doxorubicin-eluting beads (DEB-TACE), “bland” embolization, and radioembolization.

Transarterial chemoembolization

Transarterial chemoembolization is a minimally invasive procedure in which the hepatic artery is cannulated through a percutaneous puncture, the branches of the hepatic artery supplying the tumor are identified, and then embolic particles and chemotherapeutic agents are injected. This serves a dual purpose: it embolizes the feeding vessel that supplies the tumor, causing tumor necrosis, and it focuses the chemotherapy on the tumor and thus minimizes the systemic effects of the chemotherapeutic agent.

This therapy is contraindicated in patients with portal vein thrombosis, advanced liver dysfunction, or a transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt. Side effects of the procedure include a postembolization syndrome of abdominal pain and fever (occurring in about 50% of patients from ischemic injury to the liver), hepatic abscesses, injury to the hepatic artery, development of ascites, liver dysfunction, and contrast-induced renal failure.

In addition to bridging patients to liver transplantation, transarterial chemoembolization is recommended as palliative treatment to prolong survival in patients with HCC who are not candidates for liver transplantation, surgical resection, or radiofrequency ablation.9,42 Patients who have Child-Pugh grade A or B cirrhosis but do not have main portal vein thrombosis or extrahepatic spread are candidates for this therapy. Patients such as these who undergo this therapy have a better survival rate at 2 years compared with untreated patients.43,44

Transarterial chemoembolization has also been used to reduce the size of (ie, to “downstage”) tumors that are outside the Milan criteria in patients who are otherwise candidates for liver transplantation. It induces tumor necrosis and has been shown to decrease the tumor size in a selected group of patients and to bring them within the Milan criteria, thus potentially enabling them to be put on the transplant list.45 Studies have shown that patients who receive a transplant after successful down-staging may achieve a 5-year survival rate comparable with that of patients who were initially within the Milan criteria and received a transplant without the need for down-staging.45 However, factors that predict successful down-staging have not been clearly established.

Newer techniques have been developed. A randomized controlled trial found transarterial chemoembolization with doxorubicin-eluting beads to be safer and better tolerated than conventional transarterial chemembolization.46

Bland embolization is transarterial embolization without chemotherapeutic agents and is performed in patients with significant liver dysfunction who might not tolerate chemotherapy. The benefits of this approach are yet to be determined.

Radioembolization

Radioembolization with yttrium-90 microspheres has recently been introduced as an alternative to transarterial chemoembolization, especially in patients with portal vein thrombosis, a portocaval shunt, or a transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt.

In observational studies, radioembolization was as effective as transarterial chemoembolization, with a similar survival benefit.47 However, significant pulmonary shunting must be ruled out before radioembolization, as it would lead to radiation-induced pulmonary disease. Randomized controlled trials are under way to compare the efficacy of the two methods.

CHEMOTHERAPY

Sorafenib

Sorafenib is an oral antiangiogenic agent. A kinase inhibitor, it interacts with multiple intracellular and cell-surface kinases, including vascular endothelial growth factor receptor, platelet-derived growth factor receptor, and Raf proto-oncogene, inhibiting tumor cell proliferation and angiogenesis.

Sorafenib has been shown to prolong survival in patients with advanced-stage HCC.48 A randomized placebo-controlled trial in patients with Child-Pugh grade A cirrhosis and advanced HCC who had not received chemotherapy showed that sorafenib increased the life expectancy by nearly 3 months compared with placebo.47 Sorafenib therapy is very expensive, but it is usually covered by insurance.

Sorafenib is recommended in patients who have advanced HCC with vascular invasion, extrahepatic dissemination, or minimal constitutional symptoms. It is not recommended for patients with severe advanced liver disease who have moderate to severe tumor-related constitutional symptoms or Child-Pugh grade C cirrhosis, or for patients with a life expectancy of less than 3 months.

The most common side effects of sorafenib are diarrhea, weight loss, and skin reactions on the hands and feet. These commonly lead to decreased tolerability and dose reductions.47 Doses should be adjusted on the basis of the bilirubin and albumin levels.49

Other chemotherapeutic agents

Several molecular targeted agents are undergoing clinical trials for the treatment of HCC. These include bevacizumab, erlotinib, brivanib, and ramucirumab. Chemotherapeutic agents such as doxorubicin and everolimus are also being studied.

PALLIATIVE TREATMENT

Patients with end-stage HCC with moderate to severe constitutional symptoms, extrahepatic disease progression, and decompensated liver disease have a survival of less than 3 months and are treated for pain and symptom control.9

References
  1. Ferlay J, Shin HR, Bray F, Forman D, Mathers C, Parkin DM. Estimates of worldwide burden of cancer in 2008: GLOBOCAN 2008. Int J Cancer 2010; 127:28932917.
  2. El-Serag HB, Rudolph KL. Hepatocellular carcinoma: epidemiology and molecular carcinogenesis. Gastroenterology 2007; 132:25572576.
  3. El-Serag HB. Epidemiology of viral hepatitis and hepatocellular carcinoma. Gastroenterology 2012; 142:12641273.e1.
  4. Altekruse SF, McGlynn KA, Reichman ME. Hepatocellular carcinoma incidence, mortality, and survival trends in the United States from 1975 to 2005. J Clin Oncol 2009; 27:14851491.
  5. Calle EE, Rodriguez C, Walker-Thurmond K, Thun MJ. Overweight, obesity, and mortality from cancer in a prospectively studied cohort of US adults. N Engl J Med 2003; 348:16251638.
  6. Sarasin FP, Giostra E, Hadengue A. Cost-effectiveness of screening for detection of small hepatocellular carcinoma in western patients with Child-Pugh class A cirrhosis. Am J Med 1996; 101:422434.
  7. Yu MW, Chang HC, Liaw YF, et al. Familial risk of hepatocellular carcinoma among chronic hepatitis B carriers and their relatives. J Natl Cancer Inst 2000; 92:11591164.
  8. Kew MC, Macerollo P. Effect of age on the etiologic role of the hepatitis B virus in hepatocellular carcinoma in blacks. Gastroenterology 1988; 94:439442.
  9. Bruix J, Sherman M; American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases. Management of hepatocellular carcinoma: an update. Hepatology 2011; 53:10201022.
  10. Bruix J, Llovet JM. Major achievements in hepatocellular carcinoma. Lancet 2009; 373:614616.
  11. Gómez-Rodríguez R, Romero-Gutiérrez M, Artaza-Varasa T, et al. The value of the Barcelona Clinic Liver Cancer and alpha-fetoprotein in the prognosis of hepatocellular carcinoma. Rev Esp Enferm Dig 2012; 104:298304.
  12. Zhang BH, Yang BH, Tang ZY. Randomized controlled trial of screening for hepatocellular carcinoma. J Cancer Res Clin Oncol 2004; 130:417422.
  13. Giannini EG, Erroi V, Trevisani F. Effectiveness of a-fetoprotein for hepatocellular carcinoma surveillance: the return of the living-dead? Expert Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol 2012; 6:441444.
  14. Farinati F, Marino D, De Giorgio M, et al. Diagnostic and prognostic role of alpha-fetoprotein in hepatocellular carcinoma: both or neither? Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101:524532.
  15. Forner A, Vilana R, Ayuso C, et al. Diagnosis of hepatic nodules 20 mm or smaller in cirrhosis: prospective validation of the noninvasive diagnostic criteria for hepatocellular carcinoma. Hepatology 2008; 47:97104.
  16. Vilana R, Forner A, Bianchi L, et al. Intrahepatic peripheral cholangiocarcinoma in cirrhosis patients may display a vascular pattern similar to hepatocellular carcinoma on contrast-enhanced ultrasound. Hepatology 2010; 51:20202029.
  17. Kojiro M. Pathological diagnosis at early stage: reaching international consensus. Oncology 2010; 78(suppl 1):3135.
  18. Schölmerich J, Schacherer D. Diagnostic biopsy for hepatocellular carcinoma in cirrhosis: useful, necessary, dangerous, or academic sport? Gut 2004; 53:12241226.
  19. Durand F, Regimbeau JM, Belghiti J, et al. Assessment of the benefits and risks of percutaneous biopsy before surgical resection of hepatocellular carcinoma. J Hepatol 2001; 35:254258.
  20. Bruix J, Castells A, Bosch J, et al. Surgical resection of hepatocellular carcinoma in cirrhotic patients: prognostic value of preoperative portal pressure. Gastroenterology 1996; 111:10181022.
  21. Llovet JM, Fuster J, Bruix J. Intention-to-treat analysis of surgical treatment for early hepatocellular carcinoma: resection versus transplantation. Hepatology 1999; 30:14341440.
  22. Nagasue N, Uchida M, Makino Y, et al. Incidence and factors associated with intrahepatic recurrence following resection of hepatocellular carcinoma. Gastroenterology 1993; 105:488494.
  23. Arii S, Tanaka J, Yamazoe Y, et al. Predictive factors for intrahepatic recurrence of hepatocellular carcinoma after partial hepatectomy. Cancer 1992; 69:913919.
  24. Cha C, Fong Y, Jarnagin WR, Blumgart LH, DeMatteo RP. Predictors and patterns of recurrence after resection of hepatocellular carcinoma. J Am Coll Surg 2003; 197:753758.
  25. Shah SA, Cleary SP, Wei AC, et al. Recurrence after liver resection for hepatocellular carcinoma: risk factors, treatment, and outcomes. Surgery 2007; 141:330339.
  26. Kohno H, Nagasue N, Hayashi T, et al. Postoperative adjuvant chemotherapy after radical hepatic resection for hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC). Hepatogastroenterology 1996; 43:14051409.
  27. Ono T, Nagasue N, Kohno H, et al. Adjuvant chemotherapy with epirubicin and carmofur after radical resection of hepatocellular carcinoma: a prospective randomized study. Semin Oncol 1997; 24(suppl 6):S625.
  28. Poon RT, Fan ST, Lo CM, Liu CL, Wong J. Intrahepatic recurrence after curative resection of hepatocellular carcinoma: Long-term results of treatment and prognostic factors. Ann Surg 1999; 229:216222.
  29. Mazzaferro V, Regalia E, Doci R, et al. Liver transplantation for the treatment of small hepatocellular carcinomas in patients with cirrhosis. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:693699.
  30. Yao FY, Ferrell L, Bass NM, et al. Liver transplantation for hepatocellular carcinoma: expansion of the tumor size limits does not adversely impact survival. Hepatology 2001; 33:13941403.
  31. Majno P, Lencioni R, Mornex F, Girard N, Poon RT, Cherqui D. Is the treatment of hepatocellular carcinoma on the waiting list necessary? Liver Transpl 2011; 17(suppl 2):S98S108.
  32. Graziadei IW, Sandmueller H, Waldenberger P, et al. Chemoembolization followed by liver transplantation for hepatocellular carcinoma impedes tumor progression while on the waiting list and leads to excellent outcome. Liver Transpl 2003; 9:557563.
  33. Kulik LM, Atassi B, van Holsbeeck L, et al. Yttrium-90 microspheres (TheraSphere) treatment of unresectable hepatocellular carcinoma: downstaging to resection, RFA and bridge to transplantation. J Surg Oncol 2006; 94:572586.
  34. Lu DS, Yu NC, Raman SS, et al. Percutaneous radiofrequency ablation of hepatocellular carcinoma as a bridge to liver transplantation. Hepatology 2005; 41:11301137.
  35. Pokorny H, Gnant M, Rasoul-Rockenschaub S, et al. Does additional doxorubicin chemotherapy improve outcome in patients with hepatocellular carcinoma treated by liver transplantation? Am J Transplant 2005; 5:788794.
  36. Feng K, Yan J, Li X, et al. A randomized controlled trial of radiofrequency ablation and surgical resection in the treatment of small hepatocellular carcinoma. J Hepatol 2012; 57:794802.
  37. Zhou Y, Zhao Y, Li B, et al. Meta-analysis of radiofrequency ablation versus hepatic resection for small hepatocellular carcinoma. BMC Gastroenterol 2010; 10:78.
  38. Lencioni RA, Allgaier HP, Cioni D, et al. Small hepatocellular carcinoma in cirrhosis: Randomized comparison of radiofrequency thermal ablation versus percutaneous ethanol injection. Radiology 2003; 228:235240.
  39. Ohmoto K, Yoshioka N, Tomiyama Y, et al. Comparison of therapeutic effects between radiofrequency ablation and percutaneous microwave coagulation therapy for small hepatocellular carcinomas. J Gastroenterol Hepatol 2009; 24:223227.
  40. Shibata T, Iimuro Y, Yamamoto Y, et al. Small hepatocellular carcinoma: comparison of radiofrequency ablation and percutaneous microwave coagulation therapy. Radiology 2002; 223:331337.
  41. Qian GJ, Wang N, Shen Q, et al. Efficacy of microwave versus radiofrequency ablation for treatment of small hepatocellular carcinoma: Experimental and clinical studies. Eur Radiol 2012; 22:19831990.
  42. Burrel M, Reig M, Forner A, et al. Survival of patients with hepatocellular carcinoma treated by transarterial chemoembolisation (TACE) using drug eluting beads. Implications for clinical practice and trial design. J Hepatol 2012; 56:13301335.
  43. Cammà C, Schepis F, Orlando A, et al. Transarterial chemoembolization for unresectable hepatocellular carcinoma: meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Radiology 2002; 224:4754.
  44. Llovet JM, Bruix J. Systematic review of randomized trials for unresectable hepatocellular carcinoma: chemoembolization improves survival. Hepatology 2003; 37:429442.
  45. Yao FY, Kerlan RK, Hirose R, et al. Excellent outcome following down-staging of hepatocellular carcinoma prior to liver transplantation: an intention-to-treat analysis. Hepatology 2008; 48:819827.
  46. Ferrer Puchol MD, la Parra C, Esteban E, et al. Comparison of doxorubicin-eluting bead transarterial chemoembolization (DEBTACE) with conventional transarterial chemoembolization (TACE) for the treatment of hepatocellular carcinoma (article in Spanish). Radiologia 2011; 53:246253.
  47. Salem R, Lewandowski RJ, Kulik L, et al. Radioembolization results in longer time-to-progression and reduced toxicity compared with chemoembolization in patients with hepatocellular carcinoma. Gastroenterology 2011; 140:497507.e2.
  48. Llovet JM, Ricci S, Mazzaferro V, et al; SHARP Investigators Study Group. Sorafenib in advanced hepatocellular carcinoma. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:378390.
  49. Miller AA, Murry DJ, Owzar K, et al. Phase I and pharmacokinetic study of sorafenib in patients with hepatic or renal dysfunction: CALGB 60301. J Clin Oncol 2009; 27:18001805.
References
  1. Ferlay J, Shin HR, Bray F, Forman D, Mathers C, Parkin DM. Estimates of worldwide burden of cancer in 2008: GLOBOCAN 2008. Int J Cancer 2010; 127:28932917.
  2. El-Serag HB, Rudolph KL. Hepatocellular carcinoma: epidemiology and molecular carcinogenesis. Gastroenterology 2007; 132:25572576.
  3. El-Serag HB. Epidemiology of viral hepatitis and hepatocellular carcinoma. Gastroenterology 2012; 142:12641273.e1.
  4. Altekruse SF, McGlynn KA, Reichman ME. Hepatocellular carcinoma incidence, mortality, and survival trends in the United States from 1975 to 2005. J Clin Oncol 2009; 27:14851491.
  5. Calle EE, Rodriguez C, Walker-Thurmond K, Thun MJ. Overweight, obesity, and mortality from cancer in a prospectively studied cohort of US adults. N Engl J Med 2003; 348:16251638.
  6. Sarasin FP, Giostra E, Hadengue A. Cost-effectiveness of screening for detection of small hepatocellular carcinoma in western patients with Child-Pugh class A cirrhosis. Am J Med 1996; 101:422434.
  7. Yu MW, Chang HC, Liaw YF, et al. Familial risk of hepatocellular carcinoma among chronic hepatitis B carriers and their relatives. J Natl Cancer Inst 2000; 92:11591164.
  8. Kew MC, Macerollo P. Effect of age on the etiologic role of the hepatitis B virus in hepatocellular carcinoma in blacks. Gastroenterology 1988; 94:439442.
  9. Bruix J, Sherman M; American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases. Management of hepatocellular carcinoma: an update. Hepatology 2011; 53:10201022.
  10. Bruix J, Llovet JM. Major achievements in hepatocellular carcinoma. Lancet 2009; 373:614616.
  11. Gómez-Rodríguez R, Romero-Gutiérrez M, Artaza-Varasa T, et al. The value of the Barcelona Clinic Liver Cancer and alpha-fetoprotein in the prognosis of hepatocellular carcinoma. Rev Esp Enferm Dig 2012; 104:298304.
  12. Zhang BH, Yang BH, Tang ZY. Randomized controlled trial of screening for hepatocellular carcinoma. J Cancer Res Clin Oncol 2004; 130:417422.
  13. Giannini EG, Erroi V, Trevisani F. Effectiveness of a-fetoprotein for hepatocellular carcinoma surveillance: the return of the living-dead? Expert Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol 2012; 6:441444.
  14. Farinati F, Marino D, De Giorgio M, et al. Diagnostic and prognostic role of alpha-fetoprotein in hepatocellular carcinoma: both or neither? Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101:524532.
  15. Forner A, Vilana R, Ayuso C, et al. Diagnosis of hepatic nodules 20 mm or smaller in cirrhosis: prospective validation of the noninvasive diagnostic criteria for hepatocellular carcinoma. Hepatology 2008; 47:97104.
  16. Vilana R, Forner A, Bianchi L, et al. Intrahepatic peripheral cholangiocarcinoma in cirrhosis patients may display a vascular pattern similar to hepatocellular carcinoma on contrast-enhanced ultrasound. Hepatology 2010; 51:20202029.
  17. Kojiro M. Pathological diagnosis at early stage: reaching international consensus. Oncology 2010; 78(suppl 1):3135.
  18. Schölmerich J, Schacherer D. Diagnostic biopsy for hepatocellular carcinoma in cirrhosis: useful, necessary, dangerous, or academic sport? Gut 2004; 53:12241226.
  19. Durand F, Regimbeau JM, Belghiti J, et al. Assessment of the benefits and risks of percutaneous biopsy before surgical resection of hepatocellular carcinoma. J Hepatol 2001; 35:254258.
  20. Bruix J, Castells A, Bosch J, et al. Surgical resection of hepatocellular carcinoma in cirrhotic patients: prognostic value of preoperative portal pressure. Gastroenterology 1996; 111:10181022.
  21. Llovet JM, Fuster J, Bruix J. Intention-to-treat analysis of surgical treatment for early hepatocellular carcinoma: resection versus transplantation. Hepatology 1999; 30:14341440.
  22. Nagasue N, Uchida M, Makino Y, et al. Incidence and factors associated with intrahepatic recurrence following resection of hepatocellular carcinoma. Gastroenterology 1993; 105:488494.
  23. Arii S, Tanaka J, Yamazoe Y, et al. Predictive factors for intrahepatic recurrence of hepatocellular carcinoma after partial hepatectomy. Cancer 1992; 69:913919.
  24. Cha C, Fong Y, Jarnagin WR, Blumgart LH, DeMatteo RP. Predictors and patterns of recurrence after resection of hepatocellular carcinoma. J Am Coll Surg 2003; 197:753758.
  25. Shah SA, Cleary SP, Wei AC, et al. Recurrence after liver resection for hepatocellular carcinoma: risk factors, treatment, and outcomes. Surgery 2007; 141:330339.
  26. Kohno H, Nagasue N, Hayashi T, et al. Postoperative adjuvant chemotherapy after radical hepatic resection for hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC). Hepatogastroenterology 1996; 43:14051409.
  27. Ono T, Nagasue N, Kohno H, et al. Adjuvant chemotherapy with epirubicin and carmofur after radical resection of hepatocellular carcinoma: a prospective randomized study. Semin Oncol 1997; 24(suppl 6):S625.
  28. Poon RT, Fan ST, Lo CM, Liu CL, Wong J. Intrahepatic recurrence after curative resection of hepatocellular carcinoma: Long-term results of treatment and prognostic factors. Ann Surg 1999; 229:216222.
  29. Mazzaferro V, Regalia E, Doci R, et al. Liver transplantation for the treatment of small hepatocellular carcinomas in patients with cirrhosis. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:693699.
  30. Yao FY, Ferrell L, Bass NM, et al. Liver transplantation for hepatocellular carcinoma: expansion of the tumor size limits does not adversely impact survival. Hepatology 2001; 33:13941403.
  31. Majno P, Lencioni R, Mornex F, Girard N, Poon RT, Cherqui D. Is the treatment of hepatocellular carcinoma on the waiting list necessary? Liver Transpl 2011; 17(suppl 2):S98S108.
  32. Graziadei IW, Sandmueller H, Waldenberger P, et al. Chemoembolization followed by liver transplantation for hepatocellular carcinoma impedes tumor progression while on the waiting list and leads to excellent outcome. Liver Transpl 2003; 9:557563.
  33. Kulik LM, Atassi B, van Holsbeeck L, et al. Yttrium-90 microspheres (TheraSphere) treatment of unresectable hepatocellular carcinoma: downstaging to resection, RFA and bridge to transplantation. J Surg Oncol 2006; 94:572586.
  34. Lu DS, Yu NC, Raman SS, et al. Percutaneous radiofrequency ablation of hepatocellular carcinoma as a bridge to liver transplantation. Hepatology 2005; 41:11301137.
  35. Pokorny H, Gnant M, Rasoul-Rockenschaub S, et al. Does additional doxorubicin chemotherapy improve outcome in patients with hepatocellular carcinoma treated by liver transplantation? Am J Transplant 2005; 5:788794.
  36. Feng K, Yan J, Li X, et al. A randomized controlled trial of radiofrequency ablation and surgical resection in the treatment of small hepatocellular carcinoma. J Hepatol 2012; 57:794802.
  37. Zhou Y, Zhao Y, Li B, et al. Meta-analysis of radiofrequency ablation versus hepatic resection for small hepatocellular carcinoma. BMC Gastroenterol 2010; 10:78.
  38. Lencioni RA, Allgaier HP, Cioni D, et al. Small hepatocellular carcinoma in cirrhosis: Randomized comparison of radiofrequency thermal ablation versus percutaneous ethanol injection. Radiology 2003; 228:235240.
  39. Ohmoto K, Yoshioka N, Tomiyama Y, et al. Comparison of therapeutic effects between radiofrequency ablation and percutaneous microwave coagulation therapy for small hepatocellular carcinomas. J Gastroenterol Hepatol 2009; 24:223227.
  40. Shibata T, Iimuro Y, Yamamoto Y, et al. Small hepatocellular carcinoma: comparison of radiofrequency ablation and percutaneous microwave coagulation therapy. Radiology 2002; 223:331337.
  41. Qian GJ, Wang N, Shen Q, et al. Efficacy of microwave versus radiofrequency ablation for treatment of small hepatocellular carcinoma: Experimental and clinical studies. Eur Radiol 2012; 22:19831990.
  42. Burrel M, Reig M, Forner A, et al. Survival of patients with hepatocellular carcinoma treated by transarterial chemoembolisation (TACE) using drug eluting beads. Implications for clinical practice and trial design. J Hepatol 2012; 56:13301335.
  43. Cammà C, Schepis F, Orlando A, et al. Transarterial chemoembolization for unresectable hepatocellular carcinoma: meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Radiology 2002; 224:4754.
  44. Llovet JM, Bruix J. Systematic review of randomized trials for unresectable hepatocellular carcinoma: chemoembolization improves survival. Hepatology 2003; 37:429442.
  45. Yao FY, Kerlan RK, Hirose R, et al. Excellent outcome following down-staging of hepatocellular carcinoma prior to liver transplantation: an intention-to-treat analysis. Hepatology 2008; 48:819827.
  46. Ferrer Puchol MD, la Parra C, Esteban E, et al. Comparison of doxorubicin-eluting bead transarterial chemoembolization (DEBTACE) with conventional transarterial chemoembolization (TACE) for the treatment of hepatocellular carcinoma (article in Spanish). Radiologia 2011; 53:246253.
  47. Salem R, Lewandowski RJ, Kulik L, et al. Radioembolization results in longer time-to-progression and reduced toxicity compared with chemoembolization in patients with hepatocellular carcinoma. Gastroenterology 2011; 140:497507.e2.
  48. Llovet JM, Ricci S, Mazzaferro V, et al; SHARP Investigators Study Group. Sorafenib in advanced hepatocellular carcinoma. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:378390.
  49. Miller AA, Murry DJ, Owzar K, et al. Phase I and pharmacokinetic study of sorafenib in patients with hepatic or renal dysfunction: CALGB 60301. J Clin Oncol 2009; 27:18001805.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(10)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(10)
Page Number
645-653
Page Number
645-653
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Hepatocellular carcinoma: Options for diagnosing and managing a deadly disease
Display Headline
Hepatocellular carcinoma: Options for diagnosing and managing a deadly disease
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Surveillance for HCC is indicated in all patients with cirrhosis, regardless of the cause of the cirrhosis.
  • Liver biopsy is not needed to make the diagnosis if the findings on four-phase multidetector computed tomography or dynamic contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging are typical of HCC (arterial hyperenhancement with venous-phase or delayed-phase washout).
  • Many treatments are available, including surgical resection, liver transplantation, ablative therapy, perfusion-based therapy, chemotherapy, and palliative therapy.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

The jugular venous pressure revisited

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 09/25/2017 - 14:06
Display Headline
The jugular venous pressure revisited

In this age of technological marvels, it is easy to become so reliant on them as to neglect the value of bedside physical signs. Yet these signs provide information that adds no cost, is immediately available, and can be repeated at will.

Few physical findings are as useful but as undervalued as is the estimation of the jugular venous pressure. Unfortunately, many practitioners at many levels of seniority and experience do not measure it correctly, leading to a vicious circle of unreliable information, lack of confidence, and underuse. Another reason for its underuse is that the jugular venous pressure does not correlate precisely with the right atrial pressure, as we will see below.

In this review, we will attempt to clarify physiologic principles and describe technical details. Much of this is simple but, as always, the devil is in the details.

ANATOMIC CONSIDERATIONS

Think of the systemic veins as a soft-walled and mildly distensible reservoir with fingerlike projections, analogous to a partially fluidfilled surgical glove.1 In a semi-upright position, the venous system is partially filled with blood and is collapsed above the level that this blood reaches up to.

Blood is constantly flowing in and out of this reservoir, flowing in by venous return and flowing out by the pumping action of the right side of the heart. The volume in the venous reservoir and hence the pressure are normally maintained by the variability of right ventricular stroke volume in accordance with the Frank-Starling law. Excess volume and pressure indicate failure of this homeostatic mechanism.

The internal jugular veins, being continuous with the superior vena cava, provide a visible measure of the degree to which the systemic venous reservoir is filled, a manometer that reflects the pressure in the right atrium—at least in theory.2 Thus, the vertical height above the right atrium to which they are distended and above which they are in a collapsed state should reflect the right atrial pressure.

(In fact, the jugular venous pressure may underestimate the right atrial pressure, for reasons still not understood. This will be discussed below.)

In a healthy person, the visible jugular veins are fully collapsed when the person is standing and are often distended to a variable degree when the person is supine. Selecting an appropriate intermediate position permits the top of the column (the meniscus) to become visible in the neck between the clavicle and the mandible.

DISCREPANCY BETWEEN JUGULAR VENOUS AND RIGHT ATRIAL PRESSURE

Several reports have indicated that the jugular venous pressure may underestimate the right atrial pressure. Deol et al3 confirmed this, while establishing an excellent correlation between the level of venous collapse (observed on ultrasonography) and the jugular venous pressure. The difference between the right atrial pressure and the jugular venous pressure tended to be greater at higher venous pressures.3

Most people have a valve near the termination of the internal jugular vein, with variable competence. Inhibition of reflux of blood from the superior vena cava into the internal jugular vein by this valve is the most plausible cause of this disparity.4

The failure of the jugular venous pressure to correlate with the right atrial pressure has been cited by some as a reason to doubt the value of a sign that cardiologists have long relied on. How do we reconcile this apparent paradox? Careful review of the literature that has demonstrated this lack of correlation reveals the following:

  • When unequal, the jugular venous pressure always underestimates the right atrial pressure.
  • The lack of correlation is less evident at lower venous pressures.

This indicates the following:

  • In the presence of congestive heart failure, the right atrial pressure is at least as high and perhaps higher than the jugular venous pressure. Hence, if the jugular venous pressure is high, further treatment, especially diuresis, is needed.
  • A jugular venous pressure of zero implies a euvolemic state.

Thus, the jugular venous pressure provides excellent guidance when administering diuresis in congestive heart failure. These deductions obviously require the clinical judgment that the elevated right atrial pressure and jugular venous pressure do indeed reflect elevation of pulmonary capillary wedge pressure rather than other conditions discussed later in this article.

 

 

WHICH REFERENCE POINT TO USE?

The two points that can be used as references above which the jugular venous pressure is expressed are the center of the right atrium and the sternal angle. While the former may reflect physiology, the latter is preferred, as it is always visible and has the added advantage of being close to the upper limit of normal, which is about 3 cm above this level.

The difference in height between these two reference points has often been quoted as 5 cm, but this is an underestimate in the body positions used in examination.5 Seth et al6 found a mean of 8 cm at 30° elevation, 9.7 cm at 45°, and 9.8 cm at 60°. The difference also varied between patients, being larger in association with smoking, older age, large body mass index, and large anterior-posterior diameter. These factors should be considered when trying to evaluate the significance of a particular jugular venous pressure.

The junction of the midaxillary line and the fourth left intercostal space (“the phlebostatic point”) has been recommended as a reference point by some, as it is level with the mid-right atrium. However, using the phlebostatic point as a reference position is cumbersome and results in a valid measurement only with the patient in the supine position.7

TECHNIQUE IS VITAL

Figure 1.

Close adherence to technical details is vital in reliably and reproducibly measuring the pressure in the internal jugular veins (Figure 1).

The right side is usually observed first, as it is the side on which the examiner usually stands. Using the right side also avoids the rare occurrence of external compression of the left brachiocephalic vein.

Head and shoulders

The sternocleidomastoid muscle lies anterior to each internal jugular vein.8 When tense, it impedes good observation. Shortening, and hence relaxing, this muscle permits the meniscus to be observed. Correct positioning is achieved by:

  • Placing a folded pillow behind the patient’s head
  • Keeping the shoulders on the mattress
  • Turning the head away and elevating the jaw, both slightly; this is often best achieved by gentle pressure of the palm of the observer's hand on the patient's forehead.

Degree of head elevation

Although the proper degree of head elevation is sometimes said to be between 30° and 60°, these numbers are approximate. The correct angle is that which brings the venous meniscus into the window of visibility in the neck between the clavicle and mandible.

Lighting

Shining a flashlight tangentially to the skin is often helpful, casting shadows that improve the visibility of vein motion. Dimming the room lighting may further enhance this effect. Directing a light perpendicular to the skin is not helpful.

Also check the external jugular vein

Checking the external jugular vein can help establish that the jugular venous pressure is normal. If the vein is initially collapsed, light finger pressure at the base of the neck will distend it. If the distention rapidly clears after release of this pressure, the jugular venous pressure is not elevated. However, if external jugular venous distention persists, this does not prove true jugular venous pressure elevation, since it may reflect external compression of the vein by the cervical fascia or delayed blood flow caused by sclerotic venous valves.9 In these instances, the internal jugular pulsation level must be sought.

Jugular venous collapse with inspiration

Collapse of the inferior vena cava with forced inspiration is routinely evaluated during echocardiography as a way to estimate right atrial pressure. This finding has been extrapolated to the jugular veins, wherein the absence of venous collapse during vigorous inspiration or sniffing indicates elevated central venous pressures.10

Distinguishing venous from arterial pulsation

Features indicating venous rather than arterial pulsation were listed by Wood more than 50 years ago11 and are still relevant today. These include internal jugular pulsation that:

  • Is soft, diffuse, undulant
  • Is not palpable
  • Has two crests and two troughs per cardiac cycle
  • Has crests that do not coincide with the palpated carotid pulse (exceptions may be seen with the systolic timing of the v wave of tricuspid regurgitation)
  • Has higher pressure in expiration, lower in inspiration (exceptions may be seen when Kussmaul physiology is present)
  • Has pressure that rises with abdominal pressure
  • Is obliterated by light pressure at the base of the neck.

In addition to the above criteria, a wave whose movement is predominantly a descent is nearly always venous.

Abdominojugular reflex

Firm, steady pressure over the abdomen will often result in a small rise in jugular venous pressure. In healthy people, this normalizes in a few seconds, even while manual pressure is maintained. Persistence of jugular venous pressure elevation beyond 10 seconds, followed by an abrupt fall upon withdrawal of manual pressure, is abnormal. This finding has implications similar to those of an elevated baseline jugular venous pressure.

 

 

SIGNIFICANCE OF JUGULAR VENOUS PRESSURE ELEVATION

Elevated jugular venous pressure is a manifestation of abnormal right heart dynamics, mostly commonly reflecting elevated pulmonary capillary wedge pressure from left heart failure.12 This usually implies fluid overload, indicating the need for diuresis.

Exceptions to this therapeutic implication include the presence of a primary right heart condition, pericardial disease, certain arrhythmias, and conditions that elevate intrathoracic pressure. These will be discussed below. One important example is the acute jugular venous pressure elevation seen in right ventricular infarction, in which the high venous pressure is compensatory and its reduction can produce hypotension and shock.13

Primary right heart conditions also include right-sided valvular disease, cor pulmonale (including pulmonary embolism and pulmonary hypertension), and the compressive effect of pericardial tamponade or constriction. A normal or near-normal jugular venous pressure significantly decreases the likelihood of significant constriction or of tamponade of a degree necessitating urgent pericardiocentesis.14

SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES

Presence of an intravenous line in the neck

An intravenous line in the neck will often prevent observation of the jugular venous pressure. A simple measure can often compensate for this. If the venous line can be temporarily disconnected, the central venous pressure can be measured directly. Using sterile technique, the line can be flushed with saline and aspirated to bring blood into the transparent tubing. Leaving the proximal end open to the air, and alternately raising and lowering it to confirm free flow, the level to which the blood rises can be easily observed. Observing small cardiac and respiratory variations of the meniscus confirms free communication with the central veins. Attaching the line to a transducer is another option, but this may be time-consuming, and establishing an accurate zero point is often difficult.

The previously described discrepancy between jugular venous pressure and central venous pressure has to be considered when drawing conclusions from this measurement.

Intrathoracic pressure elevators

Positive pressure ventilation will elevate intrathoracic pressure (including right atrial pressure) and hence the jugular venous pressure, making interpretation difficult.15 Large pleural effusions or pneumothorax may have a similar effect.16

Superior vena cava syndrome

Markedly elevated jugular venous pressure is here associated with absent or very diminished pulsation, as the caval obstruction has eliminated free communication with the right atrium.17 Associated facial plethora and edema, papilledema, and superficial venous distention over the chest wall will often confirm this diagnosis.

THE WAVEFORM

Figure 2.

While the main purpose of viewing the neck veins is to establish the mean pressure, useful information can often be obtained by assessing the waveform. Abnormalities reflect arrhythmias, right heart hemodynamics, or pericardial disease.18 Changes may be subtle and difficult to detect, but some patterns can be quite readily appreciated (Figure 2). A limited selection follows.

Arrhythmias

Cannon a waves. These intermittent sharp positive deflections in the venous pulse represent right atrial contraction against a closed tricuspid valve. They are most commonly associated with premature ventricular complexes, but they occur in other conditions in which atrial and ventricular beating are dissociated, including complete heart block, atrioventricular dissociation, and electronic ventricular pacing.19–21

Repetitive cannon waves. These may be seen with atrioventricular junctional tachycardia or ventricular tachycardia with 1:1 retrograde ventriculoatrial conduction in which the tricuspid valve is closed to every atrial beat.

Fine rapid regular pulsation may be seen in atrial flutter and may be a useful clue in distinguishing this from sinus rhythm when there is 4:1 atrioventricular conduction and a normal ventricular rate.

Abnormal right heart hemodynamics

Large v waves (Lancisi sign). These surges, replacing the usual x descent in systole, are seen in tricuspid insufficiency when the right atrium and its venous attachments are not protected from the right ventricular systolic pressure.22 High right ventricular pressure will obviously enhance this systolic surge.

Large a waves. These reflect resistance to right atrial outflow and may be seen when right ventricular compliance is reduced by hypertrophy from chronic pressure overload or in tricuspid stenosis.23

Pericardial disease

Kussmaul sign is the paradoxical increase in jugular venous pressure with inspiration, observed in conditions associated with limited filling of the right ventricle. It is typically associated with constrictive pericarditis, although it occurs in only a minority of people with this condition.24 It may also be seen in restrictive cardiomyopathy, massive pulmonary embolism, right ventricular infarction, and tricuspid stenosis.25

Diaphragmatic descent during inspiration increases intra-abdominal pressure and decreases intrathoracic pressure. The resulting increased gradient between the abdomen and thorax enhances venous return from splanchnic vessels, which in the setting of a noncompliant right ventricle may result in increased right atrial (and, hence, jugular venous) pressure.26

It is important to point out that the Kussmaul sign does not occur with cardiac tamponade in the absence of associated pericardial constriction.

Exaggerated y descent is typically seen in pericardial constriction, in which the high pressure of the v wave falls rapidly at the onset of diastole, given initial minimal right ventricular resistance. Flow is abruptly stopped when the intrapericardial space is filled.

References
  1. Sherwood L. Human Physiology: From Cells to Systems. 8th ed. Belmont, CA: Brooks/Cole; 2012.
  2. Constant J. Using internal jugular pulsations as a manometer for right atrial pressure measurements. Cardiology 2000; 93:2630.
  3. Deol GR, Collett N, Ashby A, Schmidt GA. Ultrasound accurately reflects the jugular venous examination but underestimates central venous pressure. Chest 2011; 139:95100.
  4. Wu X, Studer W, Erb T, Skarvan K, Seeberger MD. Competence of the internal jugular vein valve is damaged by cannulation and catheterization of the internal jugular vein. Anesthesiology 2000; 93:319324.
  5. Ramana RK, Sanagala T, Lichtenberg R. A new angle on the angle of Louis. Congest Heart Fail 2006; 12:196199.
  6. Seth R, Magner P, Matzinger F, van Walraven C. How far is the sternal angle from the mid-right atrium? J Gen Intern Med 2002; 17:852856.
  7. Kee LL, Simonson JS, Stotts NA, Skov P, Schiller NB. Echocardiographic determination of valid zero reference levels in supine and lateral positions. Am J Crit Care 1993; 2:7280.
  8. Park SY, Kim MJ, Kim MG, et al. Changes in the relationship between the right internal jugular vein and an anatomical landmark after head rotation. Korean J Anesthesiol 2011; 61:107111.
  9. Sankoff J, Zidulka A. Non-invasive method for the rapid assessment of central venous pressure: description and validation by a single examiner. West J Emerg Med 2008; 9:201205.
  10. Conn RD, O’Keefe JH. Simplified evaluation of the jugular venous pressure: significance of inspiratory collapse of jugular veins. Mo Med 2012; 109:150152.
  11. Wood PH. Diseases of the Heart and Circulation. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott; 1956.
  12. Drazner MH, Brown RN, Kaiser PA, et al. Relationship of right- and left-sided filling pressures in patients with advanced heart failure: a 14-year multi-institutional analysis. J Heart Lung Transplant 2012; 31:6772.
  13. Clark G, Strauss HD, Roberts R. Dobutamine vs furosemide in the treatment of cardiac failure due to right ventricular infarction. Chest 1980; 77:220223.
  14. Roy CL, Minor MA, Brookhart MA, Choudhry NK. Does this patient with a pericardial effusion have cardiac tamponade? JAMA 2007; 297:18101818.
  15. Zhou Q, Xiao W, An E, Zhou H, Yan M. Effects of four different positive airway pressures on right internal jugular vein catheterisation. Eur J Anaesthesiol 2012; 29:223228.
  16. Jolobe OM. Disproportionate elevation of jugular venous pressure in pleural effusion. Br J Hosp Med (Lond) 2011; 72:582585.
  17. Seo M, Shin WJ, Jun IG. Central venous catheter-related superior vena cava syndrome following renal transplantation—a case report. Korean J Anesthesiol 2012; 63:550554.
  18. Applefeld MM. The jugular venous pressure and pulse contour. In:Walker HK, Hall WD, Hurst JW, editors. Clinical Methods: The History, Physical, and Laboratory Examinations. 3rd ed. Boston, MA: Butterworths; 1990.
  19. El Gamal MI, Van Gelder LM. Chronic ventricular pacing with ventriculo-atrial conduction versus atrial pacing in three patients with symptomatic sinus bradycardia. Pacing Clin Electrophysiol 1981; 4:100105.
  20. Berman ND, Waxman MB. Cannon waves with A-V association. Am Heart J 1976; 91:643644.
  21. Luisada AA, Singhal A, Kim K. The jugular and hepatic tracings in normal subjects and in conduction defects. Acta Cardiol 1983; 38:405424.
  22. Miller MJ, McKay RG, Ferguson JJ, et al. Right atrial pressure-volume relationships in tricuspid regurgitation. Circulation 1986; 73:799808.
  23. Wooley CF, Fontana ME, Kilman JW, Ryan JM. Tricuspid stenosis. Atrial systolic murmur, tricuspid opening snap, and right atrial pressure pulse. Am J Med 1985; 78:375384.
  24. McGee SR. Evidence-Based Physical Diagnosis. 3rd ed. Philadelphia, PA: Elsevier/Saunders; 2012.
  25. Mittal SR, Garg S, Lalgarhia M. Jugular venous pressure and pulse wave form in the diagnosis of right ventricular infarction. Int J Cardiol 1996; 53:253256.
  26. Bilchick KC, Wise RA. Paradoxical physical findings described by Kussmaul: pulsus paradoxus and Kussmaul’s sign. Lancet 2002; 359:19401942.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

John Michael S. Chua Chiaco, MD
Cardiovascular Disease, John A. Burns School of Medicine, University of Hawaii, Honolulu

Nisha I. Parikh, MD, MPH
Assistant Professor, John A. Burns School of Medicine, University of Hawaii; The Queen’s Medical Center, Honolulu

David J. Fergusson, MD
Clinical Professor of Medicine, Department of Cardiology, John A. Burns School of Medicine, University of Hawaii; The Queen’s Medical Center, Honolulu

Address: David John Fergusson, MD, 550 South Beretania Street, Unit 601, Honolulu, HI 96813; e-mail: dfergusson@queens.org

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
638-644
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

John Michael S. Chua Chiaco, MD
Cardiovascular Disease, John A. Burns School of Medicine, University of Hawaii, Honolulu

Nisha I. Parikh, MD, MPH
Assistant Professor, John A. Burns School of Medicine, University of Hawaii; The Queen’s Medical Center, Honolulu

David J. Fergusson, MD
Clinical Professor of Medicine, Department of Cardiology, John A. Burns School of Medicine, University of Hawaii; The Queen’s Medical Center, Honolulu

Address: David John Fergusson, MD, 550 South Beretania Street, Unit 601, Honolulu, HI 96813; e-mail: dfergusson@queens.org

Author and Disclosure Information

John Michael S. Chua Chiaco, MD
Cardiovascular Disease, John A. Burns School of Medicine, University of Hawaii, Honolulu

Nisha I. Parikh, MD, MPH
Assistant Professor, John A. Burns School of Medicine, University of Hawaii; The Queen’s Medical Center, Honolulu

David J. Fergusson, MD
Clinical Professor of Medicine, Department of Cardiology, John A. Burns School of Medicine, University of Hawaii; The Queen’s Medical Center, Honolulu

Address: David John Fergusson, MD, 550 South Beretania Street, Unit 601, Honolulu, HI 96813; e-mail: dfergusson@queens.org

Article PDF
Article PDF

In this age of technological marvels, it is easy to become so reliant on them as to neglect the value of bedside physical signs. Yet these signs provide information that adds no cost, is immediately available, and can be repeated at will.

Few physical findings are as useful but as undervalued as is the estimation of the jugular venous pressure. Unfortunately, many practitioners at many levels of seniority and experience do not measure it correctly, leading to a vicious circle of unreliable information, lack of confidence, and underuse. Another reason for its underuse is that the jugular venous pressure does not correlate precisely with the right atrial pressure, as we will see below.

In this review, we will attempt to clarify physiologic principles and describe technical details. Much of this is simple but, as always, the devil is in the details.

ANATOMIC CONSIDERATIONS

Think of the systemic veins as a soft-walled and mildly distensible reservoir with fingerlike projections, analogous to a partially fluidfilled surgical glove.1 In a semi-upright position, the venous system is partially filled with blood and is collapsed above the level that this blood reaches up to.

Blood is constantly flowing in and out of this reservoir, flowing in by venous return and flowing out by the pumping action of the right side of the heart. The volume in the venous reservoir and hence the pressure are normally maintained by the variability of right ventricular stroke volume in accordance with the Frank-Starling law. Excess volume and pressure indicate failure of this homeostatic mechanism.

The internal jugular veins, being continuous with the superior vena cava, provide a visible measure of the degree to which the systemic venous reservoir is filled, a manometer that reflects the pressure in the right atrium—at least in theory.2 Thus, the vertical height above the right atrium to which they are distended and above which they are in a collapsed state should reflect the right atrial pressure.

(In fact, the jugular venous pressure may underestimate the right atrial pressure, for reasons still not understood. This will be discussed below.)

In a healthy person, the visible jugular veins are fully collapsed when the person is standing and are often distended to a variable degree when the person is supine. Selecting an appropriate intermediate position permits the top of the column (the meniscus) to become visible in the neck between the clavicle and the mandible.

DISCREPANCY BETWEEN JUGULAR VENOUS AND RIGHT ATRIAL PRESSURE

Several reports have indicated that the jugular venous pressure may underestimate the right atrial pressure. Deol et al3 confirmed this, while establishing an excellent correlation between the level of venous collapse (observed on ultrasonography) and the jugular venous pressure. The difference between the right atrial pressure and the jugular venous pressure tended to be greater at higher venous pressures.3

Most people have a valve near the termination of the internal jugular vein, with variable competence. Inhibition of reflux of blood from the superior vena cava into the internal jugular vein by this valve is the most plausible cause of this disparity.4

The failure of the jugular venous pressure to correlate with the right atrial pressure has been cited by some as a reason to doubt the value of a sign that cardiologists have long relied on. How do we reconcile this apparent paradox? Careful review of the literature that has demonstrated this lack of correlation reveals the following:

  • When unequal, the jugular venous pressure always underestimates the right atrial pressure.
  • The lack of correlation is less evident at lower venous pressures.

This indicates the following:

  • In the presence of congestive heart failure, the right atrial pressure is at least as high and perhaps higher than the jugular venous pressure. Hence, if the jugular venous pressure is high, further treatment, especially diuresis, is needed.
  • A jugular venous pressure of zero implies a euvolemic state.

Thus, the jugular venous pressure provides excellent guidance when administering diuresis in congestive heart failure. These deductions obviously require the clinical judgment that the elevated right atrial pressure and jugular venous pressure do indeed reflect elevation of pulmonary capillary wedge pressure rather than other conditions discussed later in this article.

 

 

WHICH REFERENCE POINT TO USE?

The two points that can be used as references above which the jugular venous pressure is expressed are the center of the right atrium and the sternal angle. While the former may reflect physiology, the latter is preferred, as it is always visible and has the added advantage of being close to the upper limit of normal, which is about 3 cm above this level.

The difference in height between these two reference points has often been quoted as 5 cm, but this is an underestimate in the body positions used in examination.5 Seth et al6 found a mean of 8 cm at 30° elevation, 9.7 cm at 45°, and 9.8 cm at 60°. The difference also varied between patients, being larger in association with smoking, older age, large body mass index, and large anterior-posterior diameter. These factors should be considered when trying to evaluate the significance of a particular jugular venous pressure.

The junction of the midaxillary line and the fourth left intercostal space (“the phlebostatic point”) has been recommended as a reference point by some, as it is level with the mid-right atrium. However, using the phlebostatic point as a reference position is cumbersome and results in a valid measurement only with the patient in the supine position.7

TECHNIQUE IS VITAL

Figure 1.

Close adherence to technical details is vital in reliably and reproducibly measuring the pressure in the internal jugular veins (Figure 1).

The right side is usually observed first, as it is the side on which the examiner usually stands. Using the right side also avoids the rare occurrence of external compression of the left brachiocephalic vein.

Head and shoulders

The sternocleidomastoid muscle lies anterior to each internal jugular vein.8 When tense, it impedes good observation. Shortening, and hence relaxing, this muscle permits the meniscus to be observed. Correct positioning is achieved by:

  • Placing a folded pillow behind the patient’s head
  • Keeping the shoulders on the mattress
  • Turning the head away and elevating the jaw, both slightly; this is often best achieved by gentle pressure of the palm of the observer's hand on the patient's forehead.

Degree of head elevation

Although the proper degree of head elevation is sometimes said to be between 30° and 60°, these numbers are approximate. The correct angle is that which brings the venous meniscus into the window of visibility in the neck between the clavicle and mandible.

Lighting

Shining a flashlight tangentially to the skin is often helpful, casting shadows that improve the visibility of vein motion. Dimming the room lighting may further enhance this effect. Directing a light perpendicular to the skin is not helpful.

Also check the external jugular vein

Checking the external jugular vein can help establish that the jugular venous pressure is normal. If the vein is initially collapsed, light finger pressure at the base of the neck will distend it. If the distention rapidly clears after release of this pressure, the jugular venous pressure is not elevated. However, if external jugular venous distention persists, this does not prove true jugular venous pressure elevation, since it may reflect external compression of the vein by the cervical fascia or delayed blood flow caused by sclerotic venous valves.9 In these instances, the internal jugular pulsation level must be sought.

Jugular venous collapse with inspiration

Collapse of the inferior vena cava with forced inspiration is routinely evaluated during echocardiography as a way to estimate right atrial pressure. This finding has been extrapolated to the jugular veins, wherein the absence of venous collapse during vigorous inspiration or sniffing indicates elevated central venous pressures.10

Distinguishing venous from arterial pulsation

Features indicating venous rather than arterial pulsation were listed by Wood more than 50 years ago11 and are still relevant today. These include internal jugular pulsation that:

  • Is soft, diffuse, undulant
  • Is not palpable
  • Has two crests and two troughs per cardiac cycle
  • Has crests that do not coincide with the palpated carotid pulse (exceptions may be seen with the systolic timing of the v wave of tricuspid regurgitation)
  • Has higher pressure in expiration, lower in inspiration (exceptions may be seen when Kussmaul physiology is present)
  • Has pressure that rises with abdominal pressure
  • Is obliterated by light pressure at the base of the neck.

In addition to the above criteria, a wave whose movement is predominantly a descent is nearly always venous.

Abdominojugular reflex

Firm, steady pressure over the abdomen will often result in a small rise in jugular venous pressure. In healthy people, this normalizes in a few seconds, even while manual pressure is maintained. Persistence of jugular venous pressure elevation beyond 10 seconds, followed by an abrupt fall upon withdrawal of manual pressure, is abnormal. This finding has implications similar to those of an elevated baseline jugular venous pressure.

 

 

SIGNIFICANCE OF JUGULAR VENOUS PRESSURE ELEVATION

Elevated jugular venous pressure is a manifestation of abnormal right heart dynamics, mostly commonly reflecting elevated pulmonary capillary wedge pressure from left heart failure.12 This usually implies fluid overload, indicating the need for diuresis.

Exceptions to this therapeutic implication include the presence of a primary right heart condition, pericardial disease, certain arrhythmias, and conditions that elevate intrathoracic pressure. These will be discussed below. One important example is the acute jugular venous pressure elevation seen in right ventricular infarction, in which the high venous pressure is compensatory and its reduction can produce hypotension and shock.13

Primary right heart conditions also include right-sided valvular disease, cor pulmonale (including pulmonary embolism and pulmonary hypertension), and the compressive effect of pericardial tamponade or constriction. A normal or near-normal jugular venous pressure significantly decreases the likelihood of significant constriction or of tamponade of a degree necessitating urgent pericardiocentesis.14

SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES

Presence of an intravenous line in the neck

An intravenous line in the neck will often prevent observation of the jugular venous pressure. A simple measure can often compensate for this. If the venous line can be temporarily disconnected, the central venous pressure can be measured directly. Using sterile technique, the line can be flushed with saline and aspirated to bring blood into the transparent tubing. Leaving the proximal end open to the air, and alternately raising and lowering it to confirm free flow, the level to which the blood rises can be easily observed. Observing small cardiac and respiratory variations of the meniscus confirms free communication with the central veins. Attaching the line to a transducer is another option, but this may be time-consuming, and establishing an accurate zero point is often difficult.

The previously described discrepancy between jugular venous pressure and central venous pressure has to be considered when drawing conclusions from this measurement.

Intrathoracic pressure elevators

Positive pressure ventilation will elevate intrathoracic pressure (including right atrial pressure) and hence the jugular venous pressure, making interpretation difficult.15 Large pleural effusions or pneumothorax may have a similar effect.16

Superior vena cava syndrome

Markedly elevated jugular venous pressure is here associated with absent or very diminished pulsation, as the caval obstruction has eliminated free communication with the right atrium.17 Associated facial plethora and edema, papilledema, and superficial venous distention over the chest wall will often confirm this diagnosis.

THE WAVEFORM

Figure 2.

While the main purpose of viewing the neck veins is to establish the mean pressure, useful information can often be obtained by assessing the waveform. Abnormalities reflect arrhythmias, right heart hemodynamics, or pericardial disease.18 Changes may be subtle and difficult to detect, but some patterns can be quite readily appreciated (Figure 2). A limited selection follows.

Arrhythmias

Cannon a waves. These intermittent sharp positive deflections in the venous pulse represent right atrial contraction against a closed tricuspid valve. They are most commonly associated with premature ventricular complexes, but they occur in other conditions in which atrial and ventricular beating are dissociated, including complete heart block, atrioventricular dissociation, and electronic ventricular pacing.19–21

Repetitive cannon waves. These may be seen with atrioventricular junctional tachycardia or ventricular tachycardia with 1:1 retrograde ventriculoatrial conduction in which the tricuspid valve is closed to every atrial beat.

Fine rapid regular pulsation may be seen in atrial flutter and may be a useful clue in distinguishing this from sinus rhythm when there is 4:1 atrioventricular conduction and a normal ventricular rate.

Abnormal right heart hemodynamics

Large v waves (Lancisi sign). These surges, replacing the usual x descent in systole, are seen in tricuspid insufficiency when the right atrium and its venous attachments are not protected from the right ventricular systolic pressure.22 High right ventricular pressure will obviously enhance this systolic surge.

Large a waves. These reflect resistance to right atrial outflow and may be seen when right ventricular compliance is reduced by hypertrophy from chronic pressure overload or in tricuspid stenosis.23

Pericardial disease

Kussmaul sign is the paradoxical increase in jugular venous pressure with inspiration, observed in conditions associated with limited filling of the right ventricle. It is typically associated with constrictive pericarditis, although it occurs in only a minority of people with this condition.24 It may also be seen in restrictive cardiomyopathy, massive pulmonary embolism, right ventricular infarction, and tricuspid stenosis.25

Diaphragmatic descent during inspiration increases intra-abdominal pressure and decreases intrathoracic pressure. The resulting increased gradient between the abdomen and thorax enhances venous return from splanchnic vessels, which in the setting of a noncompliant right ventricle may result in increased right atrial (and, hence, jugular venous) pressure.26

It is important to point out that the Kussmaul sign does not occur with cardiac tamponade in the absence of associated pericardial constriction.

Exaggerated y descent is typically seen in pericardial constriction, in which the high pressure of the v wave falls rapidly at the onset of diastole, given initial minimal right ventricular resistance. Flow is abruptly stopped when the intrapericardial space is filled.

In this age of technological marvels, it is easy to become so reliant on them as to neglect the value of bedside physical signs. Yet these signs provide information that adds no cost, is immediately available, and can be repeated at will.

Few physical findings are as useful but as undervalued as is the estimation of the jugular venous pressure. Unfortunately, many practitioners at many levels of seniority and experience do not measure it correctly, leading to a vicious circle of unreliable information, lack of confidence, and underuse. Another reason for its underuse is that the jugular venous pressure does not correlate precisely with the right atrial pressure, as we will see below.

In this review, we will attempt to clarify physiologic principles and describe technical details. Much of this is simple but, as always, the devil is in the details.

ANATOMIC CONSIDERATIONS

Think of the systemic veins as a soft-walled and mildly distensible reservoir with fingerlike projections, analogous to a partially fluidfilled surgical glove.1 In a semi-upright position, the venous system is partially filled with blood and is collapsed above the level that this blood reaches up to.

Blood is constantly flowing in and out of this reservoir, flowing in by venous return and flowing out by the pumping action of the right side of the heart. The volume in the venous reservoir and hence the pressure are normally maintained by the variability of right ventricular stroke volume in accordance with the Frank-Starling law. Excess volume and pressure indicate failure of this homeostatic mechanism.

The internal jugular veins, being continuous with the superior vena cava, provide a visible measure of the degree to which the systemic venous reservoir is filled, a manometer that reflects the pressure in the right atrium—at least in theory.2 Thus, the vertical height above the right atrium to which they are distended and above which they are in a collapsed state should reflect the right atrial pressure.

(In fact, the jugular venous pressure may underestimate the right atrial pressure, for reasons still not understood. This will be discussed below.)

In a healthy person, the visible jugular veins are fully collapsed when the person is standing and are often distended to a variable degree when the person is supine. Selecting an appropriate intermediate position permits the top of the column (the meniscus) to become visible in the neck between the clavicle and the mandible.

DISCREPANCY BETWEEN JUGULAR VENOUS AND RIGHT ATRIAL PRESSURE

Several reports have indicated that the jugular venous pressure may underestimate the right atrial pressure. Deol et al3 confirmed this, while establishing an excellent correlation between the level of venous collapse (observed on ultrasonography) and the jugular venous pressure. The difference between the right atrial pressure and the jugular venous pressure tended to be greater at higher venous pressures.3

Most people have a valve near the termination of the internal jugular vein, with variable competence. Inhibition of reflux of blood from the superior vena cava into the internal jugular vein by this valve is the most plausible cause of this disparity.4

The failure of the jugular venous pressure to correlate with the right atrial pressure has been cited by some as a reason to doubt the value of a sign that cardiologists have long relied on. How do we reconcile this apparent paradox? Careful review of the literature that has demonstrated this lack of correlation reveals the following:

  • When unequal, the jugular venous pressure always underestimates the right atrial pressure.
  • The lack of correlation is less evident at lower venous pressures.

This indicates the following:

  • In the presence of congestive heart failure, the right atrial pressure is at least as high and perhaps higher than the jugular venous pressure. Hence, if the jugular venous pressure is high, further treatment, especially diuresis, is needed.
  • A jugular venous pressure of zero implies a euvolemic state.

Thus, the jugular venous pressure provides excellent guidance when administering diuresis in congestive heart failure. These deductions obviously require the clinical judgment that the elevated right atrial pressure and jugular venous pressure do indeed reflect elevation of pulmonary capillary wedge pressure rather than other conditions discussed later in this article.

 

 

WHICH REFERENCE POINT TO USE?

The two points that can be used as references above which the jugular venous pressure is expressed are the center of the right atrium and the sternal angle. While the former may reflect physiology, the latter is preferred, as it is always visible and has the added advantage of being close to the upper limit of normal, which is about 3 cm above this level.

The difference in height between these two reference points has often been quoted as 5 cm, but this is an underestimate in the body positions used in examination.5 Seth et al6 found a mean of 8 cm at 30° elevation, 9.7 cm at 45°, and 9.8 cm at 60°. The difference also varied between patients, being larger in association with smoking, older age, large body mass index, and large anterior-posterior diameter. These factors should be considered when trying to evaluate the significance of a particular jugular venous pressure.

The junction of the midaxillary line and the fourth left intercostal space (“the phlebostatic point”) has been recommended as a reference point by some, as it is level with the mid-right atrium. However, using the phlebostatic point as a reference position is cumbersome and results in a valid measurement only with the patient in the supine position.7

TECHNIQUE IS VITAL

Figure 1.

Close adherence to technical details is vital in reliably and reproducibly measuring the pressure in the internal jugular veins (Figure 1).

The right side is usually observed first, as it is the side on which the examiner usually stands. Using the right side also avoids the rare occurrence of external compression of the left brachiocephalic vein.

Head and shoulders

The sternocleidomastoid muscle lies anterior to each internal jugular vein.8 When tense, it impedes good observation. Shortening, and hence relaxing, this muscle permits the meniscus to be observed. Correct positioning is achieved by:

  • Placing a folded pillow behind the patient’s head
  • Keeping the shoulders on the mattress
  • Turning the head away and elevating the jaw, both slightly; this is often best achieved by gentle pressure of the palm of the observer's hand on the patient's forehead.

Degree of head elevation

Although the proper degree of head elevation is sometimes said to be between 30° and 60°, these numbers are approximate. The correct angle is that which brings the venous meniscus into the window of visibility in the neck between the clavicle and mandible.

Lighting

Shining a flashlight tangentially to the skin is often helpful, casting shadows that improve the visibility of vein motion. Dimming the room lighting may further enhance this effect. Directing a light perpendicular to the skin is not helpful.

Also check the external jugular vein

Checking the external jugular vein can help establish that the jugular venous pressure is normal. If the vein is initially collapsed, light finger pressure at the base of the neck will distend it. If the distention rapidly clears after release of this pressure, the jugular venous pressure is not elevated. However, if external jugular venous distention persists, this does not prove true jugular venous pressure elevation, since it may reflect external compression of the vein by the cervical fascia or delayed blood flow caused by sclerotic venous valves.9 In these instances, the internal jugular pulsation level must be sought.

Jugular venous collapse with inspiration

Collapse of the inferior vena cava with forced inspiration is routinely evaluated during echocardiography as a way to estimate right atrial pressure. This finding has been extrapolated to the jugular veins, wherein the absence of venous collapse during vigorous inspiration or sniffing indicates elevated central venous pressures.10

Distinguishing venous from arterial pulsation

Features indicating venous rather than arterial pulsation were listed by Wood more than 50 years ago11 and are still relevant today. These include internal jugular pulsation that:

  • Is soft, diffuse, undulant
  • Is not palpable
  • Has two crests and two troughs per cardiac cycle
  • Has crests that do not coincide with the palpated carotid pulse (exceptions may be seen with the systolic timing of the v wave of tricuspid regurgitation)
  • Has higher pressure in expiration, lower in inspiration (exceptions may be seen when Kussmaul physiology is present)
  • Has pressure that rises with abdominal pressure
  • Is obliterated by light pressure at the base of the neck.

In addition to the above criteria, a wave whose movement is predominantly a descent is nearly always venous.

Abdominojugular reflex

Firm, steady pressure over the abdomen will often result in a small rise in jugular venous pressure. In healthy people, this normalizes in a few seconds, even while manual pressure is maintained. Persistence of jugular venous pressure elevation beyond 10 seconds, followed by an abrupt fall upon withdrawal of manual pressure, is abnormal. This finding has implications similar to those of an elevated baseline jugular venous pressure.

 

 

SIGNIFICANCE OF JUGULAR VENOUS PRESSURE ELEVATION

Elevated jugular venous pressure is a manifestation of abnormal right heart dynamics, mostly commonly reflecting elevated pulmonary capillary wedge pressure from left heart failure.12 This usually implies fluid overload, indicating the need for diuresis.

Exceptions to this therapeutic implication include the presence of a primary right heart condition, pericardial disease, certain arrhythmias, and conditions that elevate intrathoracic pressure. These will be discussed below. One important example is the acute jugular venous pressure elevation seen in right ventricular infarction, in which the high venous pressure is compensatory and its reduction can produce hypotension and shock.13

Primary right heart conditions also include right-sided valvular disease, cor pulmonale (including pulmonary embolism and pulmonary hypertension), and the compressive effect of pericardial tamponade or constriction. A normal or near-normal jugular venous pressure significantly decreases the likelihood of significant constriction or of tamponade of a degree necessitating urgent pericardiocentesis.14

SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES

Presence of an intravenous line in the neck

An intravenous line in the neck will often prevent observation of the jugular venous pressure. A simple measure can often compensate for this. If the venous line can be temporarily disconnected, the central venous pressure can be measured directly. Using sterile technique, the line can be flushed with saline and aspirated to bring blood into the transparent tubing. Leaving the proximal end open to the air, and alternately raising and lowering it to confirm free flow, the level to which the blood rises can be easily observed. Observing small cardiac and respiratory variations of the meniscus confirms free communication with the central veins. Attaching the line to a transducer is another option, but this may be time-consuming, and establishing an accurate zero point is often difficult.

The previously described discrepancy between jugular venous pressure and central venous pressure has to be considered when drawing conclusions from this measurement.

Intrathoracic pressure elevators

Positive pressure ventilation will elevate intrathoracic pressure (including right atrial pressure) and hence the jugular venous pressure, making interpretation difficult.15 Large pleural effusions or pneumothorax may have a similar effect.16

Superior vena cava syndrome

Markedly elevated jugular venous pressure is here associated with absent or very diminished pulsation, as the caval obstruction has eliminated free communication with the right atrium.17 Associated facial plethora and edema, papilledema, and superficial venous distention over the chest wall will often confirm this diagnosis.

THE WAVEFORM

Figure 2.

While the main purpose of viewing the neck veins is to establish the mean pressure, useful information can often be obtained by assessing the waveform. Abnormalities reflect arrhythmias, right heart hemodynamics, or pericardial disease.18 Changes may be subtle and difficult to detect, but some patterns can be quite readily appreciated (Figure 2). A limited selection follows.

Arrhythmias

Cannon a waves. These intermittent sharp positive deflections in the venous pulse represent right atrial contraction against a closed tricuspid valve. They are most commonly associated with premature ventricular complexes, but they occur in other conditions in which atrial and ventricular beating are dissociated, including complete heart block, atrioventricular dissociation, and electronic ventricular pacing.19–21

Repetitive cannon waves. These may be seen with atrioventricular junctional tachycardia or ventricular tachycardia with 1:1 retrograde ventriculoatrial conduction in which the tricuspid valve is closed to every atrial beat.

Fine rapid regular pulsation may be seen in atrial flutter and may be a useful clue in distinguishing this from sinus rhythm when there is 4:1 atrioventricular conduction and a normal ventricular rate.

Abnormal right heart hemodynamics

Large v waves (Lancisi sign). These surges, replacing the usual x descent in systole, are seen in tricuspid insufficiency when the right atrium and its venous attachments are not protected from the right ventricular systolic pressure.22 High right ventricular pressure will obviously enhance this systolic surge.

Large a waves. These reflect resistance to right atrial outflow and may be seen when right ventricular compliance is reduced by hypertrophy from chronic pressure overload or in tricuspid stenosis.23

Pericardial disease

Kussmaul sign is the paradoxical increase in jugular venous pressure with inspiration, observed in conditions associated with limited filling of the right ventricle. It is typically associated with constrictive pericarditis, although it occurs in only a minority of people with this condition.24 It may also be seen in restrictive cardiomyopathy, massive pulmonary embolism, right ventricular infarction, and tricuspid stenosis.25

Diaphragmatic descent during inspiration increases intra-abdominal pressure and decreases intrathoracic pressure. The resulting increased gradient between the abdomen and thorax enhances venous return from splanchnic vessels, which in the setting of a noncompliant right ventricle may result in increased right atrial (and, hence, jugular venous) pressure.26

It is important to point out that the Kussmaul sign does not occur with cardiac tamponade in the absence of associated pericardial constriction.

Exaggerated y descent is typically seen in pericardial constriction, in which the high pressure of the v wave falls rapidly at the onset of diastole, given initial minimal right ventricular resistance. Flow is abruptly stopped when the intrapericardial space is filled.

References
  1. Sherwood L. Human Physiology: From Cells to Systems. 8th ed. Belmont, CA: Brooks/Cole; 2012.
  2. Constant J. Using internal jugular pulsations as a manometer for right atrial pressure measurements. Cardiology 2000; 93:2630.
  3. Deol GR, Collett N, Ashby A, Schmidt GA. Ultrasound accurately reflects the jugular venous examination but underestimates central venous pressure. Chest 2011; 139:95100.
  4. Wu X, Studer W, Erb T, Skarvan K, Seeberger MD. Competence of the internal jugular vein valve is damaged by cannulation and catheterization of the internal jugular vein. Anesthesiology 2000; 93:319324.
  5. Ramana RK, Sanagala T, Lichtenberg R. A new angle on the angle of Louis. Congest Heart Fail 2006; 12:196199.
  6. Seth R, Magner P, Matzinger F, van Walraven C. How far is the sternal angle from the mid-right atrium? J Gen Intern Med 2002; 17:852856.
  7. Kee LL, Simonson JS, Stotts NA, Skov P, Schiller NB. Echocardiographic determination of valid zero reference levels in supine and lateral positions. Am J Crit Care 1993; 2:7280.
  8. Park SY, Kim MJ, Kim MG, et al. Changes in the relationship between the right internal jugular vein and an anatomical landmark after head rotation. Korean J Anesthesiol 2011; 61:107111.
  9. Sankoff J, Zidulka A. Non-invasive method for the rapid assessment of central venous pressure: description and validation by a single examiner. West J Emerg Med 2008; 9:201205.
  10. Conn RD, O’Keefe JH. Simplified evaluation of the jugular venous pressure: significance of inspiratory collapse of jugular veins. Mo Med 2012; 109:150152.
  11. Wood PH. Diseases of the Heart and Circulation. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott; 1956.
  12. Drazner MH, Brown RN, Kaiser PA, et al. Relationship of right- and left-sided filling pressures in patients with advanced heart failure: a 14-year multi-institutional analysis. J Heart Lung Transplant 2012; 31:6772.
  13. Clark G, Strauss HD, Roberts R. Dobutamine vs furosemide in the treatment of cardiac failure due to right ventricular infarction. Chest 1980; 77:220223.
  14. Roy CL, Minor MA, Brookhart MA, Choudhry NK. Does this patient with a pericardial effusion have cardiac tamponade? JAMA 2007; 297:18101818.
  15. Zhou Q, Xiao W, An E, Zhou H, Yan M. Effects of four different positive airway pressures on right internal jugular vein catheterisation. Eur J Anaesthesiol 2012; 29:223228.
  16. Jolobe OM. Disproportionate elevation of jugular venous pressure in pleural effusion. Br J Hosp Med (Lond) 2011; 72:582585.
  17. Seo M, Shin WJ, Jun IG. Central venous catheter-related superior vena cava syndrome following renal transplantation—a case report. Korean J Anesthesiol 2012; 63:550554.
  18. Applefeld MM. The jugular venous pressure and pulse contour. In:Walker HK, Hall WD, Hurst JW, editors. Clinical Methods: The History, Physical, and Laboratory Examinations. 3rd ed. Boston, MA: Butterworths; 1990.
  19. El Gamal MI, Van Gelder LM. Chronic ventricular pacing with ventriculo-atrial conduction versus atrial pacing in three patients with symptomatic sinus bradycardia. Pacing Clin Electrophysiol 1981; 4:100105.
  20. Berman ND, Waxman MB. Cannon waves with A-V association. Am Heart J 1976; 91:643644.
  21. Luisada AA, Singhal A, Kim K. The jugular and hepatic tracings in normal subjects and in conduction defects. Acta Cardiol 1983; 38:405424.
  22. Miller MJ, McKay RG, Ferguson JJ, et al. Right atrial pressure-volume relationships in tricuspid regurgitation. Circulation 1986; 73:799808.
  23. Wooley CF, Fontana ME, Kilman JW, Ryan JM. Tricuspid stenosis. Atrial systolic murmur, tricuspid opening snap, and right atrial pressure pulse. Am J Med 1985; 78:375384.
  24. McGee SR. Evidence-Based Physical Diagnosis. 3rd ed. Philadelphia, PA: Elsevier/Saunders; 2012.
  25. Mittal SR, Garg S, Lalgarhia M. Jugular venous pressure and pulse wave form in the diagnosis of right ventricular infarction. Int J Cardiol 1996; 53:253256.
  26. Bilchick KC, Wise RA. Paradoxical physical findings described by Kussmaul: pulsus paradoxus and Kussmaul’s sign. Lancet 2002; 359:19401942.
References
  1. Sherwood L. Human Physiology: From Cells to Systems. 8th ed. Belmont, CA: Brooks/Cole; 2012.
  2. Constant J. Using internal jugular pulsations as a manometer for right atrial pressure measurements. Cardiology 2000; 93:2630.
  3. Deol GR, Collett N, Ashby A, Schmidt GA. Ultrasound accurately reflects the jugular venous examination but underestimates central venous pressure. Chest 2011; 139:95100.
  4. Wu X, Studer W, Erb T, Skarvan K, Seeberger MD. Competence of the internal jugular vein valve is damaged by cannulation and catheterization of the internal jugular vein. Anesthesiology 2000; 93:319324.
  5. Ramana RK, Sanagala T, Lichtenberg R. A new angle on the angle of Louis. Congest Heart Fail 2006; 12:196199.
  6. Seth R, Magner P, Matzinger F, van Walraven C. How far is the sternal angle from the mid-right atrium? J Gen Intern Med 2002; 17:852856.
  7. Kee LL, Simonson JS, Stotts NA, Skov P, Schiller NB. Echocardiographic determination of valid zero reference levels in supine and lateral positions. Am J Crit Care 1993; 2:7280.
  8. Park SY, Kim MJ, Kim MG, et al. Changes in the relationship between the right internal jugular vein and an anatomical landmark after head rotation. Korean J Anesthesiol 2011; 61:107111.
  9. Sankoff J, Zidulka A. Non-invasive method for the rapid assessment of central venous pressure: description and validation by a single examiner. West J Emerg Med 2008; 9:201205.
  10. Conn RD, O’Keefe JH. Simplified evaluation of the jugular venous pressure: significance of inspiratory collapse of jugular veins. Mo Med 2012; 109:150152.
  11. Wood PH. Diseases of the Heart and Circulation. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott; 1956.
  12. Drazner MH, Brown RN, Kaiser PA, et al. Relationship of right- and left-sided filling pressures in patients with advanced heart failure: a 14-year multi-institutional analysis. J Heart Lung Transplant 2012; 31:6772.
  13. Clark G, Strauss HD, Roberts R. Dobutamine vs furosemide in the treatment of cardiac failure due to right ventricular infarction. Chest 1980; 77:220223.
  14. Roy CL, Minor MA, Brookhart MA, Choudhry NK. Does this patient with a pericardial effusion have cardiac tamponade? JAMA 2007; 297:18101818.
  15. Zhou Q, Xiao W, An E, Zhou H, Yan M. Effects of four different positive airway pressures on right internal jugular vein catheterisation. Eur J Anaesthesiol 2012; 29:223228.
  16. Jolobe OM. Disproportionate elevation of jugular venous pressure in pleural effusion. Br J Hosp Med (Lond) 2011; 72:582585.
  17. Seo M, Shin WJ, Jun IG. Central venous catheter-related superior vena cava syndrome following renal transplantation—a case report. Korean J Anesthesiol 2012; 63:550554.
  18. Applefeld MM. The jugular venous pressure and pulse contour. In:Walker HK, Hall WD, Hurst JW, editors. Clinical Methods: The History, Physical, and Laboratory Examinations. 3rd ed. Boston, MA: Butterworths; 1990.
  19. El Gamal MI, Van Gelder LM. Chronic ventricular pacing with ventriculo-atrial conduction versus atrial pacing in three patients with symptomatic sinus bradycardia. Pacing Clin Electrophysiol 1981; 4:100105.
  20. Berman ND, Waxman MB. Cannon waves with A-V association. Am Heart J 1976; 91:643644.
  21. Luisada AA, Singhal A, Kim K. The jugular and hepatic tracings in normal subjects and in conduction defects. Acta Cardiol 1983; 38:405424.
  22. Miller MJ, McKay RG, Ferguson JJ, et al. Right atrial pressure-volume relationships in tricuspid regurgitation. Circulation 1986; 73:799808.
  23. Wooley CF, Fontana ME, Kilman JW, Ryan JM. Tricuspid stenosis. Atrial systolic murmur, tricuspid opening snap, and right atrial pressure pulse. Am J Med 1985; 78:375384.
  24. McGee SR. Evidence-Based Physical Diagnosis. 3rd ed. Philadelphia, PA: Elsevier/Saunders; 2012.
  25. Mittal SR, Garg S, Lalgarhia M. Jugular venous pressure and pulse wave form in the diagnosis of right ventricular infarction. Int J Cardiol 1996; 53:253256.
  26. Bilchick KC, Wise RA. Paradoxical physical findings described by Kussmaul: pulsus paradoxus and Kussmaul’s sign. Lancet 2002; 359:19401942.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(10)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(10)
Page Number
638-644
Page Number
638-644
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
The jugular venous pressure revisited
Display Headline
The jugular venous pressure revisited
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • If the jugular venous pressure differs from the true right atrial pressure, the jugular venous pressure is always the lower value.
  • The jugular venous pressure is useful to observe when diagnosing congestive heart failure and when considering the need for or the adequacy of diuresis.
  • The jugular venous wave form is more difficult to observe than its elevation but can yield useful information in the assessment of certain arrhythmias, right-heart conditions, and pericardial disease.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

More than skin-deep

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 09/25/2017 - 14:21
Display Headline
More than skin-deep

A 68-year-old man presented for evaluation of a diffuse rash with mucosal involvement. During the past 9 months, he had had oral ulcers, a truncal rash, and blistering lesions on his hands with fingernail erosion, and all of these had been getting worse (Figure 1). He also reported cycles of fever and a weight loss of 50 lb.

Figure 1. The patient's lesions had been gradually worsening during the last 9 months.

Computed tomography revealed diffuse lymphadenopathy, including a bulky 18-cm mediastinal mass. Lymph node biopsy confirmed follicular non-Hodgkin lymphoma.

On serum enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), the desmoglein 1 antibody titer was 62.4 U (< 14 is negative, > 20 is positive) and the desmoglein 3 antibody titer was 36.0 U (< 9 is negative, > 20 is positive). Indirect immunofluorescence testing on monkey esophagus substrate was reactive.

ELISA detected no immunoglobulin G (IgG) reactivity against the bullous pemphigoid autoantigens BP180 and BP230. Direct immunofluorescence testing revealed strong IgG and C3 deposition on epithelial cell surfaces, and indirect immunofluorescence on rat bladder substrate was positive, suggesting the diagnosis of paraneoplastic pemphigus.

The patient was treated with dexamethasone and bendamustine-rituximab. Five months later, desmoglein 1 and 3 antibody titers were measured again and were within normal limits. His lesions had improved significantly (Figure 2), but he had endured multiple medical setbacks, including Pseudomonas peritonitis, fistulizing cytomegalovirus perianal ulceration, septic shock secondary to fulminant Clostridium difficile colitis, and toxic megacolon necessitating total colectomy with end-ileostomy.

Figure 2. Treatment brought significant improvement of the lesions.

PARANEOPLASTIC PEMPHIGUS

Paraneoplastic pemphigus usually occurs in the presence of underlying lymphoproliferative neoplasm, most often non-Hodgkin lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, or Castleman disease. It may also occur with epithelial carcinoma, mesenchymal sarcoma, and, rarely, malignant melanoma.1 The association between malignancy and autoimmune mucocutaneous disease was first described in 1990.2 Autoantibodies against periplakin, envoplakin, and desmoglein 3 are often present and may play a role in pathogenesis.

Paraneoplastic pemphigus associated with malignancy portends a poor prognosis. Although historically reported to have an overall death rate ranging from 75% to 90%, with a mean survival of less than 1 year, a recent retrospective cohort has shown slightly improved outcomes, with 49% of patients remaining alive at 1 year and 38% alive at 5 years.3 The most common causes of death are sepsis, respiratory failure, and the underlying malignancy. Bronchiolitis obliterans may occur late in the disease course and is an ominous prognostic factor, with a death rate of 41% after a median interval of 13 months.4

Immunosuppressive drugs are often used to control the disease. First-line treatment is with high-dose steroids. Immunosuppressives such as azathioprine and cyclosporin may be used in conjunction to reduce the steroid dose that is required and to limit the adverse effects of steroid therapy. Treating the underlying malignancy may decrease autoantibody production and lead to clinical improvement.

References
  1. Kaplan I, Hodak E, Ackerman L, Mimouni D, Anhalt GJ, Calderon S. Neoplasms associated with paraneoplastic pemphigus: a review with emphasis on non-hematologic malignancy and oral mucosal manifestations. Oral Oncol 2004; 40:553562.
  2. Anhalt GJ, Kim SC, Stanley JR, et al. Paraneoplastic pemphigus. An autoimmune mucocutaneous disease associated with neoplasia. N Engl J Med 1990; 323:17291735.
  3. Leger S, Picard D, Ingen-Housz-Oro S, et al. Prognostic factors of paraneoplastic pemphigus. Arch Dermatol 2012; 148:11651172.
  4. Maldonado F, Pittelkow MR, Ryu JH. Constrictive bronchiolitis associated with pareaneoplastic autoimmune multi-organ syndrome. Respirology 2009; 14:129133.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Jackson Jeikai Liang, DO
Department of Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Stefan Felix Cordes, MD, PhD
Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Thomas Elmer Witzig, MD
Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Address: Jackson Jeikai Liang, DO, Department of Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, 200 First Street SW, Rochester, MN 55905; e-mail: liang.jackson@mayo.edu

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
632-633
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Jackson Jeikai Liang, DO
Department of Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Stefan Felix Cordes, MD, PhD
Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Thomas Elmer Witzig, MD
Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Address: Jackson Jeikai Liang, DO, Department of Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, 200 First Street SW, Rochester, MN 55905; e-mail: liang.jackson@mayo.edu

Author and Disclosure Information

Jackson Jeikai Liang, DO
Department of Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Stefan Felix Cordes, MD, PhD
Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Thomas Elmer Witzig, MD
Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Address: Jackson Jeikai Liang, DO, Department of Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, 200 First Street SW, Rochester, MN 55905; e-mail: liang.jackson@mayo.edu

Article PDF
Article PDF

A 68-year-old man presented for evaluation of a diffuse rash with mucosal involvement. During the past 9 months, he had had oral ulcers, a truncal rash, and blistering lesions on his hands with fingernail erosion, and all of these had been getting worse (Figure 1). He also reported cycles of fever and a weight loss of 50 lb.

Figure 1. The patient's lesions had been gradually worsening during the last 9 months.

Computed tomography revealed diffuse lymphadenopathy, including a bulky 18-cm mediastinal mass. Lymph node biopsy confirmed follicular non-Hodgkin lymphoma.

On serum enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), the desmoglein 1 antibody titer was 62.4 U (< 14 is negative, > 20 is positive) and the desmoglein 3 antibody titer was 36.0 U (< 9 is negative, > 20 is positive). Indirect immunofluorescence testing on monkey esophagus substrate was reactive.

ELISA detected no immunoglobulin G (IgG) reactivity against the bullous pemphigoid autoantigens BP180 and BP230. Direct immunofluorescence testing revealed strong IgG and C3 deposition on epithelial cell surfaces, and indirect immunofluorescence on rat bladder substrate was positive, suggesting the diagnosis of paraneoplastic pemphigus.

The patient was treated with dexamethasone and bendamustine-rituximab. Five months later, desmoglein 1 and 3 antibody titers were measured again and were within normal limits. His lesions had improved significantly (Figure 2), but he had endured multiple medical setbacks, including Pseudomonas peritonitis, fistulizing cytomegalovirus perianal ulceration, septic shock secondary to fulminant Clostridium difficile colitis, and toxic megacolon necessitating total colectomy with end-ileostomy.

Figure 2. Treatment brought significant improvement of the lesions.

PARANEOPLASTIC PEMPHIGUS

Paraneoplastic pemphigus usually occurs in the presence of underlying lymphoproliferative neoplasm, most often non-Hodgkin lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, or Castleman disease. It may also occur with epithelial carcinoma, mesenchymal sarcoma, and, rarely, malignant melanoma.1 The association between malignancy and autoimmune mucocutaneous disease was first described in 1990.2 Autoantibodies against periplakin, envoplakin, and desmoglein 3 are often present and may play a role in pathogenesis.

Paraneoplastic pemphigus associated with malignancy portends a poor prognosis. Although historically reported to have an overall death rate ranging from 75% to 90%, with a mean survival of less than 1 year, a recent retrospective cohort has shown slightly improved outcomes, with 49% of patients remaining alive at 1 year and 38% alive at 5 years.3 The most common causes of death are sepsis, respiratory failure, and the underlying malignancy. Bronchiolitis obliterans may occur late in the disease course and is an ominous prognostic factor, with a death rate of 41% after a median interval of 13 months.4

Immunosuppressive drugs are often used to control the disease. First-line treatment is with high-dose steroids. Immunosuppressives such as azathioprine and cyclosporin may be used in conjunction to reduce the steroid dose that is required and to limit the adverse effects of steroid therapy. Treating the underlying malignancy may decrease autoantibody production and lead to clinical improvement.

A 68-year-old man presented for evaluation of a diffuse rash with mucosal involvement. During the past 9 months, he had had oral ulcers, a truncal rash, and blistering lesions on his hands with fingernail erosion, and all of these had been getting worse (Figure 1). He also reported cycles of fever and a weight loss of 50 lb.

Figure 1. The patient's lesions had been gradually worsening during the last 9 months.

Computed tomography revealed diffuse lymphadenopathy, including a bulky 18-cm mediastinal mass. Lymph node biopsy confirmed follicular non-Hodgkin lymphoma.

On serum enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), the desmoglein 1 antibody titer was 62.4 U (< 14 is negative, > 20 is positive) and the desmoglein 3 antibody titer was 36.0 U (< 9 is negative, > 20 is positive). Indirect immunofluorescence testing on monkey esophagus substrate was reactive.

ELISA detected no immunoglobulin G (IgG) reactivity against the bullous pemphigoid autoantigens BP180 and BP230. Direct immunofluorescence testing revealed strong IgG and C3 deposition on epithelial cell surfaces, and indirect immunofluorescence on rat bladder substrate was positive, suggesting the diagnosis of paraneoplastic pemphigus.

The patient was treated with dexamethasone and bendamustine-rituximab. Five months later, desmoglein 1 and 3 antibody titers were measured again and were within normal limits. His lesions had improved significantly (Figure 2), but he had endured multiple medical setbacks, including Pseudomonas peritonitis, fistulizing cytomegalovirus perianal ulceration, septic shock secondary to fulminant Clostridium difficile colitis, and toxic megacolon necessitating total colectomy with end-ileostomy.

Figure 2. Treatment brought significant improvement of the lesions.

PARANEOPLASTIC PEMPHIGUS

Paraneoplastic pemphigus usually occurs in the presence of underlying lymphoproliferative neoplasm, most often non-Hodgkin lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, or Castleman disease. It may also occur with epithelial carcinoma, mesenchymal sarcoma, and, rarely, malignant melanoma.1 The association between malignancy and autoimmune mucocutaneous disease was first described in 1990.2 Autoantibodies against periplakin, envoplakin, and desmoglein 3 are often present and may play a role in pathogenesis.

Paraneoplastic pemphigus associated with malignancy portends a poor prognosis. Although historically reported to have an overall death rate ranging from 75% to 90%, with a mean survival of less than 1 year, a recent retrospective cohort has shown slightly improved outcomes, with 49% of patients remaining alive at 1 year and 38% alive at 5 years.3 The most common causes of death are sepsis, respiratory failure, and the underlying malignancy. Bronchiolitis obliterans may occur late in the disease course and is an ominous prognostic factor, with a death rate of 41% after a median interval of 13 months.4

Immunosuppressive drugs are often used to control the disease. First-line treatment is with high-dose steroids. Immunosuppressives such as azathioprine and cyclosporin may be used in conjunction to reduce the steroid dose that is required and to limit the adverse effects of steroid therapy. Treating the underlying malignancy may decrease autoantibody production and lead to clinical improvement.

References
  1. Kaplan I, Hodak E, Ackerman L, Mimouni D, Anhalt GJ, Calderon S. Neoplasms associated with paraneoplastic pemphigus: a review with emphasis on non-hematologic malignancy and oral mucosal manifestations. Oral Oncol 2004; 40:553562.
  2. Anhalt GJ, Kim SC, Stanley JR, et al. Paraneoplastic pemphigus. An autoimmune mucocutaneous disease associated with neoplasia. N Engl J Med 1990; 323:17291735.
  3. Leger S, Picard D, Ingen-Housz-Oro S, et al. Prognostic factors of paraneoplastic pemphigus. Arch Dermatol 2012; 148:11651172.
  4. Maldonado F, Pittelkow MR, Ryu JH. Constrictive bronchiolitis associated with pareaneoplastic autoimmune multi-organ syndrome. Respirology 2009; 14:129133.
References
  1. Kaplan I, Hodak E, Ackerman L, Mimouni D, Anhalt GJ, Calderon S. Neoplasms associated with paraneoplastic pemphigus: a review with emphasis on non-hematologic malignancy and oral mucosal manifestations. Oral Oncol 2004; 40:553562.
  2. Anhalt GJ, Kim SC, Stanley JR, et al. Paraneoplastic pemphigus. An autoimmune mucocutaneous disease associated with neoplasia. N Engl J Med 1990; 323:17291735.
  3. Leger S, Picard D, Ingen-Housz-Oro S, et al. Prognostic factors of paraneoplastic pemphigus. Arch Dermatol 2012; 148:11651172.
  4. Maldonado F, Pittelkow MR, Ryu JH. Constrictive bronchiolitis associated with pareaneoplastic autoimmune multi-organ syndrome. Respirology 2009; 14:129133.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(10)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(10)
Page Number
632-633
Page Number
632-633
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
More than skin-deep
Display Headline
More than skin-deep
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

A practical approach to prescribing antidepressants

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 09/25/2017 - 14:14
Display Headline
A practical approach to prescribing antidepressants

With the variety of drugs available for treating depression, choosing one can be daunting. Different agents have characteristics that may make them a better choice for different types of patients, but even so, treating any kind of mental illness often requires an element of trial and error.

Primary care providers are on the frontline of treating mental illness, often evaluating patients before they are seen by a psychiatrist. The purpose of this article is to provide insight into the art of prescribing antidepressants in the primary care setting. We will discuss common patient presentations, including depressed patients without other medical comorbidities as well as those with common comorbidities, with our recommendations for first-line treatment.

We hope our recommendations will help you to navigate the uncertainty more confidently, resulting in more efficient and tailored treatment for your patients.

BASELINE TESTING

When starting a patient on antidepressant drug therapy, we recommend obtaining a set of baseline laboratory tests to rule out underlying medical conditions that may be contributing to the patient’s depression or that may preclude the use of a given drug. (For example, elevation of liver enzymes may preclude the use of duloxetine.) Tests should include:

  • A complete blood cell count
  • A complete metabolic panel
  • A thyroid-stimulating hormone level.

Electrocardiography may also be useful, as some antidepressants can prolong the QT interval or elevate the blood levels of other drugs with this effect.

GENERAL TREATMENT CONSIDERATIONS

There are several classes of antidepressants, and each class has a number of agents. Research has found little difference in efficacy among agents. So to simplify choosing which one to use, we recommend becoming comfortable with an agent from each class, ie:

  • A selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI)
  • A selective serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI)
  • A tricyclic antidepressant (TCA)
  • A monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitor.

Each class includes generic agents, many of which are on the discount lists of retail pharmacies. Table 1 shows representative drugs from each class, with their relative costs.

Start low and go slow. In general, when starting an antidepressant, consider starting at half the normal dose, titrating upward as tolerated about every 14 days. This approach can minimize side effects. For example, if prescribing fluoxetine, start with 10 mg and titrate every 2 weeks based on tolerance and patient response. That said, each patient may respond differently, requiring perhaps a lower starting dose or a longer titration schedule.

Anticipate side effects. Most of the side effects of an antidepressant drug can be explained by its mechanism of action. Although side effects should certainly be considered when choosing an agent, patients can be reassured that most are transient and benign. A detailed discussion of side effects of antidepressant drugs is beyond the scope of this article, but a review by Khawam et al1 was published earlier in this journal.

Reassess. If after 4 to 6 weeks the patient has had little or no response, it is reasonable to switch agents. For a patient who was on an SSRI, the change can be to another SSRI or to an SNRI. However, if two SSRIs have already failed, then choose an SNRI. Agents are commonly cross-tapered during the switch to avoid abrupt cessation of one drug or the increased risk of adverse events such as cytochrome P450 interactions, serotonin syndrome, or hypertensive crisis (when switching to an MAO inhibitor).

Beware of interactions. All SSRIs and SNRIs are metabolized through the P450 system in the liver and therefore have the potential for drug-drug interactions. Care must be taken when giving these agents together with drugs whose metabolism can be altered by P450 inhibition. For TCAs, blood levels can be checked if there is concern about toxicity; however, dosing is not strictly based on this level. Great care should be taken if a TCA is given together with an SNRI or an SSRI, as the TCA blood level can become significantly elevated. This may result in QT interval prolongation, as mentioned earlier.

Refer. Referral to a psychiatrist is appropriate for patients for whom multiple classes have failed, for patients who have another psychiatric comorbidity (such as psychosis, hypomania, or mania), or for patients who may need hospitalization. Referral is also appropriate if the physician is concerned about suicide risk.

 

 

PATIENTS WITH MAJOR DEPRESSION ONLY

For a patient presenting with depression but no other significant medical comorbidity, the first-line therapy is often an SSRI. Several generic SSRIs are available, and some are on the discount lists at retail pharmacies.

Symptoms should start to improve in about 2 weeks, and the optimal response should be achieved in 4 to 6 weeks of treatment. If this does not occur, consider either adding an augmenting agent or switching to a different antidepressant.

PATIENTS WITH CHRONIC PAIN

Chronic pain and depression often go hand in hand and can potentiate each other. When considering an antidepressant in a patient who has both conditions, the SNRIs and TCAs are typically preferred. Some SNRIs, namely duloxetine and milnacipran, are approved for certain chronic pain conditions, such as fibromyalgia. SNRIs are frequently used off-label for other chronic pain conditions such as headache and neuropathic pain.2

TCAs such as amitriptyline, nortriptyline, and doxepin are also often used in patients with chronic pain. These agents, like the SNRIs, inhibit the reuptake of serotonin and norepinephrine and are used off-label for neuropathic pain,3,4 migraine, interstitial cystitis,5 and other pain conditions.6–9

For TCAs and SNRIs, the effective dose range for chronic pain overlaps that for depression. However, TCAs are often given at lower doses to patients without depression. We recommend starting at a low dose and slowly titrating upward to an effective dose. SNRIs are often preferred over TCAs because they do not have anticholinergic side effects and because an overdose is much less likely to be lethal.

PATIENTS WITH SEXUAL DYSFUNCTION

One of the more commonly reported side effects of antidepressants is sexual dysfunction, generally in the form of delayed orgasm or decreased libido.10 Typically, these complaints are attributed to SSRIs and SNRIs; however, TCAs and MAO inhibitors have also been associated wth sexual dysfunction.

Both erectile dysfunction and priapism have been linked to certain antidepressants. In particular, trazodone is a known cause of priapism. Even if using low doses for sleep, male patients should be made aware of this adverse effect.

Switching from one agent to another in the same class is not likely to improve sexual side effects. In particular, all the SSRIs are similar in their likelihood of causing sexual dysfunction. In a patient taking an SSRI who experiences this side effect, switching to bupropion11 or mirtazapine12 can be quite useful. Bupropion acts primarily on dopamine and norepinephrine, whereas mirtazapine acts on serotonin and norepinephrine but in a different manner from SSRIs and SNRIs.

Adjunctive treatment such as a cholinergic agonist, yohimbine (contraindicated with MAO inhibitors), a serotonergic agent (eg, buspirone), or a drug that acts on nitric oxide (eg, sildenafil, tadalafil) may have some utility but is often ineffective. Dose reduction, if possible, can be of value.

PATIENTS WITH ANXIETY

Many antidepressants are also approved for anxiety disorders, and still more are used off-label for this purpose. Anxiety and depression often occur together, so being able to treat both conditions with one drug can be quite useful.13 In general, the antidepressant effects are seen at lower doses of SSRIs and SNRIs, whereas more of the anxiolytic effects are seen at higher doses, particularly for obsessive-compulsive disorder.14

First-line treatment would be an SSRI or SNRI. Most anxiety disorders respond to either class, but there are some more-specific recommendations. SSRIs are best studied in panic disorder, generalized anxiety disorder, social anxiety disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, and obsessive-compulsive disorder. Fluoxetine, citalopram, escitalopram, and sertraline15 can all be effective in both major depressive disorder and generalized anxiety disorder. Panic disorder also tends to respond well to SSRIs. SNRIs have been evaluated primarily in generalized anxiety disorder but may also be useful in many of the other conditions.

Additionally, mirtazapine (used off-label)12 and the TCAs16–18 can help treat anxiety. Clomipramine is used to treat obsessive-compulsive disorder.19 These drugs are especially useful for nighttime anxiety, as they can aid sleep. Of note, the anxiolytic effect of mirtazapine may be greater at higher doses.

MAO inhibitors often go unused because of the dietary and medication restrictions involved. However, very refractory cases of certain anxiety disorders may respond preferentially to these agents.

Bupropion tends to be more activating than other antidepressants, so is often avoided in anxious patients. However, some research suggests this is not always necessary.20 If the anxiety is secondary to depression, it will often improve significantly with this agent.

When starting or increasing the dose of an antidepressant, patients may experience increased anxiety or feel “jittery.” This feeling usually passes within the first week of treatment, and it is important to inform patients about this effect. “Start low and go slow” in patients with significant comorbid anxiety. Temporarily using a benzodiazepine such as clonazepam may make the transition more tolerable.

PATIENTS WITH CHRONIC FATIGUE SYNDROME OR FIBROMYALGIA

Increasing recognition of both chronic fatigue syndrome and fibromyalgia has led to more proactive treatment for these disorders. Depression can go hand in hand with these disorders, and certain antidepressants, namely the SNRIs, can be useful in this population.

More data exist for the treatment of fibromyalgia. Both duloxetine and milnacipran are approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of fibromyalgia.21 Venlafaxine is also used off-label for this purpose. SSRIs such as fluoxetine and citalopram have had mixed results.21–23 TCAs have been used with some success; however, their side effects and lethal potential are often limiting.21,24,25 A recent study in Spain also suggested there may be benefit from using MAO inhibitors for fibromyalgia, but data are quite limited.26

The data for treating chronic fatigue syndrome with SSRIs, SNRIs, or MAO inhibitors are conflicting.27–29 However, managing the co-existing depression may provide some relief in and of itself.

 

 

PATIENTS WITH FREQUENT INSOMNIA

Insomnia can be a symptom of depression, but it can also be a side effect of certain antidepressants. The SSRIs and SNRIs can disrupt sleep patterns in some patients by shortening the rapid-eye-movement (REM) stage.30,31

In patients with severe insomnia, it may be best to first recommend taking the antidepressant in the morning if they notice worsening sleep after initiating treatment. Patients can be told with any antidepressant, “If it makes you tired, take it at night, and if it wakes you up, take it in the morning.” Of note, a recent South African study suggested that escitalopram may be able to improve sleep.32

If that does not solve the problem, there are other options. For instance, mirtazapine, particularly in doses of 15 mg or 30 mg, aids depression and insomnia. At higher doses (45 mg), the sleep-aiding effect may be reduced. Low doses of TCAs, particularly doxepin, maprotiline (technically speaking, a tetracyclic antidepressant), amitriptyline, and nortriptyline can be effective sleep aids. These agents may be used as an adjunct to another antidepressant to enhance sleep and mood. However, the TCAs also shorten the REM stage of sleep.33

The previously mentioned drug interactions with SSRIs and SNRIs also need to be considered. Caution should be used when discontinuing these medications, as patients may experience rebound symptoms in the form of much more vivid dreams. MAO inhibitors may worsen insomnia because they suppress REM sleep.34

Trazodone is another agent that at lower doses (25–150 mg) can be an effective, nonaddicting sleep aid. When used as an antidepressant, it is generally prescribed at higher doses (300–400 mg), but its sedating effects can be quite limiting at these levels. It is important to remember the possibility of priapism in male patients.

GERIATRIC PATIENTS

Old age brings its own set of concerns when treating depression. Elderly patients are more susceptible to potential bradycardia caused by SSRIs. The TCAs have the more worrisome cardiac side effect of QTc prolongation. TCAs can slow cognitive function, whereas the SSRIs, bupropion, and the SNRIs tend not to affect cognition. Escitalopram and duloxetine have been suggested to be particularly effective in the elderly.35,36 A study from the Netherlands linked SSRIs with increased risk of falling in geriatric patients with dementia.37 Constipation, which could lead to ileus, is increased with TCAs and certain other agents (ie, paroxetine) in the geriatric population.

Mirtazapine is often very useful in elderly patients for many reasons: it treats both anxiety and depression, stimulates appetite and weight gain, can help with nausea, and is an effective sleep aid. Concerns about weight, appetite, and sleep are particularly common in the elderly, whereas younger patients can be less tolerant of drugs that make them gain weight and sleep more. Normal age-related changes to the sleep cycle contribute to decreased satisfaction with sleep as we age. In addition, depression often further impairs sleep. So, in the elderly, optimizing sleep is key. Research has also shown mirtazapine to be effective in patients with both Alzheimer dementia and depression.38

DIABETIC PATIENTS

One of the more worrisome side effects of psychiatric medications in diabetic patients is weight gain. Certain antidepressants have a greater propensity for weight gain and should likely be avoided as first-line treatments in this population.12 Typically, these agents include those that have more antihistamine action such as paroxetine and the TCAs. These agents also may lead to constipation, which could potentially worsen gastroparesis. Mirtazapine and the MAO inhibitors are also known to cause weight gain.

Bupropion and nefazodone are the most weight-neutral of all antidepressants. Nefazodone has fallen out of favor because of its potential to cause fulminant liver failure in rare cases. However, it remains a reasonable option for patients with comorbid anxiety and depression who have significant weight gain with other agents.

SSRIs and MAO inhibitors may improve or be neutral toward glucose metabolism, and some data suggest that SNRIs may impair this process.39

PATIENTS WITH CARDIAC CONDITIONS

Major depression often coexists with cardiac conditions. In particular, many patients develop depression after suffering a myocardial infarction, and increasingly they are being treated for it.40 Treatment in this situation is appropriate, since depression, if untreated, can increase the risk of recurrence of myocardial infarction.41

However, there are many concerns that accompany treating depression in cardiac patients. Therefore, a baseline electrocardiogram should be obtained before starting an antidepressant.

TCAs and tetracyclic agents have a tendency to prolong the QTc interval and potentiate ventricular arrhythmias,42 so it may be prudent to avoid these in patients at risk. These agents can also significantly increase the pulse rate. This tachycardia increases the risk of angina or myocardial infarction from the anticholinergic effects of these drugs.

In February 2013, the FDA issued a warning about possible arrhythmias with citalopram at doses greater than 40 mg in adult patients43; however, research has suggested citalopram is effective in treating depression in cardiac patients.44 Research has not shown an increase in efficacy at doses greater than 40 mg daily, so we recommend following the black-box warning.

TCAs and MAO inhibitors can also cause orthostatic hypotension. On the other hand, consuming large amounts of tyramine, in foods such as aged cheese, can precipitate a hypertensive crisis in patients taking MAO inhibitors.

Which antidepressants tend to be safer in cardiac patients? Sertraline has been shown to be safe in congestive heart failure and coronary artery disease,45–47 but the SSRIs are typically safe. Fluoxetine has shown efficacy in patients who have had a myocardial infarction.48 Mirtazapine has also been shown to be efficacious in cardiac patients.49 Nefazodone, mirtazapine, bupropion, SSRIs, and SNRIs have little or no tendency toward orthostatic hypotension.

References
  1. Khawam EA, Laurencic G, Malone DA. Side effects of antidepressants: an overview. Cleve Clin J Med 2006; 73:351361.
  2. Ziegler D. Painful diabetic neuropathy: treatment and future aspects. Diabetes Metab Res Rev 2008; 24(suppl 1):S52S57.
  3. Saarto T, Wiffen PJ. Antidepressants for neuropathic pain: a Cochrane review. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2010; 81:13721373.
  4. Tanenberg RJ, Irving GA, Risser RC, et al. Duloxetine, pregabalin, and duloxetine plus gabapentin for diabetic peripheral neuropathic pain management in patients with inadequate pain response to gabapentin: an open-label, randomized, noninferiority comparison. Mayo Clin Proc 2011; 86:615626.
  5. Hertle L, van Ophoven A. Long-term results of amitriptyline treatment for interstitial cystitis. Aktuelle Urol 2010; 41(suppl 1):S61S65.
  6. Nguyen TM, Eslick GD. Systematic review: the treatment of noncardiac chest pain with antidepressants. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2012; 35:493500.
  7. Lee H, Kim JH, Min BH, et al. Efficacy of venlafaxine for symptomatic relief in young adult patients with functional chest pain: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover trial. Am J Gastroenterol 2010; 105:15041512.
  8. Varia I, Logue E, O’Connor C, et al. Randomized trial of sertraline in patients with unexplained chest pain of noncardiac origin. Am Heart J 2000; 140:367372.
  9. Doraiswamy PM, Varia I, Hellegers C, et al. A randomized controlled trial of paroxetine for noncardiac chest pain. Psychopharmacol Bull 2006; 39:1524.
  10. Clayton AH. Understanding antidepressant mechanism of action and its effect on efficacy and safety. J Clin Psychiatry 2012; 73:e11.
  11. Gartlehner G, Hansen RA, Morgan LC, et al. Second-generation antidepressants in the pharmacologic treatment of adult depression: an update of the 2007 comparative effectiveness review (Internet). Rockville (MD): Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (US); 2011 Dec. Comparative Effectiveness Reviews, No. 46. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK83442/. Accessed February 27, 2013.
  12. Watanabe N, Omori IM, Nakagawa A, et al. Mirtazapine versus other antidepressive agents for depression. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2011; 12:CD006528.
  13. Hofmeijer-Sevink MK, Batelaan NM, van Megen HJ, et al. Clinical relevance of comorbidity in anxiety disorders: a report from the Netherlands Study of Depression and Anxiety (NESDA). J Affect Disord 2012; 137:106112.
  14. Koen N, Stein DJ. Pharmacotherapy of anxiety disorders: a critical review. Dialogues Clin Neurosci 2011; 13:423437.
  15. Sheehan DV, Kamijima K. An evidence-based review of the clinical use of sertraline in mood and anxiety disorders. Int Clin Psychopharmacol 2009; 24:4360.
  16. Huh J, Goebert D, Takeshita J, Lu BY, Kang M. Treatment of generalized anxiety disorder: a comprehensive review of the literature for psychopharmacologic alternatives to newer antidepressants and benzodiazepines. Prim Care Companion CNS Disord 2011; 13: 4088/PCC.08r00709blu.
  17. Rickels K, Downing R, Schweizer E, Hassman H. Antidepressants for the treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. A placebo-controlled comparison of imipramine, trazodone, and diazepam. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1993; 50:884895.
  18. Uher R, Maier W, Hauser J, et al. Differential efficacy of escitalopram and nortriptyline on dimensional measures of depression. Br J Psychiatry 2009; 194:252259.
  19. Kellner M. Drug treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Dialogues Clin Neurosci 2010; 12:187197.
  20. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Carmody TJ, et al. Response in relation to baseline anxiety levels in major depressive disorder treated with bupropion sustained release or sertraline. Neuropsychopharmacology 2001; 25:131138.
  21. Mease PJ, Dundon K, Sarzi-Puttini P. Pharmacotherapy of fibromyalgia. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol 2011; 25:285297.
  22. Wolfe F, Cathey MA, Hawley DJ. A double-blind placebo controlled trial of fluoxetine in fibromyalgia. Scand J Rheumatol 1994; 23:255259.
  23. Arnold LM, Hess EV, Hudson JI, Welge JA, Berno SE, Keck PE. A randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind, flexible-dose study of fluoxetine in the treatment of women with fibromyalgia. Am J Med 2002; 112:191197.
  24. Arnold LM, Keck PE, Welge JA. Antidepressant treatment of fibromyalgia. A meta-analysis and review. Psychosomatics 2000; 41:104113.
  25. Goldenberg DL, Burckhardt C, Crofford L. Management of fibromyalgia syndrome. JAMA 2004; 292:23882395.
  26. Tort S, Urrútia G, Nishishinya MB, Walitt B. Monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs) for fibromyalgia syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2012; 4:CD009807.
  27. Vercoulen JH, Swanink CM, Zitman FG, et al. Randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of fluoxetine in chronic fatigue syndrome. Lancet 1996; 347:858861.
  28. Natelson BH, Cheu J, Pareja J, Ellis SP, Policastro T, Findley TW. Randomized, double blind, controlled placebo-phase in trial of low dose phenelzine in the chronic fatigue syndrome. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 1996; 124:226230.
  29. Reid S, Chalder T, Cleare A, Hotopf M, Wessely S. Chronic fatigue syndrome. BMJ 2000; 320:292296.
  30. Kupfer DJ, Spiker DG, Coble PA, Neil JF, Ulrich R, Shaw DH. Sleep and treatment prediction in endogenous depression. Am J Psychiatry 1981; 138:429434.
  31. Argyropoulos SV, Hicks JA, Nash JR, et al. Redistribution of slow wave activity of sleep during pharmacological treatment of depression with paroxetine but not with nefazodone. J Sleep Res 2009; 18:342348.
  32. Stein DJ, Lopez AG. Effects of escitalopram on sleep problems in patients with major depression or generalized anxiety disorder. Adv Ther 2011; 28:10211037.
  33. Ehlers CL, Havstad JW, Kupfer DJ. Estimation of the time course of slow-wave sleep over the night in depressed patients: effects of clomipramine and clinical response. Biol Psychiatry 1996; 39:171181.
  34. Landolt HP, Raimo EB, Schnierow BJ, Kelsoe JR, Rapaport MH, Gillin JC. Sleep and sleep electroencephalogram in depressed patients treated with phenelzine. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2001; 58:268276.
  35. Chen YM, Huang XM, Thompson R, Zhao YB. Clinical features and efficacy of escitalopram treatment for geriatric depression. J Int Med Res 2011; 39:19461953.
  36. Dolder C, Nelson M, Stump A. Pharmacological and clinical profile of newer antidepressants: implications for the treatment of elderly patients. Drugs Aging 2010; 27:625640.
  37. Sterke CS, Ziere G, van Beeck EF, Looman CW, van der Cammen TJ. Dose-response relationship between selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors and injurious falls: a study in nursing home residents with dementia. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2012; 73:812820.
  38. Raji MA, Brady SR. Mirtazapine for treatment of depression and comorbidities in Alzheimer disease. Ann Pharmacother 2001; 35:10241027.
  39. Hennings JM, Schaaf L, Fulda S. Glucose metabolism and antidepressant medication. Curr Pharm Des 2012; 18:59005919.
  40. Czarny MJ, Arthurs E, Coffie DF, et al. Prevalence of antidepressant prescription or use in patients with acute coronary syndrome: a systematic review. PLoS One 2011; 6:e27671.
  41. Zuidersma M, Ormel J, Conradi HJ, de Jonge P. An increase in depressive symptoms after myocardial infarction predicts new cardiac events irrespective of depressive symptoms before myocardial infarction. Psychol Med 2012; 42:683693.
  42. van Noord C, Straus SM, Sturkenboom MC, et al. Psychotropic drugs associated with corrected QT interval prolongation. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2009; 29:915.
  43. US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). FDA Drug Safety Communication: abnormal heart rhythms associated with high doses of Celexa (citalopram hydrobromide). http://www.fda.gov/Drugs/DrugSafety/ucm269086.htm. Accessed August 25, 2013.
  44. Lespérance F, Frasure-Smith N, Koszycki D, et al; CREATE Investigators. Effects of citalopram and interpersonal psychotherapy on depression in patients with coronary artery disease: the Canadian Cardiac Randomized Evaluation of Antidepressant and Psychotherapy Efficacy (CREATE) trial. JAMA 2007; 297:367379.
  45. O’Connor CM, Jiang W, Kuchibhatla M, et al; SADHART-CHF Investigators. Safety and efficacy of sertraline for depression in patients with heart failure: results of the SADHART-CHF (Sertraline Against Depression and Heart Disease in Chronic Heart Failure) trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2010; 56:692699.
  46. Glassman AH, O’Connor CM, Califf RM, et al; Sertraline Antidepressant Heart Attack Randomized Trial (SADHEART) Group. Sertraline treatment of major depression in patients with acute MI or unstable angina. JAMA 2002; 288:701709.
  47. Swenson JR, O’Connor CM, Barton D, et al; Sertraline Antidepressant Heart Attack Randomized Trial (SADHART) Group. Influence of depression and effect of treatment with sertraline on quality of life after hospitalization for acute coronary syndrome. Am J Cardiol 2003; 92:12711276.
  48. Strik JJ, Honig A, Lousberg R, et al. Efficacy and safety of fluoxetine in the treatment of patients with major depression after first myocardial infarction: findings from a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Psychosom Med 2000; 62:783789.
  49. Honig A, Kuyper AM, Schene AH, et al; MIND-IT investigators. Treatment of post-myocardial infarction depressive disorder: a randomized, placebo-controlled trial with mirtazapine. Psychosom Med 2007; 69:606613.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Elizabeth Shultz, DO
Department of Psychiatry and Psychology, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Instructor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Donald A. Malone, MD
Chair, Department of Psychiatry and Psychology, Cleveland Clinic; Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Donald A. Malone, Jr., MD, Department of Psychiatry and Psychology, P57, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: maloned@ccf.org

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
625-631
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Elizabeth Shultz, DO
Department of Psychiatry and Psychology, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Instructor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Donald A. Malone, MD
Chair, Department of Psychiatry and Psychology, Cleveland Clinic; Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Donald A. Malone, Jr., MD, Department of Psychiatry and Psychology, P57, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: maloned@ccf.org

Author and Disclosure Information

Elizabeth Shultz, DO
Department of Psychiatry and Psychology, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Instructor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Donald A. Malone, MD
Chair, Department of Psychiatry and Psychology, Cleveland Clinic; Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Donald A. Malone, Jr., MD, Department of Psychiatry and Psychology, P57, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: maloned@ccf.org

Article PDF
Article PDF

With the variety of drugs available for treating depression, choosing one can be daunting. Different agents have characteristics that may make them a better choice for different types of patients, but even so, treating any kind of mental illness often requires an element of trial and error.

Primary care providers are on the frontline of treating mental illness, often evaluating patients before they are seen by a psychiatrist. The purpose of this article is to provide insight into the art of prescribing antidepressants in the primary care setting. We will discuss common patient presentations, including depressed patients without other medical comorbidities as well as those with common comorbidities, with our recommendations for first-line treatment.

We hope our recommendations will help you to navigate the uncertainty more confidently, resulting in more efficient and tailored treatment for your patients.

BASELINE TESTING

When starting a patient on antidepressant drug therapy, we recommend obtaining a set of baseline laboratory tests to rule out underlying medical conditions that may be contributing to the patient’s depression or that may preclude the use of a given drug. (For example, elevation of liver enzymes may preclude the use of duloxetine.) Tests should include:

  • A complete blood cell count
  • A complete metabolic panel
  • A thyroid-stimulating hormone level.

Electrocardiography may also be useful, as some antidepressants can prolong the QT interval or elevate the blood levels of other drugs with this effect.

GENERAL TREATMENT CONSIDERATIONS

There are several classes of antidepressants, and each class has a number of agents. Research has found little difference in efficacy among agents. So to simplify choosing which one to use, we recommend becoming comfortable with an agent from each class, ie:

  • A selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI)
  • A selective serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI)
  • A tricyclic antidepressant (TCA)
  • A monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitor.

Each class includes generic agents, many of which are on the discount lists of retail pharmacies. Table 1 shows representative drugs from each class, with their relative costs.

Start low and go slow. In general, when starting an antidepressant, consider starting at half the normal dose, titrating upward as tolerated about every 14 days. This approach can minimize side effects. For example, if prescribing fluoxetine, start with 10 mg and titrate every 2 weeks based on tolerance and patient response. That said, each patient may respond differently, requiring perhaps a lower starting dose or a longer titration schedule.

Anticipate side effects. Most of the side effects of an antidepressant drug can be explained by its mechanism of action. Although side effects should certainly be considered when choosing an agent, patients can be reassured that most are transient and benign. A detailed discussion of side effects of antidepressant drugs is beyond the scope of this article, but a review by Khawam et al1 was published earlier in this journal.

Reassess. If after 4 to 6 weeks the patient has had little or no response, it is reasonable to switch agents. For a patient who was on an SSRI, the change can be to another SSRI or to an SNRI. However, if two SSRIs have already failed, then choose an SNRI. Agents are commonly cross-tapered during the switch to avoid abrupt cessation of one drug or the increased risk of adverse events such as cytochrome P450 interactions, serotonin syndrome, or hypertensive crisis (when switching to an MAO inhibitor).

Beware of interactions. All SSRIs and SNRIs are metabolized through the P450 system in the liver and therefore have the potential for drug-drug interactions. Care must be taken when giving these agents together with drugs whose metabolism can be altered by P450 inhibition. For TCAs, blood levels can be checked if there is concern about toxicity; however, dosing is not strictly based on this level. Great care should be taken if a TCA is given together with an SNRI or an SSRI, as the TCA blood level can become significantly elevated. This may result in QT interval prolongation, as mentioned earlier.

Refer. Referral to a psychiatrist is appropriate for patients for whom multiple classes have failed, for patients who have another psychiatric comorbidity (such as psychosis, hypomania, or mania), or for patients who may need hospitalization. Referral is also appropriate if the physician is concerned about suicide risk.

 

 

PATIENTS WITH MAJOR DEPRESSION ONLY

For a patient presenting with depression but no other significant medical comorbidity, the first-line therapy is often an SSRI. Several generic SSRIs are available, and some are on the discount lists at retail pharmacies.

Symptoms should start to improve in about 2 weeks, and the optimal response should be achieved in 4 to 6 weeks of treatment. If this does not occur, consider either adding an augmenting agent or switching to a different antidepressant.

PATIENTS WITH CHRONIC PAIN

Chronic pain and depression often go hand in hand and can potentiate each other. When considering an antidepressant in a patient who has both conditions, the SNRIs and TCAs are typically preferred. Some SNRIs, namely duloxetine and milnacipran, are approved for certain chronic pain conditions, such as fibromyalgia. SNRIs are frequently used off-label for other chronic pain conditions such as headache and neuropathic pain.2

TCAs such as amitriptyline, nortriptyline, and doxepin are also often used in patients with chronic pain. These agents, like the SNRIs, inhibit the reuptake of serotonin and norepinephrine and are used off-label for neuropathic pain,3,4 migraine, interstitial cystitis,5 and other pain conditions.6–9

For TCAs and SNRIs, the effective dose range for chronic pain overlaps that for depression. However, TCAs are often given at lower doses to patients without depression. We recommend starting at a low dose and slowly titrating upward to an effective dose. SNRIs are often preferred over TCAs because they do not have anticholinergic side effects and because an overdose is much less likely to be lethal.

PATIENTS WITH SEXUAL DYSFUNCTION

One of the more commonly reported side effects of antidepressants is sexual dysfunction, generally in the form of delayed orgasm or decreased libido.10 Typically, these complaints are attributed to SSRIs and SNRIs; however, TCAs and MAO inhibitors have also been associated wth sexual dysfunction.

Both erectile dysfunction and priapism have been linked to certain antidepressants. In particular, trazodone is a known cause of priapism. Even if using low doses for sleep, male patients should be made aware of this adverse effect.

Switching from one agent to another in the same class is not likely to improve sexual side effects. In particular, all the SSRIs are similar in their likelihood of causing sexual dysfunction. In a patient taking an SSRI who experiences this side effect, switching to bupropion11 or mirtazapine12 can be quite useful. Bupropion acts primarily on dopamine and norepinephrine, whereas mirtazapine acts on serotonin and norepinephrine but in a different manner from SSRIs and SNRIs.

Adjunctive treatment such as a cholinergic agonist, yohimbine (contraindicated with MAO inhibitors), a serotonergic agent (eg, buspirone), or a drug that acts on nitric oxide (eg, sildenafil, tadalafil) may have some utility but is often ineffective. Dose reduction, if possible, can be of value.

PATIENTS WITH ANXIETY

Many antidepressants are also approved for anxiety disorders, and still more are used off-label for this purpose. Anxiety and depression often occur together, so being able to treat both conditions with one drug can be quite useful.13 In general, the antidepressant effects are seen at lower doses of SSRIs and SNRIs, whereas more of the anxiolytic effects are seen at higher doses, particularly for obsessive-compulsive disorder.14

First-line treatment would be an SSRI or SNRI. Most anxiety disorders respond to either class, but there are some more-specific recommendations. SSRIs are best studied in panic disorder, generalized anxiety disorder, social anxiety disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, and obsessive-compulsive disorder. Fluoxetine, citalopram, escitalopram, and sertraline15 can all be effective in both major depressive disorder and generalized anxiety disorder. Panic disorder also tends to respond well to SSRIs. SNRIs have been evaluated primarily in generalized anxiety disorder but may also be useful in many of the other conditions.

Additionally, mirtazapine (used off-label)12 and the TCAs16–18 can help treat anxiety. Clomipramine is used to treat obsessive-compulsive disorder.19 These drugs are especially useful for nighttime anxiety, as they can aid sleep. Of note, the anxiolytic effect of mirtazapine may be greater at higher doses.

MAO inhibitors often go unused because of the dietary and medication restrictions involved. However, very refractory cases of certain anxiety disorders may respond preferentially to these agents.

Bupropion tends to be more activating than other antidepressants, so is often avoided in anxious patients. However, some research suggests this is not always necessary.20 If the anxiety is secondary to depression, it will often improve significantly with this agent.

When starting or increasing the dose of an antidepressant, patients may experience increased anxiety or feel “jittery.” This feeling usually passes within the first week of treatment, and it is important to inform patients about this effect. “Start low and go slow” in patients with significant comorbid anxiety. Temporarily using a benzodiazepine such as clonazepam may make the transition more tolerable.

PATIENTS WITH CHRONIC FATIGUE SYNDROME OR FIBROMYALGIA

Increasing recognition of both chronic fatigue syndrome and fibromyalgia has led to more proactive treatment for these disorders. Depression can go hand in hand with these disorders, and certain antidepressants, namely the SNRIs, can be useful in this population.

More data exist for the treatment of fibromyalgia. Both duloxetine and milnacipran are approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of fibromyalgia.21 Venlafaxine is also used off-label for this purpose. SSRIs such as fluoxetine and citalopram have had mixed results.21–23 TCAs have been used with some success; however, their side effects and lethal potential are often limiting.21,24,25 A recent study in Spain also suggested there may be benefit from using MAO inhibitors for fibromyalgia, but data are quite limited.26

The data for treating chronic fatigue syndrome with SSRIs, SNRIs, or MAO inhibitors are conflicting.27–29 However, managing the co-existing depression may provide some relief in and of itself.

 

 

PATIENTS WITH FREQUENT INSOMNIA

Insomnia can be a symptom of depression, but it can also be a side effect of certain antidepressants. The SSRIs and SNRIs can disrupt sleep patterns in some patients by shortening the rapid-eye-movement (REM) stage.30,31

In patients with severe insomnia, it may be best to first recommend taking the antidepressant in the morning if they notice worsening sleep after initiating treatment. Patients can be told with any antidepressant, “If it makes you tired, take it at night, and if it wakes you up, take it in the morning.” Of note, a recent South African study suggested that escitalopram may be able to improve sleep.32

If that does not solve the problem, there are other options. For instance, mirtazapine, particularly in doses of 15 mg or 30 mg, aids depression and insomnia. At higher doses (45 mg), the sleep-aiding effect may be reduced. Low doses of TCAs, particularly doxepin, maprotiline (technically speaking, a tetracyclic antidepressant), amitriptyline, and nortriptyline can be effective sleep aids. These agents may be used as an adjunct to another antidepressant to enhance sleep and mood. However, the TCAs also shorten the REM stage of sleep.33

The previously mentioned drug interactions with SSRIs and SNRIs also need to be considered. Caution should be used when discontinuing these medications, as patients may experience rebound symptoms in the form of much more vivid dreams. MAO inhibitors may worsen insomnia because they suppress REM sleep.34

Trazodone is another agent that at lower doses (25–150 mg) can be an effective, nonaddicting sleep aid. When used as an antidepressant, it is generally prescribed at higher doses (300–400 mg), but its sedating effects can be quite limiting at these levels. It is important to remember the possibility of priapism in male patients.

GERIATRIC PATIENTS

Old age brings its own set of concerns when treating depression. Elderly patients are more susceptible to potential bradycardia caused by SSRIs. The TCAs have the more worrisome cardiac side effect of QTc prolongation. TCAs can slow cognitive function, whereas the SSRIs, bupropion, and the SNRIs tend not to affect cognition. Escitalopram and duloxetine have been suggested to be particularly effective in the elderly.35,36 A study from the Netherlands linked SSRIs with increased risk of falling in geriatric patients with dementia.37 Constipation, which could lead to ileus, is increased with TCAs and certain other agents (ie, paroxetine) in the geriatric population.

Mirtazapine is often very useful in elderly patients for many reasons: it treats both anxiety and depression, stimulates appetite and weight gain, can help with nausea, and is an effective sleep aid. Concerns about weight, appetite, and sleep are particularly common in the elderly, whereas younger patients can be less tolerant of drugs that make them gain weight and sleep more. Normal age-related changes to the sleep cycle contribute to decreased satisfaction with sleep as we age. In addition, depression often further impairs sleep. So, in the elderly, optimizing sleep is key. Research has also shown mirtazapine to be effective in patients with both Alzheimer dementia and depression.38

DIABETIC PATIENTS

One of the more worrisome side effects of psychiatric medications in diabetic patients is weight gain. Certain antidepressants have a greater propensity for weight gain and should likely be avoided as first-line treatments in this population.12 Typically, these agents include those that have more antihistamine action such as paroxetine and the TCAs. These agents also may lead to constipation, which could potentially worsen gastroparesis. Mirtazapine and the MAO inhibitors are also known to cause weight gain.

Bupropion and nefazodone are the most weight-neutral of all antidepressants. Nefazodone has fallen out of favor because of its potential to cause fulminant liver failure in rare cases. However, it remains a reasonable option for patients with comorbid anxiety and depression who have significant weight gain with other agents.

SSRIs and MAO inhibitors may improve or be neutral toward glucose metabolism, and some data suggest that SNRIs may impair this process.39

PATIENTS WITH CARDIAC CONDITIONS

Major depression often coexists with cardiac conditions. In particular, many patients develop depression after suffering a myocardial infarction, and increasingly they are being treated for it.40 Treatment in this situation is appropriate, since depression, if untreated, can increase the risk of recurrence of myocardial infarction.41

However, there are many concerns that accompany treating depression in cardiac patients. Therefore, a baseline electrocardiogram should be obtained before starting an antidepressant.

TCAs and tetracyclic agents have a tendency to prolong the QTc interval and potentiate ventricular arrhythmias,42 so it may be prudent to avoid these in patients at risk. These agents can also significantly increase the pulse rate. This tachycardia increases the risk of angina or myocardial infarction from the anticholinergic effects of these drugs.

In February 2013, the FDA issued a warning about possible arrhythmias with citalopram at doses greater than 40 mg in adult patients43; however, research has suggested citalopram is effective in treating depression in cardiac patients.44 Research has not shown an increase in efficacy at doses greater than 40 mg daily, so we recommend following the black-box warning.

TCAs and MAO inhibitors can also cause orthostatic hypotension. On the other hand, consuming large amounts of tyramine, in foods such as aged cheese, can precipitate a hypertensive crisis in patients taking MAO inhibitors.

Which antidepressants tend to be safer in cardiac patients? Sertraline has been shown to be safe in congestive heart failure and coronary artery disease,45–47 but the SSRIs are typically safe. Fluoxetine has shown efficacy in patients who have had a myocardial infarction.48 Mirtazapine has also been shown to be efficacious in cardiac patients.49 Nefazodone, mirtazapine, bupropion, SSRIs, and SNRIs have little or no tendency toward orthostatic hypotension.

With the variety of drugs available for treating depression, choosing one can be daunting. Different agents have characteristics that may make them a better choice for different types of patients, but even so, treating any kind of mental illness often requires an element of trial and error.

Primary care providers are on the frontline of treating mental illness, often evaluating patients before they are seen by a psychiatrist. The purpose of this article is to provide insight into the art of prescribing antidepressants in the primary care setting. We will discuss common patient presentations, including depressed patients without other medical comorbidities as well as those with common comorbidities, with our recommendations for first-line treatment.

We hope our recommendations will help you to navigate the uncertainty more confidently, resulting in more efficient and tailored treatment for your patients.

BASELINE TESTING

When starting a patient on antidepressant drug therapy, we recommend obtaining a set of baseline laboratory tests to rule out underlying medical conditions that may be contributing to the patient’s depression or that may preclude the use of a given drug. (For example, elevation of liver enzymes may preclude the use of duloxetine.) Tests should include:

  • A complete blood cell count
  • A complete metabolic panel
  • A thyroid-stimulating hormone level.

Electrocardiography may also be useful, as some antidepressants can prolong the QT interval or elevate the blood levels of other drugs with this effect.

GENERAL TREATMENT CONSIDERATIONS

There are several classes of antidepressants, and each class has a number of agents. Research has found little difference in efficacy among agents. So to simplify choosing which one to use, we recommend becoming comfortable with an agent from each class, ie:

  • A selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI)
  • A selective serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI)
  • A tricyclic antidepressant (TCA)
  • A monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitor.

Each class includes generic agents, many of which are on the discount lists of retail pharmacies. Table 1 shows representative drugs from each class, with their relative costs.

Start low and go slow. In general, when starting an antidepressant, consider starting at half the normal dose, titrating upward as tolerated about every 14 days. This approach can minimize side effects. For example, if prescribing fluoxetine, start with 10 mg and titrate every 2 weeks based on tolerance and patient response. That said, each patient may respond differently, requiring perhaps a lower starting dose or a longer titration schedule.

Anticipate side effects. Most of the side effects of an antidepressant drug can be explained by its mechanism of action. Although side effects should certainly be considered when choosing an agent, patients can be reassured that most are transient and benign. A detailed discussion of side effects of antidepressant drugs is beyond the scope of this article, but a review by Khawam et al1 was published earlier in this journal.

Reassess. If after 4 to 6 weeks the patient has had little or no response, it is reasonable to switch agents. For a patient who was on an SSRI, the change can be to another SSRI or to an SNRI. However, if two SSRIs have already failed, then choose an SNRI. Agents are commonly cross-tapered during the switch to avoid abrupt cessation of one drug or the increased risk of adverse events such as cytochrome P450 interactions, serotonin syndrome, or hypertensive crisis (when switching to an MAO inhibitor).

Beware of interactions. All SSRIs and SNRIs are metabolized through the P450 system in the liver and therefore have the potential for drug-drug interactions. Care must be taken when giving these agents together with drugs whose metabolism can be altered by P450 inhibition. For TCAs, blood levels can be checked if there is concern about toxicity; however, dosing is not strictly based on this level. Great care should be taken if a TCA is given together with an SNRI or an SSRI, as the TCA blood level can become significantly elevated. This may result in QT interval prolongation, as mentioned earlier.

Refer. Referral to a psychiatrist is appropriate for patients for whom multiple classes have failed, for patients who have another psychiatric comorbidity (such as psychosis, hypomania, or mania), or for patients who may need hospitalization. Referral is also appropriate if the physician is concerned about suicide risk.

 

 

PATIENTS WITH MAJOR DEPRESSION ONLY

For a patient presenting with depression but no other significant medical comorbidity, the first-line therapy is often an SSRI. Several generic SSRIs are available, and some are on the discount lists at retail pharmacies.

Symptoms should start to improve in about 2 weeks, and the optimal response should be achieved in 4 to 6 weeks of treatment. If this does not occur, consider either adding an augmenting agent or switching to a different antidepressant.

PATIENTS WITH CHRONIC PAIN

Chronic pain and depression often go hand in hand and can potentiate each other. When considering an antidepressant in a patient who has both conditions, the SNRIs and TCAs are typically preferred. Some SNRIs, namely duloxetine and milnacipran, are approved for certain chronic pain conditions, such as fibromyalgia. SNRIs are frequently used off-label for other chronic pain conditions such as headache and neuropathic pain.2

TCAs such as amitriptyline, nortriptyline, and doxepin are also often used in patients with chronic pain. These agents, like the SNRIs, inhibit the reuptake of serotonin and norepinephrine and are used off-label for neuropathic pain,3,4 migraine, interstitial cystitis,5 and other pain conditions.6–9

For TCAs and SNRIs, the effective dose range for chronic pain overlaps that for depression. However, TCAs are often given at lower doses to patients without depression. We recommend starting at a low dose and slowly titrating upward to an effective dose. SNRIs are often preferred over TCAs because they do not have anticholinergic side effects and because an overdose is much less likely to be lethal.

PATIENTS WITH SEXUAL DYSFUNCTION

One of the more commonly reported side effects of antidepressants is sexual dysfunction, generally in the form of delayed orgasm or decreased libido.10 Typically, these complaints are attributed to SSRIs and SNRIs; however, TCAs and MAO inhibitors have also been associated wth sexual dysfunction.

Both erectile dysfunction and priapism have been linked to certain antidepressants. In particular, trazodone is a known cause of priapism. Even if using low doses for sleep, male patients should be made aware of this adverse effect.

Switching from one agent to another in the same class is not likely to improve sexual side effects. In particular, all the SSRIs are similar in their likelihood of causing sexual dysfunction. In a patient taking an SSRI who experiences this side effect, switching to bupropion11 or mirtazapine12 can be quite useful. Bupropion acts primarily on dopamine and norepinephrine, whereas mirtazapine acts on serotonin and norepinephrine but in a different manner from SSRIs and SNRIs.

Adjunctive treatment such as a cholinergic agonist, yohimbine (contraindicated with MAO inhibitors), a serotonergic agent (eg, buspirone), or a drug that acts on nitric oxide (eg, sildenafil, tadalafil) may have some utility but is often ineffective. Dose reduction, if possible, can be of value.

PATIENTS WITH ANXIETY

Many antidepressants are also approved for anxiety disorders, and still more are used off-label for this purpose. Anxiety and depression often occur together, so being able to treat both conditions with one drug can be quite useful.13 In general, the antidepressant effects are seen at lower doses of SSRIs and SNRIs, whereas more of the anxiolytic effects are seen at higher doses, particularly for obsessive-compulsive disorder.14

First-line treatment would be an SSRI or SNRI. Most anxiety disorders respond to either class, but there are some more-specific recommendations. SSRIs are best studied in panic disorder, generalized anxiety disorder, social anxiety disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, and obsessive-compulsive disorder. Fluoxetine, citalopram, escitalopram, and sertraline15 can all be effective in both major depressive disorder and generalized anxiety disorder. Panic disorder also tends to respond well to SSRIs. SNRIs have been evaluated primarily in generalized anxiety disorder but may also be useful in many of the other conditions.

Additionally, mirtazapine (used off-label)12 and the TCAs16–18 can help treat anxiety. Clomipramine is used to treat obsessive-compulsive disorder.19 These drugs are especially useful for nighttime anxiety, as they can aid sleep. Of note, the anxiolytic effect of mirtazapine may be greater at higher doses.

MAO inhibitors often go unused because of the dietary and medication restrictions involved. However, very refractory cases of certain anxiety disorders may respond preferentially to these agents.

Bupropion tends to be more activating than other antidepressants, so is often avoided in anxious patients. However, some research suggests this is not always necessary.20 If the anxiety is secondary to depression, it will often improve significantly with this agent.

When starting or increasing the dose of an antidepressant, patients may experience increased anxiety or feel “jittery.” This feeling usually passes within the first week of treatment, and it is important to inform patients about this effect. “Start low and go slow” in patients with significant comorbid anxiety. Temporarily using a benzodiazepine such as clonazepam may make the transition more tolerable.

PATIENTS WITH CHRONIC FATIGUE SYNDROME OR FIBROMYALGIA

Increasing recognition of both chronic fatigue syndrome and fibromyalgia has led to more proactive treatment for these disorders. Depression can go hand in hand with these disorders, and certain antidepressants, namely the SNRIs, can be useful in this population.

More data exist for the treatment of fibromyalgia. Both duloxetine and milnacipran are approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of fibromyalgia.21 Venlafaxine is also used off-label for this purpose. SSRIs such as fluoxetine and citalopram have had mixed results.21–23 TCAs have been used with some success; however, their side effects and lethal potential are often limiting.21,24,25 A recent study in Spain also suggested there may be benefit from using MAO inhibitors for fibromyalgia, but data are quite limited.26

The data for treating chronic fatigue syndrome with SSRIs, SNRIs, or MAO inhibitors are conflicting.27–29 However, managing the co-existing depression may provide some relief in and of itself.

 

 

PATIENTS WITH FREQUENT INSOMNIA

Insomnia can be a symptom of depression, but it can also be a side effect of certain antidepressants. The SSRIs and SNRIs can disrupt sleep patterns in some patients by shortening the rapid-eye-movement (REM) stage.30,31

In patients with severe insomnia, it may be best to first recommend taking the antidepressant in the morning if they notice worsening sleep after initiating treatment. Patients can be told with any antidepressant, “If it makes you tired, take it at night, and if it wakes you up, take it in the morning.” Of note, a recent South African study suggested that escitalopram may be able to improve sleep.32

If that does not solve the problem, there are other options. For instance, mirtazapine, particularly in doses of 15 mg or 30 mg, aids depression and insomnia. At higher doses (45 mg), the sleep-aiding effect may be reduced. Low doses of TCAs, particularly doxepin, maprotiline (technically speaking, a tetracyclic antidepressant), amitriptyline, and nortriptyline can be effective sleep aids. These agents may be used as an adjunct to another antidepressant to enhance sleep and mood. However, the TCAs also shorten the REM stage of sleep.33

The previously mentioned drug interactions with SSRIs and SNRIs also need to be considered. Caution should be used when discontinuing these medications, as patients may experience rebound symptoms in the form of much more vivid dreams. MAO inhibitors may worsen insomnia because they suppress REM sleep.34

Trazodone is another agent that at lower doses (25–150 mg) can be an effective, nonaddicting sleep aid. When used as an antidepressant, it is generally prescribed at higher doses (300–400 mg), but its sedating effects can be quite limiting at these levels. It is important to remember the possibility of priapism in male patients.

GERIATRIC PATIENTS

Old age brings its own set of concerns when treating depression. Elderly patients are more susceptible to potential bradycardia caused by SSRIs. The TCAs have the more worrisome cardiac side effect of QTc prolongation. TCAs can slow cognitive function, whereas the SSRIs, bupropion, and the SNRIs tend not to affect cognition. Escitalopram and duloxetine have been suggested to be particularly effective in the elderly.35,36 A study from the Netherlands linked SSRIs with increased risk of falling in geriatric patients with dementia.37 Constipation, which could lead to ileus, is increased with TCAs and certain other agents (ie, paroxetine) in the geriatric population.

Mirtazapine is often very useful in elderly patients for many reasons: it treats both anxiety and depression, stimulates appetite and weight gain, can help with nausea, and is an effective sleep aid. Concerns about weight, appetite, and sleep are particularly common in the elderly, whereas younger patients can be less tolerant of drugs that make them gain weight and sleep more. Normal age-related changes to the sleep cycle contribute to decreased satisfaction with sleep as we age. In addition, depression often further impairs sleep. So, in the elderly, optimizing sleep is key. Research has also shown mirtazapine to be effective in patients with both Alzheimer dementia and depression.38

DIABETIC PATIENTS

One of the more worrisome side effects of psychiatric medications in diabetic patients is weight gain. Certain antidepressants have a greater propensity for weight gain and should likely be avoided as first-line treatments in this population.12 Typically, these agents include those that have more antihistamine action such as paroxetine and the TCAs. These agents also may lead to constipation, which could potentially worsen gastroparesis. Mirtazapine and the MAO inhibitors are also known to cause weight gain.

Bupropion and nefazodone are the most weight-neutral of all antidepressants. Nefazodone has fallen out of favor because of its potential to cause fulminant liver failure in rare cases. However, it remains a reasonable option for patients with comorbid anxiety and depression who have significant weight gain with other agents.

SSRIs and MAO inhibitors may improve or be neutral toward glucose metabolism, and some data suggest that SNRIs may impair this process.39

PATIENTS WITH CARDIAC CONDITIONS

Major depression often coexists with cardiac conditions. In particular, many patients develop depression after suffering a myocardial infarction, and increasingly they are being treated for it.40 Treatment in this situation is appropriate, since depression, if untreated, can increase the risk of recurrence of myocardial infarction.41

However, there are many concerns that accompany treating depression in cardiac patients. Therefore, a baseline electrocardiogram should be obtained before starting an antidepressant.

TCAs and tetracyclic agents have a tendency to prolong the QTc interval and potentiate ventricular arrhythmias,42 so it may be prudent to avoid these in patients at risk. These agents can also significantly increase the pulse rate. This tachycardia increases the risk of angina or myocardial infarction from the anticholinergic effects of these drugs.

In February 2013, the FDA issued a warning about possible arrhythmias with citalopram at doses greater than 40 mg in adult patients43; however, research has suggested citalopram is effective in treating depression in cardiac patients.44 Research has not shown an increase in efficacy at doses greater than 40 mg daily, so we recommend following the black-box warning.

TCAs and MAO inhibitors can also cause orthostatic hypotension. On the other hand, consuming large amounts of tyramine, in foods such as aged cheese, can precipitate a hypertensive crisis in patients taking MAO inhibitors.

Which antidepressants tend to be safer in cardiac patients? Sertraline has been shown to be safe in congestive heart failure and coronary artery disease,45–47 but the SSRIs are typically safe. Fluoxetine has shown efficacy in patients who have had a myocardial infarction.48 Mirtazapine has also been shown to be efficacious in cardiac patients.49 Nefazodone, mirtazapine, bupropion, SSRIs, and SNRIs have little or no tendency toward orthostatic hypotension.

References
  1. Khawam EA, Laurencic G, Malone DA. Side effects of antidepressants: an overview. Cleve Clin J Med 2006; 73:351361.
  2. Ziegler D. Painful diabetic neuropathy: treatment and future aspects. Diabetes Metab Res Rev 2008; 24(suppl 1):S52S57.
  3. Saarto T, Wiffen PJ. Antidepressants for neuropathic pain: a Cochrane review. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2010; 81:13721373.
  4. Tanenberg RJ, Irving GA, Risser RC, et al. Duloxetine, pregabalin, and duloxetine plus gabapentin for diabetic peripheral neuropathic pain management in patients with inadequate pain response to gabapentin: an open-label, randomized, noninferiority comparison. Mayo Clin Proc 2011; 86:615626.
  5. Hertle L, van Ophoven A. Long-term results of amitriptyline treatment for interstitial cystitis. Aktuelle Urol 2010; 41(suppl 1):S61S65.
  6. Nguyen TM, Eslick GD. Systematic review: the treatment of noncardiac chest pain with antidepressants. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2012; 35:493500.
  7. Lee H, Kim JH, Min BH, et al. Efficacy of venlafaxine for symptomatic relief in young adult patients with functional chest pain: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover trial. Am J Gastroenterol 2010; 105:15041512.
  8. Varia I, Logue E, O’Connor C, et al. Randomized trial of sertraline in patients with unexplained chest pain of noncardiac origin. Am Heart J 2000; 140:367372.
  9. Doraiswamy PM, Varia I, Hellegers C, et al. A randomized controlled trial of paroxetine for noncardiac chest pain. Psychopharmacol Bull 2006; 39:1524.
  10. Clayton AH. Understanding antidepressant mechanism of action and its effect on efficacy and safety. J Clin Psychiatry 2012; 73:e11.
  11. Gartlehner G, Hansen RA, Morgan LC, et al. Second-generation antidepressants in the pharmacologic treatment of adult depression: an update of the 2007 comparative effectiveness review (Internet). Rockville (MD): Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (US); 2011 Dec. Comparative Effectiveness Reviews, No. 46. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK83442/. Accessed February 27, 2013.
  12. Watanabe N, Omori IM, Nakagawa A, et al. Mirtazapine versus other antidepressive agents for depression. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2011; 12:CD006528.
  13. Hofmeijer-Sevink MK, Batelaan NM, van Megen HJ, et al. Clinical relevance of comorbidity in anxiety disorders: a report from the Netherlands Study of Depression and Anxiety (NESDA). J Affect Disord 2012; 137:106112.
  14. Koen N, Stein DJ. Pharmacotherapy of anxiety disorders: a critical review. Dialogues Clin Neurosci 2011; 13:423437.
  15. Sheehan DV, Kamijima K. An evidence-based review of the clinical use of sertraline in mood and anxiety disorders. Int Clin Psychopharmacol 2009; 24:4360.
  16. Huh J, Goebert D, Takeshita J, Lu BY, Kang M. Treatment of generalized anxiety disorder: a comprehensive review of the literature for psychopharmacologic alternatives to newer antidepressants and benzodiazepines. Prim Care Companion CNS Disord 2011; 13: 4088/PCC.08r00709blu.
  17. Rickels K, Downing R, Schweizer E, Hassman H. Antidepressants for the treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. A placebo-controlled comparison of imipramine, trazodone, and diazepam. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1993; 50:884895.
  18. Uher R, Maier W, Hauser J, et al. Differential efficacy of escitalopram and nortriptyline on dimensional measures of depression. Br J Psychiatry 2009; 194:252259.
  19. Kellner M. Drug treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Dialogues Clin Neurosci 2010; 12:187197.
  20. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Carmody TJ, et al. Response in relation to baseline anxiety levels in major depressive disorder treated with bupropion sustained release or sertraline. Neuropsychopharmacology 2001; 25:131138.
  21. Mease PJ, Dundon K, Sarzi-Puttini P. Pharmacotherapy of fibromyalgia. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol 2011; 25:285297.
  22. Wolfe F, Cathey MA, Hawley DJ. A double-blind placebo controlled trial of fluoxetine in fibromyalgia. Scand J Rheumatol 1994; 23:255259.
  23. Arnold LM, Hess EV, Hudson JI, Welge JA, Berno SE, Keck PE. A randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind, flexible-dose study of fluoxetine in the treatment of women with fibromyalgia. Am J Med 2002; 112:191197.
  24. Arnold LM, Keck PE, Welge JA. Antidepressant treatment of fibromyalgia. A meta-analysis and review. Psychosomatics 2000; 41:104113.
  25. Goldenberg DL, Burckhardt C, Crofford L. Management of fibromyalgia syndrome. JAMA 2004; 292:23882395.
  26. Tort S, Urrútia G, Nishishinya MB, Walitt B. Monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs) for fibromyalgia syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2012; 4:CD009807.
  27. Vercoulen JH, Swanink CM, Zitman FG, et al. Randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of fluoxetine in chronic fatigue syndrome. Lancet 1996; 347:858861.
  28. Natelson BH, Cheu J, Pareja J, Ellis SP, Policastro T, Findley TW. Randomized, double blind, controlled placebo-phase in trial of low dose phenelzine in the chronic fatigue syndrome. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 1996; 124:226230.
  29. Reid S, Chalder T, Cleare A, Hotopf M, Wessely S. Chronic fatigue syndrome. BMJ 2000; 320:292296.
  30. Kupfer DJ, Spiker DG, Coble PA, Neil JF, Ulrich R, Shaw DH. Sleep and treatment prediction in endogenous depression. Am J Psychiatry 1981; 138:429434.
  31. Argyropoulos SV, Hicks JA, Nash JR, et al. Redistribution of slow wave activity of sleep during pharmacological treatment of depression with paroxetine but not with nefazodone. J Sleep Res 2009; 18:342348.
  32. Stein DJ, Lopez AG. Effects of escitalopram on sleep problems in patients with major depression or generalized anxiety disorder. Adv Ther 2011; 28:10211037.
  33. Ehlers CL, Havstad JW, Kupfer DJ. Estimation of the time course of slow-wave sleep over the night in depressed patients: effects of clomipramine and clinical response. Biol Psychiatry 1996; 39:171181.
  34. Landolt HP, Raimo EB, Schnierow BJ, Kelsoe JR, Rapaport MH, Gillin JC. Sleep and sleep electroencephalogram in depressed patients treated with phenelzine. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2001; 58:268276.
  35. Chen YM, Huang XM, Thompson R, Zhao YB. Clinical features and efficacy of escitalopram treatment for geriatric depression. J Int Med Res 2011; 39:19461953.
  36. Dolder C, Nelson M, Stump A. Pharmacological and clinical profile of newer antidepressants: implications for the treatment of elderly patients. Drugs Aging 2010; 27:625640.
  37. Sterke CS, Ziere G, van Beeck EF, Looman CW, van der Cammen TJ. Dose-response relationship between selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors and injurious falls: a study in nursing home residents with dementia. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2012; 73:812820.
  38. Raji MA, Brady SR. Mirtazapine for treatment of depression and comorbidities in Alzheimer disease. Ann Pharmacother 2001; 35:10241027.
  39. Hennings JM, Schaaf L, Fulda S. Glucose metabolism and antidepressant medication. Curr Pharm Des 2012; 18:59005919.
  40. Czarny MJ, Arthurs E, Coffie DF, et al. Prevalence of antidepressant prescription or use in patients with acute coronary syndrome: a systematic review. PLoS One 2011; 6:e27671.
  41. Zuidersma M, Ormel J, Conradi HJ, de Jonge P. An increase in depressive symptoms after myocardial infarction predicts new cardiac events irrespective of depressive symptoms before myocardial infarction. Psychol Med 2012; 42:683693.
  42. van Noord C, Straus SM, Sturkenboom MC, et al. Psychotropic drugs associated with corrected QT interval prolongation. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2009; 29:915.
  43. US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). FDA Drug Safety Communication: abnormal heart rhythms associated with high doses of Celexa (citalopram hydrobromide). http://www.fda.gov/Drugs/DrugSafety/ucm269086.htm. Accessed August 25, 2013.
  44. Lespérance F, Frasure-Smith N, Koszycki D, et al; CREATE Investigators. Effects of citalopram and interpersonal psychotherapy on depression in patients with coronary artery disease: the Canadian Cardiac Randomized Evaluation of Antidepressant and Psychotherapy Efficacy (CREATE) trial. JAMA 2007; 297:367379.
  45. O’Connor CM, Jiang W, Kuchibhatla M, et al; SADHART-CHF Investigators. Safety and efficacy of sertraline for depression in patients with heart failure: results of the SADHART-CHF (Sertraline Against Depression and Heart Disease in Chronic Heart Failure) trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2010; 56:692699.
  46. Glassman AH, O’Connor CM, Califf RM, et al; Sertraline Antidepressant Heart Attack Randomized Trial (SADHEART) Group. Sertraline treatment of major depression in patients with acute MI or unstable angina. JAMA 2002; 288:701709.
  47. Swenson JR, O’Connor CM, Barton D, et al; Sertraline Antidepressant Heart Attack Randomized Trial (SADHART) Group. Influence of depression and effect of treatment with sertraline on quality of life after hospitalization for acute coronary syndrome. Am J Cardiol 2003; 92:12711276.
  48. Strik JJ, Honig A, Lousberg R, et al. Efficacy and safety of fluoxetine in the treatment of patients with major depression after first myocardial infarction: findings from a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Psychosom Med 2000; 62:783789.
  49. Honig A, Kuyper AM, Schene AH, et al; MIND-IT investigators. Treatment of post-myocardial infarction depressive disorder: a randomized, placebo-controlled trial with mirtazapine. Psychosom Med 2007; 69:606613.
References
  1. Khawam EA, Laurencic G, Malone DA. Side effects of antidepressants: an overview. Cleve Clin J Med 2006; 73:351361.
  2. Ziegler D. Painful diabetic neuropathy: treatment and future aspects. Diabetes Metab Res Rev 2008; 24(suppl 1):S52S57.
  3. Saarto T, Wiffen PJ. Antidepressants for neuropathic pain: a Cochrane review. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2010; 81:13721373.
  4. Tanenberg RJ, Irving GA, Risser RC, et al. Duloxetine, pregabalin, and duloxetine plus gabapentin for diabetic peripheral neuropathic pain management in patients with inadequate pain response to gabapentin: an open-label, randomized, noninferiority comparison. Mayo Clin Proc 2011; 86:615626.
  5. Hertle L, van Ophoven A. Long-term results of amitriptyline treatment for interstitial cystitis. Aktuelle Urol 2010; 41(suppl 1):S61S65.
  6. Nguyen TM, Eslick GD. Systematic review: the treatment of noncardiac chest pain with antidepressants. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2012; 35:493500.
  7. Lee H, Kim JH, Min BH, et al. Efficacy of venlafaxine for symptomatic relief in young adult patients with functional chest pain: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover trial. Am J Gastroenterol 2010; 105:15041512.
  8. Varia I, Logue E, O’Connor C, et al. Randomized trial of sertraline in patients with unexplained chest pain of noncardiac origin. Am Heart J 2000; 140:367372.
  9. Doraiswamy PM, Varia I, Hellegers C, et al. A randomized controlled trial of paroxetine for noncardiac chest pain. Psychopharmacol Bull 2006; 39:1524.
  10. Clayton AH. Understanding antidepressant mechanism of action and its effect on efficacy and safety. J Clin Psychiatry 2012; 73:e11.
  11. Gartlehner G, Hansen RA, Morgan LC, et al. Second-generation antidepressants in the pharmacologic treatment of adult depression: an update of the 2007 comparative effectiveness review (Internet). Rockville (MD): Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (US); 2011 Dec. Comparative Effectiveness Reviews, No. 46. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK83442/. Accessed February 27, 2013.
  12. Watanabe N, Omori IM, Nakagawa A, et al. Mirtazapine versus other antidepressive agents for depression. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2011; 12:CD006528.
  13. Hofmeijer-Sevink MK, Batelaan NM, van Megen HJ, et al. Clinical relevance of comorbidity in anxiety disorders: a report from the Netherlands Study of Depression and Anxiety (NESDA). J Affect Disord 2012; 137:106112.
  14. Koen N, Stein DJ. Pharmacotherapy of anxiety disorders: a critical review. Dialogues Clin Neurosci 2011; 13:423437.
  15. Sheehan DV, Kamijima K. An evidence-based review of the clinical use of sertraline in mood and anxiety disorders. Int Clin Psychopharmacol 2009; 24:4360.
  16. Huh J, Goebert D, Takeshita J, Lu BY, Kang M. Treatment of generalized anxiety disorder: a comprehensive review of the literature for psychopharmacologic alternatives to newer antidepressants and benzodiazepines. Prim Care Companion CNS Disord 2011; 13: 4088/PCC.08r00709blu.
  17. Rickels K, Downing R, Schweizer E, Hassman H. Antidepressants for the treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. A placebo-controlled comparison of imipramine, trazodone, and diazepam. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1993; 50:884895.
  18. Uher R, Maier W, Hauser J, et al. Differential efficacy of escitalopram and nortriptyline on dimensional measures of depression. Br J Psychiatry 2009; 194:252259.
  19. Kellner M. Drug treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Dialogues Clin Neurosci 2010; 12:187197.
  20. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Carmody TJ, et al. Response in relation to baseline anxiety levels in major depressive disorder treated with bupropion sustained release or sertraline. Neuropsychopharmacology 2001; 25:131138.
  21. Mease PJ, Dundon K, Sarzi-Puttini P. Pharmacotherapy of fibromyalgia. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol 2011; 25:285297.
  22. Wolfe F, Cathey MA, Hawley DJ. A double-blind placebo controlled trial of fluoxetine in fibromyalgia. Scand J Rheumatol 1994; 23:255259.
  23. Arnold LM, Hess EV, Hudson JI, Welge JA, Berno SE, Keck PE. A randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind, flexible-dose study of fluoxetine in the treatment of women with fibromyalgia. Am J Med 2002; 112:191197.
  24. Arnold LM, Keck PE, Welge JA. Antidepressant treatment of fibromyalgia. A meta-analysis and review. Psychosomatics 2000; 41:104113.
  25. Goldenberg DL, Burckhardt C, Crofford L. Management of fibromyalgia syndrome. JAMA 2004; 292:23882395.
  26. Tort S, Urrútia G, Nishishinya MB, Walitt B. Monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs) for fibromyalgia syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2012; 4:CD009807.
  27. Vercoulen JH, Swanink CM, Zitman FG, et al. Randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of fluoxetine in chronic fatigue syndrome. Lancet 1996; 347:858861.
  28. Natelson BH, Cheu J, Pareja J, Ellis SP, Policastro T, Findley TW. Randomized, double blind, controlled placebo-phase in trial of low dose phenelzine in the chronic fatigue syndrome. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 1996; 124:226230.
  29. Reid S, Chalder T, Cleare A, Hotopf M, Wessely S. Chronic fatigue syndrome. BMJ 2000; 320:292296.
  30. Kupfer DJ, Spiker DG, Coble PA, Neil JF, Ulrich R, Shaw DH. Sleep and treatment prediction in endogenous depression. Am J Psychiatry 1981; 138:429434.
  31. Argyropoulos SV, Hicks JA, Nash JR, et al. Redistribution of slow wave activity of sleep during pharmacological treatment of depression with paroxetine but not with nefazodone. J Sleep Res 2009; 18:342348.
  32. Stein DJ, Lopez AG. Effects of escitalopram on sleep problems in patients with major depression or generalized anxiety disorder. Adv Ther 2011; 28:10211037.
  33. Ehlers CL, Havstad JW, Kupfer DJ. Estimation of the time course of slow-wave sleep over the night in depressed patients: effects of clomipramine and clinical response. Biol Psychiatry 1996; 39:171181.
  34. Landolt HP, Raimo EB, Schnierow BJ, Kelsoe JR, Rapaport MH, Gillin JC. Sleep and sleep electroencephalogram in depressed patients treated with phenelzine. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2001; 58:268276.
  35. Chen YM, Huang XM, Thompson R, Zhao YB. Clinical features and efficacy of escitalopram treatment for geriatric depression. J Int Med Res 2011; 39:19461953.
  36. Dolder C, Nelson M, Stump A. Pharmacological and clinical profile of newer antidepressants: implications for the treatment of elderly patients. Drugs Aging 2010; 27:625640.
  37. Sterke CS, Ziere G, van Beeck EF, Looman CW, van der Cammen TJ. Dose-response relationship between selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors and injurious falls: a study in nursing home residents with dementia. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2012; 73:812820.
  38. Raji MA, Brady SR. Mirtazapine for treatment of depression and comorbidities in Alzheimer disease. Ann Pharmacother 2001; 35:10241027.
  39. Hennings JM, Schaaf L, Fulda S. Glucose metabolism and antidepressant medication. Curr Pharm Des 2012; 18:59005919.
  40. Czarny MJ, Arthurs E, Coffie DF, et al. Prevalence of antidepressant prescription or use in patients with acute coronary syndrome: a systematic review. PLoS One 2011; 6:e27671.
  41. Zuidersma M, Ormel J, Conradi HJ, de Jonge P. An increase in depressive symptoms after myocardial infarction predicts new cardiac events irrespective of depressive symptoms before myocardial infarction. Psychol Med 2012; 42:683693.
  42. van Noord C, Straus SM, Sturkenboom MC, et al. Psychotropic drugs associated with corrected QT interval prolongation. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2009; 29:915.
  43. US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). FDA Drug Safety Communication: abnormal heart rhythms associated with high doses of Celexa (citalopram hydrobromide). http://www.fda.gov/Drugs/DrugSafety/ucm269086.htm. Accessed August 25, 2013.
  44. Lespérance F, Frasure-Smith N, Koszycki D, et al; CREATE Investigators. Effects of citalopram and interpersonal psychotherapy on depression in patients with coronary artery disease: the Canadian Cardiac Randomized Evaluation of Antidepressant and Psychotherapy Efficacy (CREATE) trial. JAMA 2007; 297:367379.
  45. O’Connor CM, Jiang W, Kuchibhatla M, et al; SADHART-CHF Investigators. Safety and efficacy of sertraline for depression in patients with heart failure: results of the SADHART-CHF (Sertraline Against Depression and Heart Disease in Chronic Heart Failure) trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2010; 56:692699.
  46. Glassman AH, O’Connor CM, Califf RM, et al; Sertraline Antidepressant Heart Attack Randomized Trial (SADHEART) Group. Sertraline treatment of major depression in patients with acute MI or unstable angina. JAMA 2002; 288:701709.
  47. Swenson JR, O’Connor CM, Barton D, et al; Sertraline Antidepressant Heart Attack Randomized Trial (SADHART) Group. Influence of depression and effect of treatment with sertraline on quality of life after hospitalization for acute coronary syndrome. Am J Cardiol 2003; 92:12711276.
  48. Strik JJ, Honig A, Lousberg R, et al. Efficacy and safety of fluoxetine in the treatment of patients with major depression after first myocardial infarction: findings from a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Psychosom Med 2000; 62:783789.
  49. Honig A, Kuyper AM, Schene AH, et al; MIND-IT investigators. Treatment of post-myocardial infarction depressive disorder: a randomized, placebo-controlled trial with mirtazapine. Psychosom Med 2007; 69:606613.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(10)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(10)
Page Number
625-631
Page Number
625-631
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
A practical approach to prescribing antidepressants
Display Headline
A practical approach to prescribing antidepressants
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • We suggest that clinicians become familiar with one drug from each class of antidepressants.
  • Many antidepressants are also approved for conditions other than depression, and for patients who have both depression and one or more of these comcomitant conditions, these drugs can have a “two-for-one” benefit.
  • Adverse effects of an antidepressant are usually predictable on the basis of the drug’s mechanism of action.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media